Roland Resource Book Corporation Books 1998

Roland Corporation Roland Resource Books Resource Book 1998 roland_resource_book_1998 Roland Corporation - Roland Resource Books - Resource Book 1998

User Manual: Pdf Roland Corporation Roland Resource Books Resource Book 1998 Roland Corporation - Roland Resource Books - Resource Book 1998

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 201

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

¨

®ÂØÒňÎ

Resource
Book
1998

NQPSMTR

®

?E6C?2=4@?E24E
=:DE

June 25, 1998

Main Phone Number (323) 685-5141
Roland Super Shop (800) 386-7575
Dealer Order Number (800) 868-3737
Extensions
Sales, Parts, Repair, and Owner’s Manuals
FAX Back System
Literature Orders

289
271
331

Product Support Main Menu
Hard Disk Recording and Sampling Products
Desktop Media Production Products
Guitar and Percussion Products
CK/Intelligent Arranger/Sequencer Products
Keyboards and Sound Modules

770
482
497
498
499
463

Fax Numbers
Customer Service
Marketing Department
Musical Instruments Department
Product Support
Service Department

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

6/25/98 Faxback # 90049

(323) 721-4875
(323) 722-9233
(323) 726-2633
(323) 726-8865
(323) 722-7408

Page 1 of 1

®ÂØÒňÎ

®

Online guide

Febuary 25, 1998

Supplemental
Notes
V1.0

If you’re online, you can get answers to common tech support questions, download
software updates and demo files, and check out everything that’s new at Roland.

On The Internet...

http://www.rolandus.com
To access the Software Downloads area:
1.
On the main page, click Software Downloads.

Also on The Internet...

http://www.rolandgroove.com

On CompuServe...

GO ROLAND
To access the Software Downloads area:
1.
Click on the GO button.
2.
Type Roland and click OK.
3.
If you haven’t been to the MIDI C Vendor forum before, click the JOIN button.
4.
Click the BROWSE LIBRARY button.
5.
Choose Roland Corp. files and click SELECT.
6.
Select a file from the list and click RETRIEVE.

N Retail Price Lists

QPSMTR
+

&DWDORJ2QH

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Doc #

Price List

Pgs

30001

Roland Retail

6

30002

BOSS Retail

2

30003

Roland and BOSS Accessories

2

30004

Roland SuperShop Products

3

Digital Samplers, Synthesizers & Sound Modules, MIDI Controllers, Digital Pianos,
Electronic Percussion, Guitar Products, Sequencers, Signal Processors, Digital
Recording & Processing, DeskTop Media Production, and Amplifiers

Compact Pedals, Volume & Expression Pedals, Multi-Effects, Rhythm Units,
Signal Processors, and Tuners & Metronomes

Carrying Bags & Cases, Power Cords & Adaptors, MIDI Cables, Patch Cables,
Foot Pedals, Memory Cards, Headphones, and Books & Videos

AC Adaptors, Books, Demonstration CDs, Multi-Purpose Accessories, Music Style
Disks, Sample Library CD-ROMS, TurboStart Videos, and Video Owner’s
Manuals that you can purchase directly from Roland.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

06/24/98

Page 1 of 1

&DWDORJ7ZR

N Product Specifications & Info

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271
Doc #

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Model

Doc #

Pgs

A-33 MIDI Keyboard Controller
A-70 Expandable Controller
A-90/EX Expandable Controller
ep-7mkII/9 Digital Piano
FP-1 Digital Piano
G-600 Arranger Workstation
G-800 Arranger Workstation
G-1000 Arranger Workstation NEW!
JP-8000 Music Synthesizer
JV-1080 Super JV Synth Module
JV-2080 Super JV Synth Module
JX-305 Groove Synth
NEW!
KC-100 Keyboard Amplifier
KC-300 Keyboard Amplifier
KC-500 Keyboard Amplifier
LVC-1N Lyrics Video Converter
M-BD1 Bass and Drums Module
M-SE1 String Ensemble Module
PK-5 Dynamic MIDI Pedal
PMA-5 Personal Music Assistant
RA-30 Realtime Arranger
RA-800 Realtime Arranger
RD-600 Digital Piano
S-MPU-IIAT MIDI Processing Unit
SC-880 64 Voice Synth Module NEW!
SR-JV80-09 Session Exp Board
SR-JV80-10 Bass & Drums Exp Board
SR-JV80-11 Techno Collection Board
SR-JV80-12 Hip Hop Collection Board NEW!
VE-RD1 Voice Expansion Board
VK-7 Combo Organ
XP-10 Multitimbral Keyboard
XP-60 Music Workstation
NEW!
XP-80 Music Workstation

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Pgs

Digital Recording and Processing

Keyboards and Sound Modules
10077
10220
10074
10140
10006
10223
10163
10252
10160
10036
10162
10253
10225
10104
10078
10103
10203
10028
10149
10085
10023
10102
10197
10230
10255
10082
10198
10232
10256
10075
10201
10153
10260
10073

Model

10152
10098
10244
10081
10237
10071
10243
10072
10202
10202
10259
10277
10276

2
1
3
1
1
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

DIF-800
DM-800
SI-80S
SN-700
VS-840
VS-880V2
VS-880-S1
VS8F-1
VS-CDR-S2
VS-880CDR
VS-1680HD
VSCopy
VS/Link

Digital Interface
Multi Track Disk Recorder
LANC to MTC Converter
NEW!
Noise/Hum Eliminator
Digital Studio Workstation
V-Expanded Digital Studio Workstation
VS-880 System Expansion
Effects Expansion Board
VS-880 CD Exp. System NEW!
VS-880 CD Rec. System NEW!
24 Bit Digital Studio Workstation NEW!
Polarsonics VS-880 Software
Airworks VS-880 Software

1
3
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
4

Groove Products
10101
10274
10253
10086
10254
10231
10257

DJ-70MKII
DJ-2000
JX-305
MC-303
MC-505
SP-202
SP-808

Sampling Workstation
Professional DJ Mixer
Groove Synth
Groove Box
Groove Box
Dr. Sample
Groove Sampler

NEW!

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dr. Beat
Dr. Rhythm Section
Dr. Rhythm
Dr. Rhythm
V-Pads
Human Rhythm Composer
Human Rhythm Composer
Total Percussion Pad
Total Percussion Pad
NEW!
Percussion Stage Set
Percussion Trap Set
V-Drum Compact System
V-Drum Sound Module

1
4
4
4
1
3
3
2
2
1
1
3
2

NEW!
NEW!
NEW!

Electronic Percussion
10222
10105
10000
10000
10229
10022
10021
10042
10258
10234
10235
10200
10193

6/25/98

DB-12
DR-5
DR-550MKII
DR-660
PD-100/120
R-8MKII
R-70
SPD-11
SPD-20
Stage Set
Trap Set
V-PRO KIT
TD-10

Page 1 of 4

&DWDORJ7ZR

N Product Specifications & Info

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271
Doc #

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Model

Pgs

Doc #

Digital Samplers
10034
10195
10024

DA-400
L-CDP-14
S-760

MC-50MKII
MT-80SM

4 ch D/A Converter
Africa Vol.2 CD ROM
Digital Sampler

1
1
6

MicroComposer
Digital Sequencer w/Snd Module

3
2

10307
10308
10139
10288
10289
10138
10296
10295
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10209
10113
10114
10115
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10165
10166
10240
10241
10287
10286
10306
10293
10294
10275
10279
10278

Signal Processors
10187
10029
10164
10029
10084
10065

AD-5
SDE-330
SDX-330
SRV-330
SX-700
VT-1

Acoustic Inst Processor
Dimensional Space Delay
Dimensional Space Delay
Dimensional Space Reverb
Studio Effects Processor
Voice Transformer

2
4
2
4
3
2

CD ROM Patch Listings
Composer Series CD ROMs
S-750/760/770 / SP-700 / DJ-70MKII / JS-30
10176
L-CDC-01 Jazz Composer CD ROM
Project Series CD ROMs
S-750/760/770 / SP-700 / DJ-70MKII / JS-30
10169
L-CDP-01 Drums and Cymbals Vol. 1
10177
L-CDP-02 Guitar and Bass Vol. 1
10181
L-CDP-03 Orchestral Percussion Vol. 1
10174
L-CDP-04 Orchestral Percussion Vol. 1
10172
L-CDP-05 Solo Strings Vol. 1
10170
L-CDP-06 Brass Sections Vol. 1
10167
L-CDP-07 Super Sax Vol. 1
10171
L-CDP-08 Symphony Orchestra Vol. 1
10175
L-CDP-09 Keyboards of th 60s & 70s Vol. 1
10179
L-CDP-10 Keyboards of th 60s & 70s Vol. 2
10183
L-CDP-11 Africa Vol. 1
10173
L-CDP-12 Solo Brass
10184
L-CDP-13 Strings Sections
10206
L-CDP-14 Africa Vol. 2
Roland Sample Archive CD ROMs
S-750/760/770 / SP-700 / DJ-70MKII / JS-30
10185
L-CD702 Orchestral Family 1&2 (2 Disks)

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Pgs

Patch and Waveform Listings

Sequencers
10015
10141

Model

2

3
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
4
2
3
2

7

6/25/98

JP-8000
JP-8000
MC-303
MC-505
MC-505
PMA-5
SPD-20
SPD-20
SR-JV80-01
SR-JV80-02
SR-JV80-02
SR-JV80-02
SR-JV80-03
SR-JV80-03
SR-JV80-04
SR-JV80-04
SR-JV80-04
SR-JV80-05
SR-JV80-05
SR-JV80-07
SR-JV80-07
SR-JV80-08
SR-JV80-08
SR-JV80-09
SR-JV80-09
SR-JV80-10
SR-JV80-10
SR-JV80-11
SR-JV80-11
SR-JV80-12
SR-JV80-12
TD-7T
TD-10
TD-10
VE-RD1
XP-60/80
XP-60/80

Patch Listing
Performance Listing
MC-303 Patch Listing
MC-505 Patch Listing
MC-505 Pattern Listing
PMA-5 Patch Listing
SPD-20 Instrument Listing
SPD-20 Patch Listing
Pop Exp Patch Listing
Pop Exp Waveform Listing
Orchestral Exp Patch Listing
Orchestral Exp Waveform Listing
Piano Exp Patch Llisting
Piano Exp Waveform Listing
Vintage Exp Patch Listing
Vintage Exp JD Patch Listing
Vintage Exp Waveform Listing
World Exp Patch Listing
World Exp Waveform Listing
Super Sound Set Patch Listing
Super Sound Set Waveform Listing
60s & 70s Keys Patch Listing
60s & 70s Keys Waveform Listing
Session Exp Patch Listing
Session Exp Waveform Listing
Bass & Drums Exp Wave Listing
Bass & Drums Exp Patch Listing
Techno Collection Wave Listing
Techno Collection Patch Listing
Hip Hop Collection Wave Listing
Hip Hop Collection Patch Listing
TD-7T Patch Listing
Drum Instrument Listing
Drum Kit Listing
Expansion Board Patch Listing
Internal Waveform Listing
Internal Patch Listing

1
1
3
3
3
2
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
6
1
1
3
1

Page 2 of 4

&DWDORJ7ZR

N Product Specifications & Info

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271
Doc #

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Model

Pgs

Doc #

Guitar Products
10033
10080
10079
10192
10224
10008
10161
10097
10083
10204
10011
10207
10227
10031
10076
10070
10237

AC-100
BC-30/210
BC-60/310
GC-405/X
GC-408/X
GP-100
GR-30
GT-5
GX-700
JC-90
JC-120
ME-8
ME-30
VG-8
VG8D-1/2
VG8S-1
VS-840

AC-2
BD-2
CT-6
DB-88
DD-5
FZ-3
HR-2
OD-2R
OD-3
PW-2
SYB-3
TR-2
XT-2

Acoustic Chorus Amplifier
Blues Cube Amplifier
Blues Cube Amplifier
Guitar Amplifier
Guitar Amplifier
Guitar Preamp / Processor
Guitar Synthesizer w/ Arpeg
Guitar Effects Processor
Guitar Effects Processor
Jazz Chorus Amplifier
Jazz Chorus Amplifier
Guitar Multi-Effects
Guitar Multi-Effects
V-Guitar System
VG-8 Data Cards
VG-8 System Expansion
Digital Studio Workstation

2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
3
2
3
1
1
2

10188
10205
10093
10094
10095
10226
10096
10196
10089
10087
10088
10090
10091
10092
10233
10233

Acoustic Simulator
Blues Driver
Guitar/BOSS Auto Tuner
Dr. Beat Metronome
Digital Delay
Fuzz Pedal
Harmonist
Turbo Overdrive
Overdrive
Power Driver
Bass Synthesizer
Tremolo
Xtortion

AR-2000
AR-100

Audio Recorder
Announcement Recorder

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

AF-70 Feedback Eliminator
DR-10/20 Dynamic Microphone
EQ-131 Graphic Equalizer
EQ-215 Graphic Equalizer
EQ-231 Graphic Equalizer
MA-4/9 Stereo Micro Monitors
MA-8 Stereo Micro Monitors
MA-8BK Stereo Micro Monitors
PA-410 Powered Mixer
RX-62 Stereo Mixer
RX-82 Stereo Mixer
SRA-260 Power Amplifier
SRA-540 Power Amplifier
SRA-800 Power Amplifier
SST-151/251 Speaker Systems
SSW-351 Subwoofer

2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2

MI and CK Newsletters
10265
10266
10271
10281
10269
10280
10273
10283
10210
10262
10261
10272
10267
10268
10282
10270

1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
1
3

Contractor Products
10099
10100

Pgs

Sound Reinforcement Products

Boss Pedals and Accessories
10186
10003
10189
10194
10002
10191
10010
10020
10228
10097
10097
10199
10097

Model

3
2

6/25/98

Atelier News Vol. 3, No. 1
Atelier News Vol. 4, No. 1
Axe Facts Vol. 3, No. 2
Axe Facts Vol. 4, No. 1
Back Beat Vol. 3, No. 2
Back Beat Vol. 4, No. 1
Border Line Vol. 1, No. 3
Border Line Vol. 2, No. 1
CK Educator’s Newsletter Vol. 1, No. 1
CK Educator’s Newsletter Vol. 1, No. 2
CK Educator’s Newsletter Vol. 2, No. 1
MIDI in Ministry Vol. 1, No. 1
Track Notes Vol. 1, No. 2
Track Notes Vol. 1, No. 3
Track Notes Vol. 2, No. 1
Roland Users Group & Newsletter Signup Form

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
12
16
12
6
4
4
4
1

Page 3 of 4

&DWDORJ7ZR

N Product Specifications & Info

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271
Doc #

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Model

Pgs

Contemporary Keyboard Products
10130
10190
10131
10208
10208
10213
10242
10245
10246
10263
10247
10248
10249
10238
10290
10284
10285
10264
10103
10148
10141
10144
10250
10149
10146
10236

AT-30
AT-80
AT-90
E-14US
E-28US
E-500
ep-85/75
HP-126
HP-236
HP-245
HP-335
HP-535
HP-555G
HP-730
KR-75
KR-375
KR-575
KR-1070
LVC-1N
MSA/MSD
MT-80S
MT-120/S
MT-300S
PK-5
TN-SC2
V-MT1

Atelier Organ
Atelier Organ
Atelier Organ
Intelligent Synthesizer
Intelligent Synthesizer
Intelligent Synthesizer
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
NEW!
Digital Piano
NEW!
Digital Piano
NEW!
Digital Piano
NEW!
Digital Piano
NEW!
Digital Piano
NEW!
Digital Piano
Intelligent Piano
NEW!
Intelligent Piano
NEW!
Intelligent Piano
NEW!
Intelligent Piano
NEW!
Lyrics Video Converter
Music Style Disks
Digital Sequencer w/Snd Module
Digital Sequencer w/Snd Module
Digital Sequencer w/Snd Module NEW!
Dynamic MIDI Pedal
Music Style Cards
Music Tutor Visual MT

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

1
1
2
4
4
3
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
3

6/25/98

Page 4 of 4

&DWDORJ7KUHH

N Operational Support Documents

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Support Documentation consists of two series: TurboStarts
and Supplemental Notes. TurboStarts are short 1-2 page
documents with the most basic operations, demo tips, facts
and figures. Supplemental Notes are typically longer and
contain step by step instructions on more complicated or
detailed procedures.
Doc #

Doc #

Supplemental Notes continued
Hard Disk Recording and Samplers
21031
21021
21024
21055
21056
21013
21019
21014
21012
21058
21023
21032
21026
21052
21059
21027
21029
21030
21035
21060

Pgs

Supplemental Notes
3rd Party
21050

Software Sequencing Basics

13

Arranger MIDI Control Listings for Styles
21044
21046
21047
21045

RA-30 MIDI Ctrl. for Styles
RA-90 MIDI Ctrl. for Styles
RA-95 MIDI Ctrl. for Styles
RA-800/G-800 MIDI Ctrl. for Styles

1
1
1
1

Contractor Products
21038
21020

AR-100/2000 Compatibility Guide
AR-2000 Quick Application Guide

2
2

GR / VG / Guitar Products
21057
21002

Creating an Arpeggio on the GR-30
MIDI Sequencing with the GR-1

4
7

G / JP / JV / JD / MC / XP Series Products
21054
21042
21041
21048
21005
21004
21009
21010
21034
21022
21025
21037
21033
21049
21008
21053
21043
21040
21016

Basics of MIDI
DJ-70/DJ-70mkII Basics
G-800 Creating User Styles
JP-8000 Basic Synthesis
JV / XP Part Rx On/Off SysEx
JV Master Class
JV-90/V-EXP Sequencing
JV-1000/V-EXP Sequencing
JV-1080 MIDI Sequencing
Super JV - Programming the JV Synthesizers
MC-303 System Exclusive Messages
MC-303 Advanced MIDI Programming
MRM-500 Operating Instructions
XP-50 Creating RPS Patterns from SMFs
XP-50 Sequencing Basics
XP-50 Advanced Sequencing
XP-50 Using With an External Sequencer
XP-50 Frequently Asked Questions
XP-80 Sequencing Basics

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Pgs

11
13
5
9
1
7
6
6
10
18
1
6
1
2
7
10
7
8
8

DM-80/800 Compatibility Guide
DM-800 Tutorial Guide
DM-800 Using a Removable Drive for Backup
S-50 Basics
S-330/550 Basics
S-760 Audio Drivers for the CD Player Function
Sampler Compatibility Guide
SCSI Transfers with the S-760
The Roland S-760 Demystified
VS-840 Synchronization
VS-880 Basic Recording
VS-880 Compatibility Guide
VS-880 Connectiong Multiple VS-880s
VS-880 Hot Tips Keyboard Magazine Article
VS-880 Secrets of the Virtual Studio Article
VS-880 Synchronizing with Software Sequencers
VS-880 Updating from SMF with Update Specs
VS-880 MIDI Implementation
VS-880 MIDI Implementation V-Xpanded
VS-1680/880 Synchronization Supp. Notes

2
15
1
3
4
1
4
3
10
5
29
2
4
9
7
6
2
19
35
3

MIDI Controllers and Digital Pianos
21018
21051

Sequencing with the RD-500
Sequencing with the RD-600

3
4

MPU / Sound Cards / Desktop Media Production
21015
21006
21017
21011
21036

MPU-401 Compatible Installation and
Configuration in Windows 95
MPU-401 Compatible Installation and
Configuration in Windows 3.1
RAP-10 Compatible Installation and
Configuration in Windows 95
SCD-10/15 Daughterboard Installation and
Configuration in Windows 95
Serial MIDI Device Windows 3.1 Setup

8
7
7
3
5

SoundCanvas / GS / GM Instruments
21003
21001
21007

06/24/98

GM Part Rx Channel SysEx for RAP-10/SC-7
GS Part Rx Channel SysEx
SoundCanvas MIDI Depths

1
1
7

Page 1 of 3

&DWDORJ7KUHH

N Operational Support Documents

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Doc #

Pgs

Doc #

TurboStarts
20001
20044
20068
20002
20035
20001
20045
20004
20003
20005
20006
20007
20046
20060
20008
20009
20010
20011
20055
20040
20036
20012
20013
20057
20047
20014
20015
20017
20016
20050
20041
20054
20075

A-30
A-33
A-70
A-80
A-90/EX
AX-1
DJ-70MKII
DR-5
DR-550MKII
DR-660
DS-330
E-66
FC-200
G-600
G-800
GP-100
GR-09
GR-1
GR-30
GT-5
GX-700
JD-800
JD-990
JP-8000
JS-30
JV-35
JV-50
JV-90
JV-880
JV-1000
JV-1080
JV-2080
JX-305

Pgs

TurboStarts continued
MIDI Keyboard Controller
MIDI Keyboard Controller
Expandable Controller
MIDI Keyboard Controller
Expandable Controller
Remote MIDI Controller
Sampling Workstation
Dr. Rhythm Section
Dr. Rhythm
Dr. Rhythm
Dr. SoundCanvas
Intelligent Synthesizer
Foot Controller
Arranger Workstation
Arranger Workstation
Guitar Preamp/Processor
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Effects Processor
Guitar Effects Processor
Programmable Synthesizer
Super JD Synthesizer
Music Synthesizer
Sampling Workstation
Expandable Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Multitimbral Synth Module
Music Workstation
64-voice Synthesizer
64-voice Synthesizer
Groove Synthesizer

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1

20033
20042
20070
20018
20037
20038
20019
20065
20049
20020
20043
20052
20021
20022
20064
21028
20023
20058
20024
20025
20073
20026
20053
20066
20076
20027
20074
20039
20062
20051
20063
20028
20061

06/24/98

MC-50MKII
MC-303
MC-505
ME-6
ME-8
ME-8B
ME-10
ME-30
MS-1
MSD
PMA-5
R-8MKII
R-70
RA-90
RA-95
RA-800
RD-500
RD-600
SC-33
SC-88
SC-880
SD-35
SES
SP-202
SP-808
SPD-11
SPD-20
SX-700
TD-5
TDE-5K
TD-7T
TDE-7K
TD-10

Microcomposer
Groove Box
Groove Box
Guitar Multi Effects
Guitar Multi Effects
Bass Multi Effects
Guitar Multi Effects
Guitar Multi Effects
Micro Sampler
Music Style Disks
Personal Music Assistant
Human Rhythm Composer
Human Rhythm Composer
Intelligent Arranger
Intelligent Arranger
Intelligent Arranger
Digital Stage Piano
Digital Stage Piano
SoundCanvas
SoundCanvas
64-voice Synthesizer Module
SoundCanvas
Expansion Series Modules
Phrase Sampler
Groove Sampler
Total Percussion Pad
Total Percussion Pad
Studio Effects Processor
Trap Set Compact Drum System
Compact Drum System
Stage Set Compact Drum System
Compact Drum System
V-Drum Sound Module

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1

Page 2 of 3

&DWDORJ7KUHH

N Operational Support Documents

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Doc #

Pgs

TurboStarts continued
20029
20048
20059
20069
20032
20072
20056
20067
20030
20031
20071
20034

VG-8
VG8S-1
VK-7
VS-840
VS-880
VS-1680
VS-880-S1
VS-CDR-S2
XP-10
XP-50
XP-60
XP-80

V Guitar System
VG-8 System Expansion
Combo Organ
Digital Studio Workstation
Digital Studio Workstation
24-bit Digital Studio Workstation
VS-880 System Expansion
VS-880 CD Writing System
Multitimbral Synthesizer
Music Workstation
Music Workstation
Music Workstation

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

06/24/98

Page 3 of 3

N Service Centers & Info

QPSMTR
+

&DWDORJ)RXU

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Roland Authorized Service Centers made available through this service are for your
convenience in obtaining repair service locally for both in-warranty or out-of-warranty products.
Roland makes technical consultation available to these service centers. Roland provides
technical training to qualified electronics technicians through formal seminars that include
certification exams. Each Roland Authorized Service Center is required to have a Roland
certified technician on their staff. Nevertheless, these service centers are independent
businesses usually servicing many brands and Roland assumes no responsibility for their
actions. A copy of your sales receipt is the controlling document for warranty service.
Alternatively, you may send product directly to Roland for in-warranty or out-of-warranty
service. Should you choose to do this you must call ahead to obtain a return authorization
(RA) number. Call (213) 685-5141 and select or ask for customer service. You will be asked
for your model and serial numbers and a description of the problem. If the product is inwarranty you must submit a copy of your sales receipt. Roland maintains a full service repair
department located at the following address:
Roland Corporation U.S.
7200 Dominion Circle
Los Angeles, CA 90040
We’ve divided our listing of Authorized Roland and BOSS Service Centers by telephone Area
Codes to shorten transmission time. In the unlikely event that your instrument needs service,
please call our Roland Fax again to request any of the following Documents for the Area
Code(s) most convenient for you.
Doc #

Area Code

50001

Service Centers in Area Codes 200 - 399

4

50002

Service Centers in Area Codes 400 - 599

3

50003

Service Centers in Area Codes 600 - 799

4

50004

Service Centers in Area Codes 800 - 999

4

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Pgs

1/20/98

Page 1 of 1

&DWDORJ)LYH

N Product Information Archive

QPSMTR
+

®

323-685-5141
Ext. 271
Doc #

Information on Roland and BOSS products is available to your fax machine
24 hours, 7 days a week, from Roland Corporation U.S.

Model

Pgs

Doc #

Keyboards and Sound Modules
10221
10037
10037
10037
10013
10028
10028
10028
10039
10025
10041
10027
10032

AX-1
JV-35
JV-50
JV-90
JV-880
M-GS64
M-OC1
M-VS1
RD-500
SC-50
SC-55mkII
SC-88
XP-50

Keyboard Controller
Expandable Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Synthesizer Module
Synthesizer Module
Orchestral Module
Vintage Synth Module
Digital Piano
SoundCanvas
SoundCanvas
Super SoundCanvas
Music Workstation

TD-5K
TDB- 7K
TDE- 7K

Compact Drum System
Compact Drum System
Compact Drum System

10154
AT-50/70
10132
E-12
10133
E-38
10005
E-66
10208
E-68US
10135
E-96
10140
ep-7mkII/9
10006
FP-1C
10242
HP-130
10137 HP-230/330
10137
HP-530
10239
HP-550G
10137
HP-1300e
10136
HP-1900G
10155 HP-2800/3800
10142
KP-24
10134
KR-370/570
10156
KR-770
10147
MA-100
10023
RA-30/95
10143
TL-16

2
4
4

Digital Recording and Processing
10157

AP-700

Advanced Equalizing Proc.

2

Sampling Workstation
Digital Sampler

3
2

Digital Samplers
10012
10019

JS-30
MS-1

RV-70

Digital Stereo Reverb

GI-10
GR-09
GR-1
ME-6
ME-6B
ME-8B
ME-10
SR-GR101
SR-GR101
TM-7

Guitar MIDI Interface
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Multi-Effects
Bass Multi-Effects
Bass Multi-Effects
Guitar Multi-Effects
GR-1 Guitar Exp Tone Listing
GR-1 Guitar Exp Patch Listing
Guitar Monitor w/Amp Sim.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

2
2
2
2
4
2
1
1
2
3
3
1
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
3
2

3rd Party CD ROMs

1

Guitar Products
10007
10009
10035
10016
10018
10060
10016
10211
10212
10030

Atelier Organs
Intelligent Synthesizer
Intelligent Synthesizer
Intelligent Synthesizer
Intelligent Synthesizer
Intelligent Synthesizer
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
Digital Piano
Digital Piano w/GS sounds
Digital Piano w/GS sounds
Keyboard Pickup
Intelligent Piano
Intelligent Piano
Powered Speaker
Realtime Arranger
Teaching Lab

CD ROM Patch Listings

Signal Processors
10040

Pgs

Contemporary Keyboard Products
1
5
5
5
2
3
3
3
2
2
1
3
3

Electronic Percussion
10043
10001
10001

Model

1
2
3
4
2
1
4
1
1
2

S-760 / S-750 / S-770 / SP-700 / DJ-70 MkII / JS-30
10182
C50-CD02 Club-50 Foundations

5

10178

DS-60711

Northstar Drumscapes

3

10168

RS-1

Prosonus Orchestral Strings

5

Roland Sample Archive CD ROMs
S-760 / S-750 / S-770 / SP-700 / DJ-70 MkII / JS-30
10180
L-CD701 Rhythm Section 1

5

Expansion Board Listings
10116
10117

SR-JV80-06 Dance Exp Patch Listing
SR-JV80-06 Dance Exp Waveform Listing

1
1

Iomega Products
10150
10151

6/24/98

JAZ-EXT1 Iomega Jaz Drive - External
ZIP-EXT1 Iomega Zip Drive - External

Page 1 of 1

2
2

®ÂØÒňÎ

®

Musical Instruments

RETAIL PRICE LIST

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998

Model

Ø

Product

Suggested List Price

02 / Keyboards/Synthesizers/SoundModules/
Sequencers

A-33
A-70
•A-70EX
A-90
A-90EX
JP-8000
•JP-8080
JV-1080
JV-2080
M-BD1
MC-50mkII
PC-200mkII
PK-5
PMA-5
RD-600
SC-880
VK-7
XP-10
XP-60
XP-80

MIDI Keyboard Controller - 76 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$695.00
Expandable Controller - 76 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495.00
Expandable Controller - 76 note w/ VE-RD1 Voice Expansion Board . . . . . . . . .1995.00
Expandable Controller - 88 note w/ weighted PA-4 action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2495.00
Expandable Controller - 88 note w/ VE-RD1 Voice Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2995.00
Music Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1695.00
Synthesizer Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1595.00
64-Voice Synthesizer Module/4x Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1395.00
64-Voice Synthesizer Module/8x Expansion/3x EFX Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1995.00
Bass and Drums Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
MicroComposer - Sequencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795.00
MIDI Keyboard Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
Dynamic MIDI Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
Personal Music Assistant - 8-track sequencer/16-part multitimbral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
Digital Stage Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2495.00
64-Voice Synthesizer Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
Combo Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2495.00
Multitimbral Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895.00
Music Workstation - 61 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1995.00
Music Workstation - 76 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2495.00

DB9F-3
DB9F-10
MD8-3
MD8-10
DP-2M
PMA-5S/APL
PMA-5S/AT
STYLUS

PMA-5 ACCESSORIES
Serial Cable - PC - 3 ft. - PMA-5/XP-10/SC-880/SC-55mkII/SC-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Serial Cable - PC - 10 ft. - PMA-5/XP-10/SC-880/SC-55mkII/SC-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Serial Cable - MAC - 3 ft. - PMA-5/XP-10/SC-880/SC-55mkII/SC-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Serial Cable - MAC - 10 ft. - PMA-5/XP-10/SC-880/SC-55mkII/SC-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Start/Stop Pedal for the PMA-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19.95
SMF Conversion software, PMA-5 & MAC (includes serial cable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49.95
SMF Conversion software, PMA-5 & PC (includes serial cable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49.95
Replacement Stylus for the PMA-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.95

Ø

•DJ-2000
•DR-202
JX-305
MC-303
MC-505
SP-202
SP-808
•SP-808PRO
SP-808-OP1

•CFX-1
SM-2
SM-4

03 / Groove Products
Professional Groove Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495.00
Dr. Groove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
Groove Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495.00
Groove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895.00
Groove Box with D-Beam™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1595.00
Dr. Sample/Phrase Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
Groove Sampler with D-Beam™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1695.00
Groove Sampler with D-Beam™ and Expansion Board Installed . . . . . . . . . . . .2195.00
Expansion Board for SP-808 - Digital I/O, SCSI & 3 stereo outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445.00
(service center installation required)
GROOVE ACCESSORIES
Replacement Cross Fader for DJ-2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Smart Media™ card (2MB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.00
Smart Media™ card (4MB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60.00

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

1

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

®

RETAIL PRICE LIST

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998

Product

Ø

Suggested List Price

04 / Electronic Percussion
ELECTRONIC DRUM SYSTEMS
Acoustic Trigger Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$695.00
Roland Drum System with Stand (Silver Powder Coat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495.00

AT-5
Trap-Set

Includes - TD-5, five PD-5s, KD-7, FD-7, MDY-7U, MDH-7U, Trap-Stand and all cables

Stage-Set

Roland Drum System with Stand (Charcoal Powder Coat)“Turbo Version”

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2595.00

Includes - TD-7T, four PD-9s, four PD-7s, KD-7, FD-7, two MDY-7Us, two MDH-7Us, Stage-Stand and all cables

V-Pro-Set

V-drum Professional Set with Stand

(Navy Powder Coat)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4995.00

Includes - TD-10, three PD-120s, two PD-100s, three PD-9s, PD-7, KD-7, FD-7,
two MDY-7Us, V-Pro-Stand and all cables

SPD-20
TD-5
TD-7T
TD-10

RHYTHM COMPOSERS/SOUND MODULES
Total Percussion Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895.00
Percussion Sound Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645.00
Percussion Sound Module w/ Sequencer, “Turbo Version” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .875.00
V-drums Percussion Sound Module w/ Sequencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1895.00

APC-33
FD-7
KD-7
KDB-7
•KD-120
MDA-1U
MDA-2U
MDC-7U
MDH-7U
MDJ-7U
MDK-7U
MDP-7U
MDS-7U
MDY-7U
MH-10
MH-12
PCS-5F
PCS-10F
PCS-15F
PD-5
PD-7
PD-9
PD-100
PD-120
TSC-10
RAD-10U
STAGE-STAND
TRAP-STAND
V-DRUMTC
V-PRO STAND
TD-BAG

ELECTRONIC DRUM ACCESSORIES
Clamp Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.00
Hi-Hat Control Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
Kick Trigger for TD-5/7/10 (New and Improved) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Kick Beater for KD-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.95
V-Kick Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
Stand Accessory Kit (ten cable clips, six Velco strips, stand adjusting tool) . . . . . . . . . . .39.95
Cable Clip Set (ten cable clips) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
Mount Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
Pad Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.00
Stand Joint “T” Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
Hand Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Mounting Plate for TD-5/7/10 and SPD-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Drum Stand (Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375.00
Cymbal Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
Mesh V-replacement head - 10” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22.95
Mesh V-replacement head - 12” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.95
Dual Trigger Cable - 5 ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Dual Trigger Cable - 10 ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.00
Dual Trigger Cable - 15 ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.00
Single Trigger Pad - 8.5” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125.00
Dual Trigger Pad - 7” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Dual Trigger Pad - 9” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245.00
Mesh V-Pad - 10” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
Mesh V-Pad - 12” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445.00
Acoustic Drum Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.95
Rack Adapter for TD-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79.95
Drum Stand for Stage-Set (Charcoal Powder Coat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375.00
Drum Stand for Trap-Set (Silver Powder Coat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375.00
Travel Case for V-drum Module and Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595.00
Drum Stand for V-drum Sets (Navy Powder Coat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
2-Bag set for carrying Trap and Stage Drum Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225.00

Ø

05 / Guitar Products

GP-100
GR-30
GR-30/GK-2A
•VG-8EX
VG-8EX/GK-2A

Guitar Preamp and Effects Processor w/ COSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995.00
Guitar Synthesizer w/ Arpeggiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895.00
Guitar Synthesizer w/ Arpeggiator and Divided Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
V-Guitar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1695.00
V-Guitar System and Divided Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1895.00

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

2

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

C-13A
C-13B
C-GKA
C-GKS
FC-200
GK-2A
GK-2AKIT
GR-BAG
US-20
VG8D-01
VG8D-02
VG8S-1
VG-8TC

Ø

®

RETAIL PRICE LIST
Product

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998
Suggested List Price

GUITAR PRODUCT ACCESSORIES
Cable - 13 Pin - GK-2A to Guitar Synthesizers - 15 ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$65.00
Cable - 13 Pin - GK-2A to Guitar Synthesizers - 30 ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
Guitar to mini jack cable for GK-2A, right angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Guitar to mini jack cable for GK-2A, straight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Foot Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445.00
Divided Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275.00
Divided Pickup Kit (internal guitar mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275.00
Carrying Bag for GR-1/GR-09/GR-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.00
Unit Selector for Guitar Synthesizer and V-Guitar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
VG-8 Sound Card “TRADITIONAL” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
VG-8 Sound Card “MODERN” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
VG-8 System Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Hardshell Travel Case for the VG-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00

06 / Multi-Purpose Accessories

DP-2
DP-6
EV-5
FS-1
FS-5L
FS-5U
PCS-20A
RH-20
RH-80
RH-120
SI-80S

Damper Pedal - Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19.95
Damper Pedal - Silver (Piano-type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.95
Expression Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89.95
Single Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.95
Footswitch - Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.50
Footswitch - Unlatching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.50
Parallel DC Cords for (up to) 8 BOSS pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16.50
Stereo Headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.00
Stereo Headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99.00
Enclosed Stereo Headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.00
LANC to MTC converter (Home Video Synchronizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00

CDR-MEDIA
VS8F-1

DIGITAL RECORDING ACCESSORIES
Blank CD for Recording with VS-880CDR and VS-1680CDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.50
Dual Stereo Effect Expansion Board for the VS-880HD, J and V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00

S-MPU-II/AT

COMPUTER INTERFACES
Intelligent MIDI Processing Unit (Windows Compatible, dual MIDI out) . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00

A-90VM
DR-5VM
GP-100VM
GR-09VM
•GR-30VM
GT-5VM
GX-700VM
JV-1080VM
MC-303VM
ME-8VM
PMA-5VM
TDE-5KVM
TDE-7KVM
VG-8VM
VS-880VM
XP-10VM
XP-50VM
XP-80VM

VIDEO OWNER’S MANUALS
Video Owners Manual for the A-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the DR-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the GP-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the GR-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the GR-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the GT-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the GX-700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the JV-1080 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the MC-303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the ME-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the PMA-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the TD-5K, TDE-5K, Trap-Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the TDE-7K, Stage-Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the VG-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the VS-880HD, VS-880V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the XP-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the XP-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Video Owners Manual for the XP-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00

AT-5VTS
DR-550VTS

TURBOSTART VIDEO GUIDES
Video “TurboStart” for the AT-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Video “TurboStart” for the DR-550mkII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

3

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

DR-660VTS
MC-303VTS
PMA-5VTS
•VDR-VTS
•VS-840TS
VS-880VTS
•VS-1680TS
VT-1VTS

Ø
SDE-330
SRV-330

Ø

®

RETAIL PRICE LIST
Product

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998
Suggested List Price

Video “TurboStart” for the DR-660 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the MC-303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the PMA-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the V-drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the VS-840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the VS-880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the VS-1680 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00
Video “TurboStart” for the VT-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20.00

07 / Digital Signal Processing
3-Dimensional Space Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995.00
3-Dimensional Space Reverb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995.00

08 - DM/Digital Recording & Processing

DM-800
DM-800HD
DM-800RS
DM-800TC

Multi Track Disk Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3695.00
Multi Track Disk Recorder w/ 2 Internal 800MB Hard Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4995.00
Roll Around Stand for the DM-800/DM-800HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120.00
Hardshell Case for the DM-800/DM-800HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100.00

DA-400
DIF-800
RSS-10

DIGITAL PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
4-ch D/A Converter (for S-760 and DM-800) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645.00
ADAT®/DA-88/RS-422 Interface for DM-800 recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
3-Dimensional Sound Space Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1995.00

Ø

08 - VS/Digital Recording

•VS-880EX
VS-880TC

Digital Studio Workstation - w/2 GB HD and Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2195.00
Hard-shell Travel Case for the VS-880 (all models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00

VS-1680HD
VS-1680HDB
VS-1680TC
VS8F-2

16-TRACK DIGITAL RECORDING
24 Bit Digital Studio Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3195.00
24 Bit Digital Studio Workstation w/ File Exchange Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3295.00
Hard-shell Travel Case for the VS-1680 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Dual Stereo Effect Expansion Board for the VS-1680 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00

•VS-CDR

Ø
AC-100
BC-30
BC-30/210
BC-60
BC-60/310
GC-405
GC-405S
GC-405X
GC-408
GC-408S
GC-408X
JC-90
JC-120
KC-100
KC-300
KC-500

CD RECORDING
CD Recorder System for the VS-880(EX) and VS-1680 w/ VS-880 CD System Software 750.00

09 / Instrument Amplifiers
Acoustic Chorus Guitar Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1195.00
BluesCube - 30 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379.00
BluesCube - 30 watts w/2 x 10” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479.00
BluesCube - 60 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599.00
BluesCube - 60 watts w/3 x 10” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .779.00
Guitar Amplifier w/ 4 x 5” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249.00
Guitar Cabinet w/ 4 x 5” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00
Guitar Amplifier Stack w/ 8 x 5” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399.00
Guitar Amplifier w/ 4 x 8” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499.00
Guitar Cabinet w/ 4 x 8” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200.00
Guitar Amplifier Stack w/ 8 x 8” speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699.00
Jazz Chorus Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .799.00
Jazz Chorus Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1099.00
Keyboard Amplifier - 60 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449.00
Keyboard Amplifier - 100 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599.00
Keyboard Amplifier - 150 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .799.00

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

4

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

Ø

®

RETAIL PRICE LIST
Product

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998
Suggested List Price

09A / Sound Reinforcement

EQ-131
EQ-215
EQ-231

EQUALIZERS
Single Channel 31-Band Graphic Equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$345.00
Stereo Channel 15-Band Graphic Equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
Stereo Channel 31-Band Graphic Equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00

PA-410
RX-62
RX-82

MIXERS
10-Channel Powered Mixer w/ Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1595.00
Stereo Mixer - 6 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
Stereo Mixer - 8 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00

AF-70
RAF-70

FEEDBACK ELIMINATORS
Feedback Eliminator, Direct Box & Phantom Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
Rack Adapter for 3x AF-70s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.00

SRA-260
SRA-540
SRA-800

AMPLIFIERS
Stereo Power Amplifier - 260 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795.00
Stereo Power Amplifier - 540 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995.00
Stereo Power Amplifier - 800 watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1295.00

•SSM-151
SST-151
SST-251
SSW-351

SPEAKER SYSTEMS
Floor Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399.00
2-Way Speaker w/ 12” woofer, horn and parallel inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399.00
2-Way Speaker w/ 15” woofer, horn and parallel inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599.00
Subwoofer w/ 18” speaker and internal crossover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599.00

DR-10
DR-20

MICROPHONES
Dynamic Microphone w/ Cable and Clip - 400 Ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*
Dynamic Microphone w/ Cable and Clip - 330 Ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*

MA-4
MA-8
MA-8BK
MA-9
MA-12C
MA-12CP
MA-12V

POWERED MONITORS
Powered Monitor - Pair (Beige) w/ stereo presence (4W+4W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79.00
Powered Monitor - Pair (Beige) w/ mic Input (8W+8W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99.00
Powered Monitor - Pair (Black) w/ mic Input (8W+8W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99.00
Powered Monitor - Pair (Beige) w/ mic Input and echo (8W+8W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.00
Powered Monitor - Single (Beige) shielded (10W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145.00
Powered Monitor - Pair (Beige) shielded (10W+10W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290.00
Powered Monitor - Single (Black) w/ mic input (10W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145.00

Ø
VS-840
•VS-840S
VS-840BG
VS4S-1

Ø
ep-AK-2E
ep-7mkll
ep-9
FP-1
FPS-1
FP-1C
PB-7BK

11 / Digital Studios
Digital Studio Workstation w/ Zip Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1395.00
Digital Studio Workstation w/ SCSI Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1595.00
Carrying Bag for VS-840 and VS-840S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.00
SCSI Expansion Kit for VS-840 (Service Center Installation Required) . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00

13 / ep and FP Digital Pianos
Stand for ep-7mkII Digital Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*
Digital Piano - 76 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795.00
Digital Piano - 88 note w/ stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1195.00
Digital Piano - 88 note w/ weighted PA-4 action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1995.00
Stand for FP-1 Digital Piano w/ speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435.00
Digital Piano and Stand w/ speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2195.00
Piano Bench - Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99.00

5

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998 * Contact your local Roland dealer for pricing information

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

Ø

®

RETAIL PRICE LIST
Product

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998

Suggested List Price

Net Price

17 / Sound Libraries
CD-ROMS

L-CDC-01

ROLAND COMPOSER SERIES ON CD-ROM - S-760/S-750/S-770/DJ-70MKII/SP-700/JS-30
Composer Series “Jazz” (includes SMF demo disk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$215.00

L-CDP-01
L-CDP-02
L-CDP-03
L-CDP-04
L-CDP-05
L-CDP-06
L-CDP-07
L-CDP-08
L-CDP-09
L-CDP-10
L-CDP-11
L-CDP-12
L-CDP-13
L-CDP-14

ROLAND PROJECT SERIES ON CD-ROM - S-760/S-750/S-770/DJ-70MKII/SP-700/JS-30
Drums and Cymbals Vol.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Guitar and Bass Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Orchestral Percussion Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Orchestral Winds Vol.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Solo Strings Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Brass Sections Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Super Sax Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Symphony Orchestra Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Keyboards of the 60’s and 70’s Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Keyboards of the 60’s and 70’s Vol. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Africa Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Solo Brass Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
String Sections Vol. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Africa Vol.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00

L-CD702

ROLAND SAMPLE ARCHIVES CD-ROM - S-760/S-750/S-770/DJ-70MKII/SP-700/JS-30
Orchestral Family 1 & 2 (2 disk set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795.00

MSD-Series
MSD-102
MSD-103
MSD-104
MSD-105
MSD-106
MSD-107
MSD-108

MUSIC STYLE DISKS FOR G-600/G-800/G-1000/RA-95/RA-800
Music Style Disk “Around the World 1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Style Disk “Around the World 2” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Style Disk “Around the World 3” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Style Disk “Around the World 4” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Style Disk “Around the World 5” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Style Disk “American and Piano” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Style Disk “Around the World 6” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.19.95
.19.95
.19.95
.19.95
.19.95
.19.95
.19.95

Expansion Boards
SR-JV80-01
SR-JV80-02
SR-JV80-03
SR-JV80-04
SR-JV80-05
SR-JV80-07
SR-JV80-08
SR-JV80-09
SR-JV80-10
SR-JV80-11
SR-JV80-12
•SR-JV80-13
•SR-JV80-14
SR-JV80-98

WAVE EXPANSION BOARDS FOR XP-SERIES, JV-SERIES, JD-SERIES
“POP” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“ORCHESTRAL” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“PIANO” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“VINTAGE SYNTH” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“WORLD” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“SUPER SOUND SET” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“KEYBOARD 60/70’S” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“SESSION” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“BASS & DRUMS” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“TECHNO” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“HIP HOP COLLECTION” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“VOCAL COLLECTION” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“ASIA COLLECTION” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
“COMPILATION VOL.2” Expansion Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00

VE-JV1
VE-RD1

VOICE EXPANSION BOARDS FOR A-70/A-90
Voice Expansion Board (JV-Sounds) for the A-90/A-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
Voice Expansion Board for the A-90/A-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545.00

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

6

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

®

RETAIL PRICE LIST
Product

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998
Suggested List Price

Memory Cards
M-512E

Ø
FC-7
G-600
G-1000
LVC-1N

Ø
ACA-120G
ACB-120
ACC-120
ACD-120
ACE-120
ACF-120
ACG-120
ACH-120
ACI-120
ACK-120
ACL-120
ACM-120
BRA-120
BRB-120
PSA-120
2P-AC1
2P-AC2
3P-AC1

RAM Card - A-Series, GR-Series, JV-Series, R-Series, VG-8, TD-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$129.00

18/ Intelligent Arrangers
Foot Controller for RA-95/RA-800/G-800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
64-Voice Arranger Workstation - 61 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1995.00
64-Voice Arranger Workstation - 76 note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2995.00
Lyrics Video Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*

AC Adapters

Suggested List Price

AC-Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.95
Power Supply for CM-32/64/CS-10/MT-32/MT-100/PR-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for M-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for TL-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for BX-8/BX-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for PAD-8/PAD-80/PM-16/SPD-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for TR-707/727/WS-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00
Power Supply for R-8mkII/R-8/R-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for D-5/E-36/ep-3/5/GR-1/JV-35/MC-50mkII/R-70/SC-50/SC-55mkII/S . . .50.00
Power Supply for CM-300/500/ep-7mkII/9/707/JV/JW-50/MV-30/W-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for ep-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for SC-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Power Supply for DR-660/DS-330/ME-6/B/MX-10/SC-33/SPD-11/TU-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.00
Power Supply for SE-50/70/TD-7/TL-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
AC-Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.95
2 prong AC cable (square end) for D-50/JD-800 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
2 prong AC cable (round end) for JV-1000/JD-990/FP-1 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
3 prong AC cable for A-80/S-760 etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00

7

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Sold by Authorized Roland Dealers only. Prices Subject to change without notice
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998 * Contact your local Roland dealer for pricing information

BOSS

RETAIL PRICE LIST
Model

Ø
AC-2
•AD-3
AW-2
BCB-3B
BCB-6G
BD-2
BF-2
CE-5
CH-1
CS-3
DD-3
DD-5
DI-1
DS-1
DS-2
FV-50H
FV-50L
FV-300H
FV-300L
FZ-3
GE-7
HM-3
HR-2
LS-2
MT-2
NS-2
OC-2
OD-2R
OD-3
OS-2
PH-2
PS-3
PSM-5
PW-2
RV-3
SD-1
SD-2
TR-2
•TU-2
XT-2

Ø
CEB-3
GEB-7
LMB-3
ODB-3
SYB-3

Product

EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998
Suggested List Price

Guitar Compact Pedals and Volume Pedals
Acoustic Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$169.50
Acoustic Instrument Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249.00
Auto Wah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
BOSS Pedal Carrying Case - 3 Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59.95
BOSS Pedal Carrying Case - 6 Unit (Gray) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164.50
Blues Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125.50
Flanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Stereo Chorus Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Stereo Super Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135.50
Compression Sustainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135.50
Digital Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209.50
Digital Delay w/ Tap Tempo (Optional FS-5U) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239.50
Direct Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97.50
Turbo Distortion w/ Remote Turbo (Optional FS-5L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127.50
Stereo Volume Pedal - High Impedance, Guitar/Bass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114.50
Stereo Volume Pedal - Low Impedance, Keyboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114.50
Heavy Duty Stereo Volume Pedal, High Impedance, Guitar/Bass . . . . . . .154.50
Heavy Duty Stereo Volume Pedal, Low Impedance, Expression . . . . . . . .154.50
Fuzz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Equalizer - 7-Band Graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155.50
Hyper Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127.50
Harmonist - 2-Part “Intelligent” Pitch Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239.50
Line Selector/Power Supply (Optional PCS-20A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Metal Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159.50
Noise Suppressor/Power Supply (Optional PCS-20A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159.50
Dual Octaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154.50
Turbo Overdrive with remote jack (Optional FS-5L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.50
Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Overdrive and Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119.50
Super Phaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169.50
Digital Pitch Shifter and Delay (Optional EV-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239.50
Power Supply for (up to) 7 pedals w/ Cables and Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189.50
Power Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.00
Digital Reverb and Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229.50
Super Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97.50
Dual Overdrive (Optional FS-5L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.50
Tremolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.00
Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139.00
Xtortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.00

Bass Compact Pedals
Bass Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.50
Bass Equalizer - 7 Band Graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.50
Bass Limiter and Enhancer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.50
Bass Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.50
Bass Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299.00

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Prices Subject to change without notice. BOSS® is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation U.S.
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

®ÂØÒňÎ
Model

Ø
DB-12
DB-66
DB-88
CT-6
TU-6
TU-8
TU-12
TU-12H

Ø
GT-5
ME-30
ME-30BG

Ø
AD-5
VT-1

Ø
ADS-5
MA-12V
FS-1
FS-5L
FS-5U

Ø

•DR-202
DR-5
DR-550mkII
DR-660

Ø
SP-202
SM-2
SM-4

Ø
ACA-120G
PSA-120

®

R E T A I L P R I C E L I S T EFFECTIVE July 10, 1998
Product

Suggested List Price

Metronomes and Tuners
Dr. Beat Metronome w/ Stopwatch & Tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$79.00
Dr. Beat Metronome with Tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175.00
Talking Dr. Beat Metronome with Tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
Guitar/Bass Auto Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49.95
Guitar/Bass Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59.50
Automatic Guitar/Bass Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79.50
Automatic Chromatic Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109.50
Automatic Chromatic High Range Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109.50

Guitar Multiple Effects
Guitar Effects Processor w/ COSM (Floor-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995.00
Guitar Multiple Effects w/ Phrase Trainer (Floor-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . .299.00
Carrying Bag for ME-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.95

BOSS Signal Processors
Acoustic PreAmp and Direct Box, Feedback Suppresser w/ Effects . .395.00
Voice Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00

Amplifiers, Speakers & Accessories
Stand Adaptor for AD-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79.00
Monitor-Amp/Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145.00
Single Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.95
Footswitch - Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.50
Footswitch - Unlatching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39.50

Rhythm Machines
Dr. Groove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
Dr. Rhythm Section - Sequencer, Pitch to MIDI, Gig Trainer . . . . . . .495.00
Dr. Rhythm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
Dr. Rhythm w/ Digital Effects, Roll and Flam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00

Phrase Samplers
Dr. Sample/Phrase Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395.00
Smart Media™ Card (2MB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.00
Smart Media™ Card (4MB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60.00

Power Supplies
AC-Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.95
AC-Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.95

Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle • Los Angeles, CA 90040-3696 • ph:323.685.5141
Prices Subject to change without notice. BOSS® is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation U.S.
• New Products for Summer NAMM 1998

NQPSMTR

®

%!'-'"!
AC@465FC6D

Supplemental
Notes

June 24, 1998

SN38

A-30

Power on while holding WRITE. (Hold for 15 seconds.)

A-33

Power on while holding WRITE. (Hold for 15 seconds.)

A-50

While holding the first, third, and fourth buttons under the display, press CHANNEL. Then
press any cursor button.

A-70/JV

Power on while holding down MANUAL, then press ENTER.

A-80

While holding the first, third, and fourth buttons under the display, press CHANNEL. Then
press any cursor button.

A-90/EX

Power on while holding down MANUAL, then press ENTER.

A-220

Power on while holding B and MEMORY.

A-880

Power on while holding SIGNAL and MEMORY.

ADA-8024

No ROM reset.

ALPHA JUNO-1

No ROM reset.

ALPHA JUNO-2

No ROM reset.

AP-700

Power on, then press EXIT repeatedly to get ANALYZER/FILTER screen. Cursor to
MENU, press ENTER. Cursor to SYSTEM, press ENTER. Cursor to INITIALIZE, press
ENTER. Use VALUE to select ALL MEMORY, then press ENTER twice.

AR-Series

No ROM reset.

AT-Series

(Make sure disk drive is empty.) Power on while holding ONE TOUCH PROGRAM.

AX-1

Power on while holding WRITE. (Hold for 30 seconds.)

AXIS-1

While holding FUNCTION, press the F#0, C#2, and D#2 keys.

CA-30

The CA-30 resets itself every time you turn it off and then on.

CR-80

Power on while holding DEL and REPEAT, then press ENTER.

All Other CR

No ROM reset.

CSQ-Series

No ROM reset.

D-5

No ROM reset.

D-10/20

No ROM reset.

D-50

No ROM reset.

D-70

No ROM reset.

D-110

No ROM reset.

D-550

No ROM reset.

DDR-30

Power on while holding the #1 button.

DEP-3

Power on while holding MEMORY NO UP (^) and DOWN (v).

DEP-5

Power on while holding MEMORY NO UP (^) and DOWN (v).

DJ-70

Power on while holding the UP ARROW button to enter test mode. Press A, press C,
press S1. When finished the screen will display IC21 = OK.

DJ-70mkII

Power on while holding the UP ARROW button to enter test mode. Press A, press B,
press S1. When finished the screen will display IC21 = OK.

DM-Series

No ROM reset.

DR-5

Power on while holding FRET LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>), then press ENTER twice.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 1 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

DR-550

Power on while holding -1 and +1 , then press START.

DR-550mkII

Power on while holding -1 and +1 , then press START.

DR-660

Press UTILITY, then use LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>) to select [8] INIT. Press ENTER twice.

DS-330

Power on while holding REVERB and SPLIT, then press YES.

E-5

No ROM reset.

E-10

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-12

No ROM reset.

E-14US

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

E-15

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

E-16

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

E-20

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-28US

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

E-30

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-35

Power on while holding REC/PUNCH IN.

E-36

Power on while holding RECORDER.

E-38

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

E-56

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-66

Power on while holding REC in the DISK RECORDER section.

E-68US

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-70

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-86

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-96

Power on while holding WRITE.

E-500

Press UTILITY. Use the buttons under the display that correspond to <> to select
FACTORY PRESET. Press EXECUTE, then press OK. When the screen displays
RESET COMPLETE, turn the unit off, then on.

EM-101

No ROM reset.

EM-303

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

EM-305

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

EP-3

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

EP-5

While holding REC and PLAY, press STRINGS. Power off and then back on.

EP-7

While holding REC and PLAY, press STRINGS. Power off and then back on.

EP-7MKII

While holding REC and PLAY, press STRINGS. Power off and then back on.

EP-9

While holding REC and PLAY, press CHOIR. Power off and then back on.

EP-75/85

Power on while holding REC.

EP-707

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

All Other EP

No ROM reset.

FC-100

No ROM reset.

FC-100mkII

Power on while holding pedals #1, #2, and #8.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 2 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

FC-200

Power on while holding the #10 pedal, then press the CTL pedal.

FG-10

Power on while holding CLEAR and EXIT.

FG-1000

Power on while holding CLEAR and EXIT.

FP-1

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

FP-8

Press FUNC and release. While holding PIANO, press FUNC again.

G-600

Power on while holding WRITE.

G-800

Power on while holding WRITE.

GC-8

No ROM reset.

GI-10

Power on while holding PARAMETER + and -, then press VALUE +.

GM-70

Poly Mode: Power on while holding PLAY, GENERAL EDIT, and IND EDIT.
Mono Mode: Power on while holding TUNE, CONTROL ASSIGN, and DATA TRANSFER.

GP-8

No ROM reset.

GP-16

Power on while holding the #6, #7, and #8 buttons. Use the FUNCTION LEFT (<) and
RIGHT (>) buttons to select “2.All Factory Preset,” then press WRITE three times.

GP-100

Power on while pressing in the PARAMETER knob, then press WRITE.

GR-09

Power on while holding Pedal #2, then press the VALUE + button. Now press EDIT/PLAY.

GR-1

Power on while holding WRITE/COPY, then press YES.

GR-30

Power on while holding Pedal #2, then press the PATCH+ button to select INI. Press
EDIT/PLAY. Then press PATCH+ and PATCH- simultaneously.

All Other GR

No ROM reset.

GS-6

No ROM reset.

GT-5

Power on while holding MOD and FEEDBACKER/SLOW GEAR. Press WRITE.

GX-700

Press TUNER/UTILITY. Use PARAMETER LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>) buttons to select
FACT INIT. Cursor to left and dial SYSTEM, then right and dial P#100. Press WRITE,
then TUNER/UTILITY.

HP-100

No ROM reset.

HP-130

Power on while holding REC.

HP-300

No ROM reset.

HP-400

No ROM reset.

All Other HP

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

HS-Series

No ROM reset.

JD-800

Press DATA TRANSFER. Use PAGE UP (^) and DOWN (v) to select FACTORY
PRESET. Press YES.

JD-990

While holding EXIT, press UTILITY. Press F6 (EXECUTE), then F5 (YES).

JP-6

No ROM reset.

JP-8

No ROM reset.

JP-8000

While holding SHIFT, press INIT/UTIL. Press INIT/UTIL repeatedly to select INITIALIZE
WRITE. Use the DOWN/UP buttons to select FACTORY PRESET, then press WRITE.

JS-30

Power on while holding RECORD located in the SEQUENCER section.

JUNO-6

No ROM reset.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 3 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

JUNO-60

No ROM reset.

JUNO-106

No ROM reset.

JV-30

Press CHORUS and REVERB (above INITIALIZE) simultaneously. Press VALUE UP (^) .

JV-35

Press CONTROL and MASTER simultaneously. Use PARAMETER UP (^) and DOWN
(v) to select ALL. Press VALUE UP (^).

JV-50

Press CONTROL and MASTER simultaneously. Use PARAMETER UP (^) and DOWN
(v) to select ALL. Press VALUE UP (^).

JV-80

Power on while holding NUMBER 8 (also labeled PERFORM 16 and CAPS). Press
ENTER and then press WRITE.

JV-90

Power on while holding NUMBER 8 (also labeled PERFORM 16 and CAPS). Press
ENTER and then press WRITE.

JV-880

Press UTILITY, then use the DATA dial to select FACTORY PRESET. Press ENTER twice.

JV-1000

Power on while holding NUMBER 8 (also labeled PERFORM 16 and CAPS). Press
ENTER, then press WRITE.

JV-1080

Press UTILITY. Cursor down once, then cursor right three times to select FACTORY
PRESET. Press ENTER twice, then press UTILITY.

JV-2080

Press UTILITY. Press F6 twice to select MENU 3. Press F1. Then press F6. If
necessary, use the VALUE DIAL to turn Memory Protect OFF and press F6 twice.

JW-50

Press TUNE/FUNCTION. Press F5 (FACTORY), then F4 (JW RESET), then F3 (GS
RESET), then F4 (YES).

JX-1

Power on while holding WRITE and FLUTE.

JX-3P

No ROM reset.

JX-8P

No ROM reset.

JX-10

No ROM reset.

JX-305

Press UTILITY. Use PAGE  to select Factory Preset and press ENTER. Use PAGE
 to select ALL and press ENTER twice.

KR-33

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

KR-55

Hold MIDI/FUNC and press CARD. Hold both VARIATION buttons for 5 seconds.

KR-100

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

KR-350

While holding LOAD and SAVE, press WRITE.

KR-370

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

KR-500

While holding FROM and TO, press WRITE.

KR-570

While holding PART VOLUME ACCOMP, press TRACK 2 and 4 buttons (Composer
section) simultaneously. Press PART VOLUME ACCOMP repeatedly to get FACTORY
SETUP LOAD in the window. After loading is complete, power off and then back on.

KR-650

While holding LOAD and SAVE, press WRITE.

KR-770

While holding PART VOLUME ACCOMP, press TRACK 2 and 4 buttons (Composer
section) simultaneously. Press PART VOLUME ACCOMP repeatedly to get FACTORY
SETUP LOAD in the window. After loading is complete, power off and then back on.

KR-3000

While holding FROM and TO, press WRITE.

KR-3500

While holding LOAD and SAVE, press WRITE.

KR-4500

While holding LOAD and SAVE, press WRITE.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 4 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

KR-4700

While holding EDIT, press LOAD and SAVE.

KR-5000

While holding EDIT, press LOAD and SAVE.

KR-5500

While holding LOAD and SAVE, press WRITE.

LVC-1N

Power on while holding ENTER.

M-660

While holding EDIT, press WRITE. Use PARAMETER UP (^) and DOWN (v) to select
ALL, then press WRITE. When completed, press EDIT to return to Play Mode.

M-760

While holding EDIT, press WRITE. Use PARAMETER UP (^) and DOWN (v) to select
ALL, then press WRITE. When completed, press EDIT to return to Play Mode.

M-BD1

Power on while holding F3.

M-DC1

Power on while holding F3.

M-GS64

Power on while holding F3.

M-OC1

Power on while holding F3.

M-SE1

Power on while holding F3.

M-VS1

Power on while holding F3.

MC-303

Power on while holding down SHIFT, then press ENTER.

MC-505

Power on while holding down SHIFT, then press ENTER. Note, this procedure takes
several minutes.

All Other MC

No ROM reset.

ME-5

Power on while holding pedals #1 and #2, then press WRITE immediately.

ME-6

Power on while holding PARAMETER DOWN (v) and LEFT (<), then press WRITE.

ME-6B

Power on while holding PARAMETER DOWN (v) and LEFT (<), then press WRITE.

ME-8

Power on while holding PARAMETER LEFT (<) and DOWN (v), then press WRITE/COPY.

ME-8B

Power on while holding PARAMETER LEFT (<) and DOWN (v), then press
WRITE/COPY.

ME-10

Power on while holding the BANK DOWN (v) pedal, then press WRITE.

ME-30

Power on while holding the PARAMETER RIGHT (>) and VALUE DOWN (-), then press
WRITE/COPY.

ME-X

Power on while holding PARAMETER DOWN (v) and LEFT (<), then press WRITE.

MK-60

No ROM reset.

MK-80

While holding WRITE, press EDIT. While holding the LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>) cursor
buttons, press UP (^).

MKB-Series

No ROM reset.

MKS-50

Poly Mode: Power on while holding NUMBER 4 and 8.
Mono Mode: Power on while holding NUMBER 3 and 7.

All Other MKS

No ROM reset.

MP-Series

No ROM reset.

MS-1

No ROM reset.

MSQ-100

No ROM reset.

MSQ-700

No ROM reset.

MT-32

While holding MASTER VOLUME, press RHYTHM PART. Press PART 1.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 5 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

MT-80s

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

MT-100

While holding STOP, press DELETE. After the display flashes ALL CLEAR, press EXECUTE.

MT-120/s

Power on while holding REPEAT, SONG (blue button), and PLAY. Press FWD repeatedly,
until the window reads T-13. Press PLAY, then press REC. Power off, then on.

MT-200

Power on while holding REPEAT, SONG (blue button), and PLAY. Use the DIAL to select
T-15 in the window. Press PLAY, then press REC. Power off, then on.

MV-30

No ROM reset.

P-55

Power on while holding both INSTRUMENT buttons, then press PARAM 1.

P-330

No ROM reset.

PAD-8

Power on while holding MIDI CH and NOTE NUMBER. Power off, then back on.

PAD-80

Power on while holding both VALUE (solid < and >) buttons.

PC-150

Power on while holding COMMAND on the left edge of the keyboard.

PC-200

Power on while holding the two buttons under the word STANDARD.

PC-200mkII

Power on while holding the two buttons under the word STANDARD.

PK-5

Power on while holding OCT/PARAM .

PM-16

Power on while holding NUMBER buttons 1 and 2. (This reloads the first BANK of settings).

PMA-5

Press UTILITY, then press the RIGHT (>) cursor button repeatedly to select INITIALIZE.
Press ENTER, then [EXEC].

PR-100

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

PRO-E

Power on while holding WRITE.

R-5

Power on while holding CURSOR PAGE and PARAM SELECT, then press ENTER twice.

R-8

Power on while holding CURSOR PAGE and PARAM SELECT, then press ENTER twice.

R-8MKII

Power on while holding CURSOR PAGE and PARAM SELECT, then press ENTER twice.

R-8M

Power on while holding ENTER and the RIGHT (>) CURSOR button, then press ENTER twice.

R-70

Power on while holding MIDI and ASSIGN, then press YES twice.

R-880

No ROM reset.

RA-30

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

RA-50

Power on while holding WRITE.

RA-90

Power on while holding WRITE.

RA-95

Power on while holding REC.

RA-800

(WARNING: This will erase the original factory Performance settings. However, you can
save them to disk before doing this procedure.) Power on while holding WRITE.

RD-500

Power on while holding NUMBER 1 and 8. Press DEC/YES.

RD-600

Press EDIT. Press the RIGHT PAGE button until “Initialize: All” is displayed. Press
INC/YES twice. Press EDIT to return to Play mode.

All Other RD

No ROM reset.

RSP-550

Power on while holding PROGRAM/PAGE UP (^) and DOWN (v), then press WRITE.

RSS-10

Power on while holding LOCK and OPTION. (The MCR-8 LED lights.) Press DEMO
PROGRAM four times. Press DEVICE ID.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 6 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

RSS-8048

No ROM reset.

RV-70

Power on while holding WRITE and DOWN. Use the UP (^) and DOWN (v) buttons to
select AL. Press WRITE. Power off, then back on.

SB-55

Power on while holding CLEAR.

SBX-1000

No ROM reset.

S-Series

No ROM reset.

SC-7

The unit resets each time you turn it on.

SC-33

Power on while holding REVERB and SPLIT, then press YES.

SC-50

Power on while holding both INSTRUMENT buttons, then press ALL.

SC-55

Power on while holding both INSTRUMENT buttons, then press ALL.

SC-55mkII

Power on while holding both INSTRUMENT buttons, then press ALL.

SC-88

While holding SELECT, press both INSTRUMENT buttons. Press ALL.

SC-155

Power on while holding both INSTRUMENT buttons, then press ALL.

SC-880

Press UTILITY. CURSOR UP and use the VALUE DIAL to select Factory Preset.
CURSOR DOWN and use the VALUE DIAL to select ALL. Press ENTER twice.

SCC-700C

No ROM reset.

SD-35

Power on while holding CLEAR, then press REC.

SDD-320

No ROM reset.

SDE-330

Power on while holding SYSTEM and PROGRAM. Use the DATA dial to select SYSTEM
+ PROGRAM. Press MEMORY.

All Other SDE

No ROM reset.

SDX-330

Power on while holding SYSTEM and PROGRAM. Use the DATA dial to select SYSTEM
+ PROGRAM. Press MEMORY.

SE-50

Power on while holding PARAM UP (^) and VALUE UP (^). Press WRITE. Wait three
seconds and press WRITE again.

SE-70

Power on while holding in the NUMBER/VALUE knob. Press PARAMETER LEFT (<),
then dial to STANDARD mode or GUITAR mode. Press WRITE.

SH-Series

No ROM reset.

SN-700

No ROM reset.

SP-202

CAUTION: This procedure will erase all of the internal samples and initialize the unit: Hold
down CANCEL and press DEL, then press the A/B button. Press DEL.

SP-700

No ROM reset.

SPD-8

Power on while holding EDIT, then press COPY. Use the VALUE UP (^) and DOWN (v) to
select F A L in the window. Press ALL/ENTER.

SPD-11

Power on while holding ALL/ENTER and the DOWN ARROW button. Press ALL/ENTER.

SPD-20

Power on while holding ALL/ENTER and the DOWN ARROW button. Press ALL/ENTER.

SRC-2

No ROM reset.

SRV-330

Power on while holding SYSTEM and PROGRAM. Use the DATA dial to select SYSTEM
+ PROGRAM. Press MEMORY.

SRV-1000

No ROM reset.

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 7 of 8

NQPSMTR

Supplemental Notes

SRV-2000

Factory: Power on while holding WRITE and REVERB NON-LINEAR.
Delay Mode: Power on while holding WRITE, REVERB NON-LINEAR and ROOM SIMULATE.

SSC-8004

No ROM reset.

SX-700

Press UTILITY. Use PARAMETER LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>) to select FACT INIT. Press WRITE.

TB-303

No ROM reset.

TD-5

Power on while holding EDIT and START/STOP, then press START/STOP again.

TD-7

Press SYSTEM. Use the LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>) CURSOR buttons to select INI, then
press ENTER. Cursor to HI HAT and use the DATA dial to select ALL. Press ENTER twice.

TD-10

Press SETUP, then press F4 three times.

TL-Series

No ROM reset.

TP-20

No ROM reset.

TR-505

Power on while holding MODE and PATTERN GROUP KEY A .

TR-626

Power on while holding MODE and TRACK #1.

TR-707

Power on while holding TRACK WRITE and TRACK #1 .

TR-727

Power on while holding TRACK WRITE and TRACK #1 .

TR-808

No ROM reset.

TR-909

Power on while holding TRACK #1 and PATTERN #1 .

U-20

No ROM reset.

U-110

Power on while holding PART and EDIT.

U-220

No ROM reset.

VG-8

Power on while holding F1, F3, and F5. Press F6 for All, F4 for Patches, or F2 for System.

VK-7

Power on while holding MAIN, SUB and PEDAL in the HARMONIC BAR PART section.

VK-1000

Press WRITE, then press F3 to access the INIT MENU screen. Press F4 to access the
COLD BOOT screen, then press ENTER.

VP-70

Power on while holding PLAY, VOICE EXPANSION, and MIDI.

VS-840

No ROM reset.

VS-880

No ROM reset.

VS-1680

No ROM reset

VT-1

Power on while holding down the PRESET/USER button.

W-30

No ROM reset.

W-50

Press CONTROL and MASTER simultaneously. Use PARAMETER UP (^) and DOWN
(v) to select ALL. Press VALUE UP (^).

XP-10

Press UTILITY. Use VALUE + and - to select INITIALIZE, then press ENTER. Use
VALUE + and - to select FACTORY PRESET, then press ENTER.

XP-50

Press DISK/UTILITY, select SOUND, select PRESET, then press ENTER. Use the dial to
turn Memory Protect OFF if necessary, then press ENTER twice.

XP-60/80

Press UTILITY, press F6 (MENU) twice to select Factory, then ENTER. Press F6
(EXECUTE). Use the dial to turn Memory Protect OFF if necessary, press ENTER, then
press F6 (EXECUTE).

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Re-initialization Procedures

Faxback # 90006

Page 8 of 8

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T

1000
ACI
120/I/J

9
500
ACF
120

A = Included O = Optional
A-30
A-33
AC-2
AD-5
AF-70
ASC-10
AW-2
AX-1
BD-2
BE-5
BE-5B
BF-2
BF-2B
BL-1
BX-16
BX-4
BX-400
BX-8
CA-30
CE-2
CE-2B
CE-3
CE-5
CEB-3
CF-10
CH-1
CL-50
CM-300
CM-32L
CM-32P
CM-500
CM-64

O
O
O
O
A
A
O
O
O
A
A
O
O
O
A
O
A
A
A
O
O
O
O
O
A
O
A
A
A
A
A
A

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120
R

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

Recommended

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

Compatible

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

© Roland Corporation U.S.

Revised 6/25/98

Page 1 of 7

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

CN-20
CP-40
CR-1000
CR-80
CS-10
CS-2
CS-3
CT-6
D-5
DB-66
DB-88
DC-2
DC-3
DD-3
DD-5
DF-2
DI-1
DIF-800
DR-220A/E
DR-5
DR-550/mkII
DR-660
DS-1
DS-2
DS-3
DS-330
DSD-2/3
E-12
E-14
E-15
E-16
E-28
E-35
E-36

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T
A
A
A
A
A
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
A
O
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

1000
ACI
120/I/J

9
500
ACF
120

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

R
R
R
R
R

© Roland Corporation U.S.

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

Revised 6/25/98

Page 2 of 7

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

E-38
E-5
E-56
E-66
E-68
EH-2
EH-50
EM-303
EM-305
ep-3
ep-5
ep-7
ep-707
ep-7mkII
ep-9
ep-75
ep-85
FC-200
FC-50
FT-2
FW-3
FZ-2
FZ-3
GE-21
GE-7
GE-7B
GEB-7
GI-10
GR-09
GR-1
GR-30
GX-700
HC-2
HF-2

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T

1000
ACI
120/I/J

A
A
A
A
A
O
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
A
A
A
A
A
O
O

© Roland Corporation U.S.

9
500
ACF
120

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

Revised 6/25/98

Page 3 of 7

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

HM-2
HM-3
HR-2
JV-30
JV-35
JV-50
JW-50
JX-1
LM-2
LM-2B
LMB-3
LS-2
LVC-1N
M-660
MC-50/mkII
MC-202
MC-303
ME-6
ME-6B
ME-8
ME-8B
ME-X
MPD-4
MS-1
MSL-15
MT-100
MT-120
MT-2
MT-200
MT-32
MV-30
MX-10
MX-5
MZ-2

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T
O
O
O
A
A
A
A
A
O
O
O
O
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
O
O
A
A
O
A
A
A
A
O
O

1000
ACI
120/I/J

9
500
ACF
120

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

© Roland Corporation U.S.

R
R
R
R

Revised 6/25/98

Page 4 of 7

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

NS-2
NS-50
OC-2
OD-1
OD-2
OD-2R
OD-3
ODB-3
OS-2
P-55
PAD-8
PAD-80
PC-200/mkII
PH-1R
PH-2
PK-5
PM-16
PMA-5
PN-2
PQ-3B
PQ-4
PQ-50
PR-1
PR-100
PR-300
PS-2
PS-3
PSM-5
PV-1
PW-2
R-5
R-70
R-8
R-8mkII

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T
O
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
A
A
O
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
O
A
O
A
A
O
O
A

1000
ACI
120/I/J

9
500
ACF
120

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

O
A
A
A
A

© Roland Corporation U.S.

R
R
R
R
R

Revised 6/25/98

Page 5 of 7

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

RA-30
RA-50
RA-90
RA-95
RBF-10
RC-3
RCE-10
RDD-20
ROD-10
RPD-10
RPH-10
RPQ-10
RPW-7
RRV-10
RV-2
RV-3
SB-55
SC-155
SC-33
SC-50
SC-55
SC-55mkII
SC-7
SD-1
SD-2
SD-35
SE-50
SE-70
SH-101
SP-202
SPD-11
SPD-20
SPD-8
SX-700

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T

1000
ACI
120/I/J

A
A
A
A
A
O
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
O
O
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
O
O
A
A
A
O
O
A
A
A
A

© Roland Corporation U.S.

9
500
ACF
120

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

Revised 6/25/98

Page 6 of 7

52/$1' DQG %266 32:(5 6833/< &203$7,%,/,7< *8,'(
Output:
Volts (V)
Amps (mA)

SYB-3
TD-5
TD-7
TL-16
TL-8
TM-3
TM-7
TR-2
TR-505
TR-606
TR-626
TR-707
TR-727
TU-6
TU-8
TU-12/H
TU-120
TU-121
TU-12H
TU-50
TU-6
TU-8
VB-2
VT-1
W-50
WS-20/20M
XP-10
XT-2

Unregulated DC
1200
ACB
120/T

1000
ACI
120/I/J

O
A
A
A
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
A
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
O
O
O
A
O
A
A
O

© Roland Corporation U.S.

9
500
ACF
120

300
ACM
120

200
ACA
120

9.5
1500
ACK
120

1750
ACJ
120

1700
ACL
120

12
1000
ACO
120

500
ACN
120

200
ACG
120

±21.5

±15

±10

300/300

350/350

500/150

ACE
120

ACD
120

ACH
120

Regulated DC
9
9.6
12
200
200
2000
PSA
ASA
120
120T
120

AC
12
1500
BRB
120

500
BRA
120

14
800
BRC
120

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

Revised 6/25/98

Page 7 of 7

$FFHVVRULHV IRU 5RODQG 3URGXFWV
Wave
Expansion
A-33
A-70
A-90
A-90EX
AC-100
BC-30
BC-30/210
BC-60
BC-60/310
DJ-70mkII
DR-5
DR-550mkII
DR-660
E-16
E-66
ep-7mkII
ep-9
FP-1
G-600
G-800
G-1000
GC-405/405X
GI-10
GP-100
GR-09
GR-1
GR-30
GT-5
GX-700
JC-120
JP-8000
JV-1080
JV-2080
JV-880
JX-305
M-BD1
M-OC1
M-SE1
M-VS1
MC-303
MC-505
MC-50mkII
ME-8
ME-8B
MS-1
PC-200mkII
PK-5
PMA-5
R-70
R-8mkII
RA-30
RA-800
RA-95
RD-500
RD-600
S-760
SDE-330
SDX-330
SE-70

Voice
Expansion

Video
Owner's Manual

Video
Demo

Continuous Pedal
EV-5/FV-300L

Footswitches
DP-2/DP-6/FS-5U

Travel Case
Hardshell

Travel Case
Soft Bag

Software

TurboStart

Supplemental
Notes

CD-ROM
Library

Style
Disks

Memory Card
M-512E

Patch
Cards

PCM
Card

AC
Adaptor

Other

VE Series
VE Series

L-CD7/P
App Guide

MSD
EP-AK-2E
PB-7BK
FPS-1
FC-7
FC-7
FC-7

MSD
MSD
MSD
US-20

GR9E-1
SR-GR1-01

US-20
US-20
US-20

SR-JV80
SR-JV80
SR-JV80

© Roland Corporation U.S.

PN-JV80
PN-JV80
PN-JV80

SO-PCM1
SO-PCM1
SM-2, SM-4

SM-2, SM-4

DP-2M
SN-R8
FC-7
FC-7
FC-7

PK-5
PK-5
PK-5

MSD
MSD

L-CD7/P

Updated 6/25/98 Faxback # 90007

OP-760-01

Page 1 of 2

$FFHVVRULHV IRU 5RODQG 3URGXFWV
Wave
Expansion
SP-202
SP-808
SPD-11
SPD-20
SRV-330
SX-700
TD-5
TD-5K
TD-7
TDE-7K
TD-10
VG-8
VK-7
VS-840
VS-880
VS-1680
VT-1
XP-10
XP-50
XP-60
XP-80

Voice
Expansion

Video
Owner's Manual

Video
Demo

Continuous Pedal
EV-5/FV-300L

Footswitches
DP-2/DP-6/FS-5U

Travel Case
Hardshell

Travel Case
Soft Bag

Software

TurboStart

Supplemental
Notes

CD-ROM
Library

Style
Disks

Memory Card
M-512E

Patch
Cards

PCM
Card

AC
Adaptor

Other

SM-2, SM-4
SP-808-OP1
PD Pads
PD Pads

PD Pads
TDE-5
PD Pads

VG8D

PD Pads
VG8S-1
PK-5
VS4S-1
VS8F-1
VS8F-2

SR-JV80
SR-JV80
SR-JV80

© Roland Corporation U.S.

Updated 6/25/98 Faxback # 90007

Page 2 of 2

NQPSMTR

®

#2E49!2>6
=:DE:?8D

June 24, 1998

The following are the patch lists contained in this book, arranged alphabetically by model number.
JP-8000
JP-8000
MC-303
MC-505
MC-505
PMA-5
SPD-20
SPD-20
SR-JV80-01
SR-JV80-01
SR-JV80-02
SR-JV80-02
SR-JV80-03
SR-JV80-03
SR-JV80-04
SR-JV80-04
SR-JV80-05
SR-JV80-05
SR-JV80-06
SR-JV80-06
SR-JV80-07
SR-JV80-07
SR-JV80-08
SR-JV80-08
SR-JV80-09
SR-JV80-09
SR-JV80-10
SR-JV80-10
SR-JV80-11
SR-JV80-11
SR-JV80-12
SR-JV80-12
TD-7T
TD-10
TD-10
VE-RD1
XP-60/80
XP-60/80

Patch Listing
Performance Listing
Patch Listing
Patch Listing
Pattern Listing
Patch Listing
Instrument Listing
Patch Listing
Pop Expansion Board Patch Listing
Pop Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Orchestral Expansion Board Patch Listing
Orchestral Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Piano Expansion Board Patch Listing
Piano Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Vintage Expansion Board Patch Listing
Vintage Expansion Board Waveform Listing
World Expansion Board Patch Listing
World Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Dance Expansion Board Patch Listing
Dance Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Super Sound Set Expansion Board Patch Listing
Super Sound Set Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Keyboards of the 60’s and 70’s Expansion Board Patch Listing
Keyboards of the 60’s and 70’s Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Session Expansion Board Patch Listing
Session Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Bass and Drums Expansion Board Patch Listing
Bass and Drums Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Techno Expansion Board Patch Listing
Techno Expansion Board Waveform Listing
Hip Hop Collection Patch Listing
Hip Hop Collection Waveform Listing
‘Turbo’ Patch Listing
Drum Instrument Listing
Drum Kit Listing
Expansion Board Patch Listing
Internal Patch Listing
Internal Waveform Listing

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

6/24/98

Page 1 of 1



NQPSMTR -30XVLF6\QWKHVL]HU
No : Patch Name
*:Mono **:Legato
P:A11: Spit'n Slide Bs
**
P:A12: Velo Decay Bass
**
P:A13: Wall Bob
**
P:A14: Juno Sub Bass
**
P:A15: Subsonic Bass
**
P:A16: Big & Dark
**
P:A17: Bass Flow
**
P:A18: Juno Bass Vel
**
P:A21: Dubb Bass
**
P:A22: Juice Bass
**
P:A23: Dreams Are Made
**
P:A24: Reso Bass Line
**
P:A25: Bass Pedals
**
P:A26: Hard Core Bass
**
P:A27: MC-202 Bass
**
P:A28: Rubber SH-2
*
P:A31: Raging Bass
*
P:A32: Blipper Bass
**
P:A33: JP-303
**
P:A34: Rave Time
P:A35: Fretless Bass
**
P:A36: Digi Strat
P:A37: Fire Wire
P:A38: Proflike Clavit
P:A41: Withmod Comp
P:A42: Juno Clav
P:A43: Gritty Power
P:A44: Separate ways
P:A45: For RPS
P:A46: Bread'n Butter
P:A47: Silk 5ths
P:A48: Ancient Asia
P:A51: Intervalic
**
P:A52: Squared Away
P:A53: Velo Syncoid
P:A54: Resonance Chord
P:A55: Resorelease
P:A56: Waspy Synth
P:A57: Euro SAW
P:A58: Dance Sweep
P:A61: Trance Food
P:A62: One Shot Reso
P:A63: The Fat Guy

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No : Patch Name
*:Mono **:Legato
P:A64: Spit Brass
P:A65: Poly Sync
P:A66: Rave 5th
P:A67: UK Shorty
P:A68: Old Rhodes
P:A71: Wurly Piano 1
P:A72: Wurly Piano 2
P:A73: Moody Organ
P:A74: Org/Rotary>Ribon
P:A75: VK09 PercEchoes
P:A76: Sine Lead
**
P:A77: Wichita Lead
P:A78: Creamy
**
P:A81: Smoothy
**
P:A82: Soaring Mini
**
P:A83: Ribn F/B Lead
*
P:A84: Sup-Jup Lead
**
P:A85: Modular Lead
**
P:A86: Syncrosolo
**
P:A87: Ripper
**
P:A88: Phantom Lead
**
P:B11: Whammy Mammy
**
P:B12: Wicked Lead
**
P:B13: Drefull Dr.
P:B14: Wiggle Mod
P:B15: Feedback Lead
**
P:B16: Crunch
**
P:B17: Chaos Lead
**
P:B18: Out of Control
*
P:B21: String Machine
P:B22: Tron Vlns
P:B23: Luxury Symph
P:B24: Debussy
P:B25: BPF Velo Strings
P:B26: Detuned Str.
P:B27: Juno B81 Pad
P:B28: Richland
P:B31: MOD Strings
P:B32: Jupiter Pad
P:B33: Soft Strings
P:B34: Shan-gri-la
P:B35: Fine Wine
P:B36: Glue Pad

JP-8000 Patch Listing Faxback # 10307

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
No : Patch Name
*:Mono **:Legato
P:B37: True Pad
P:B38: Foreboding
P:B41: Skreachea
P:B42: BPM Pulse 1
P:B43: BPM Pulse 2
P:B44: Hi-Pass Puls
P:B45: Sample&Hold Me
P:B46: MKS80 Space
P:B47: Arctic Sweep
P:B48: Replicant CS
P:B51: Stargate
P:B52: Lost in Time
P:B53: Circular
P:B54: Space Choir
P:B55: Hypass Sweep
P:B56: BPF Tides
P:B57: Matrix Sweep
P:B58: MKS80 Bells
P:B61: Tiny bells
P:B62: Chimey
P:B63: Juno Arp
P:B64: Sonar Ping
P:B65: Air Harp
P:B66: Velo FX Percs
P:B67: Quizzled
P:B68: Intermittent
P:B71: Brain Static
P:B72: Computone
P:B73: Pin Matrix
P:B74: Space Cheese
P:B75: Rough Day
P:B76: The Etruscan.
*
P:B77: Varese
P:B78: Pipe Dream
P:B81: Meteor
P:B82: Snowman
P:B83: Space Ghost
P:B84: Ozone
P:B85: Cool-a little...
P:B86: Electro Gulls
P:B87: Template 1
P:B88: Template 2

Page 1 of 1



NQPSMTR -30XVLF6\QWKHVL]HU
No: Performance Name
P: 11: Chariots
P: 12: Fizzoid Bass
P: 13: Skreachy
P: 14: Feedback Lead
P: 15: Trancer
P: 16: Whisper
P: 17: Dance Split
P: 18: Comb Strings
P: 21: Descender
P: 22: Glass Columns
P: 23: BPM Pulsating
P: 24: 1979!
P: 25: Elliptical
P: 26: MKS80 Bell/Space
P: 27: Legato TB-303
P: 28: Massive Pad
P: 31: AKS Sweep
P: 32: Sweepers
P: 33: Juliano
P: 34: Stargate
P: 35: Dual Mini's
P: 36: Spacescapes
P: 37: Trance Floor
P: 38: Arctic E-know
P: 41: Smooth Split
P: 42: Fanfare
P: 43: Touchy Alarmist
P: 44: Last Emperor
P: 45: Euroneuro
P: 46: Babylon
P: 47: Str/Whistle
P: 48: Back To The 60's
P: 51: Wicked
P: 52: Velo NRG
P: 53: Circuit Bent
P: 54: Arpegg<>Juno Pad
P: 55: Didjeribbon
P: 56: Faze Strings
P: 57: Dual SynthKlavs
P: 58: Pulsing Sweep
th
P: 61: Mini 5
P: 62: Tubular
P: 63: Synthboy Split

Lower Patch
Chariots L
Fizzoid Bass L
Skreachy L
INIT PATCH
Trancer L **
Whisper L
Dance Split L
Comb Strings L
Descender L
Glass Columns L*
BPM Pulse L
1979 L
Elliptical L
MKS80Bell/SpaceL
Legato TB-303 L*
Massive Pad L
AKS Sweep L *
Sweepers L
Juliano L
Stargate L
Dual Mini's L **
Spacescapes L
Trance Floor L
INIT PATCH
Smooth Split L **
Fanfare L
TouchyAlarmist L
Last Emperor L
Euroneuro L
Babylon L
Str/Whistle L
BackToThe60's L
Wicked L **
Velo NRG L **
Circuit Bent L
Arp<>Juno Pad L *
Didjeribbon L **
Faze Strings L
DualSynthKlavs L
Pulsing Sweep L
Mini 5th L **
Tubular L
Synthboy Split L **

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Upper Patch
Chariots U
FizzoidBass U **
Skreachy U
Feedback Lead U **
Trancer U
Whisper U
Dance Split U
Comb Strings U
Descender U
Glass Columns U
BPM Pulse U
1979 U
Elliptical U
MKS80Bell/SpaceU
Legato TB-303 U **
MassivePad U
AKS Sweep U
Sweepers U
Juliano U
Stargate U
Dual Mini's U **
Spacescapes U
Trance Floor U
Arctic E-know U
Smooth Split U **
Fanfare U
TouchyAlarmist U
Last Emperor U **
Euroneuro U
Babylon U
Str/Whistle U **
BackToThe60's U
Wicked U **
Velo NRG U
CircuitBent U
Arp<>Juno Pad U
Didjeribbon U **
Faze Strings U
DualSynthKlavs U
PulsingSweep U
Mini 5th U
**
TubularU
Synthboy Split U

No: Performance Name
P: 64: Water Orchestra
P: 65: Split of 5ths
P: 66: Road To Goa
P: 67: Rain Drops
P: 68: Wide Quark Rings
P: 71: Tritouch Layer
P: 72: Aquapeggios
P: 73: OB Eight
P: 74: Swynk
P: 75: GR-300 Solo
P: 76: Ring Split
P: 77: Observatory
P: 78: Tron Strings
P: 81: Mirror Balls
P: 82: Entropy
P: 83: Template1
P: 84: Template2
P: 85: Template3
P: 86: Template4
P: 87: Template5
P: 88: Template6

3HUIRUPDQFH/LVWLQJ
Lower Patch
WaterOrchestra L
Split of 5ths L **
Road To Goa L **
Rain Drops L
WideQuarkRings L
Tritouch Layer L
Aquapeggios L
OB Eight L
Swynk L *
GR-300 Solo L *
Ring Split L
Observatory L
Tron Strings L
Mirror Balls L
Entropy L
Tmp1:Trig Src.
Tmp2:ChorusSync
INIT PATCH
Tmp4:Lower
Tmp5:Lower
Tmp6:Lower

Upper Patch
WaterOrchestra U
Split of 5ths U
Road ToGoa U *
Rain Drops U
WideQuarkRings U
Tritouch Layer U
Aquapeggios U
OB Eight U
Swynk U
GR-300 Solo U *
Ring Split U
Observatory U
Tron Strings U
Mirror Balls U
EntropynU
Tmp1:Trig Dst.
Tmp2:DelaySync
Tmp3:LFO Sync
Tmp4:Upper **
Tmp5:Upper
Tmp6:Upper

*: Mono **: Legato

JP-8000 Performance Listing Faxback # 10308

Page 1 of 1

NQPSMTR
Bank 1: Synthesizer
1 Lead TB 1
2 Lead TB 2
3 Wow TB
4 Lead TB 3
5 MG Saw
6 Voc.Saw
7 Cheese Saw
8 Saw Lead
9 Calc.Saw
10 OB2 Saw 1
11 Juno6 Saw
12 JP8 Pls.1
13 MG Pls.1
14 Flicker Pls.
15 Tri Lead1
16 Tri Lead2
17 PR5 Squ.1
18 JU2 SubOsc.
19 Frog Wave
20 Seq.Synth
21 Polysynth
22 JP8 Pls.2
23 JP8 Squ.
24 260 Pls.90
25 Reso.Pls.
26 Reso.Stack
27 Soft Lead
28 8DV Saw 1
29 PR5 Saw 1
30 D50 Saw
31 MG Sweep
32 Sweep Lead
33 Vocorderman
34 4th Lead 1
35 4th Lead 2
Bank 2: Synth Bass
1 Normal TB
2 Dist.TB 1
3 Dist.TB 2
1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

0&*URRYHER[
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
40

Acid TB 1
Acid TB 2
Acid TB 3
Acid TB 4
101 Bass 1
101 Bass 2
101 Bass 3
House Bass
Sine Bass
Dub Bass
Pizz.Bass
MG Bass 1
MG Bass 2
MG Bass 3
MG Bass 4
FM Super Bs
Cheese Bass
Syn.SB Bass
Blip Bass
KGP Bass
TBMG Bass 1
MG Bass5
JPMG Bass
Click Bass
KMP Bass
Osc.Bass
Reso.Bass
Wow MG Bass
Wow 101 Bass
Sweep Wow Bass
Doom Bass
Rubber Bass 1
Rubber Bass 2
Acid Bass
Bubble Bass
Organ Bass

Bank 3: Bass Guitar
1 Ac.Bass 1
2 Ac.Bass 2
3 Fingered Bs 1

4
5
6
7
8
9

Fingered Bs 2
Picked Bass 1
Dust Pick Bass
Picked Bass 2
Fretless Bass
Slap Bass 1

Bank 4: Synth Stack
1 Syn.Stack 1
2 Oct.Stack
3 Syn.Stack 2
4 Saw Stack
5 Syn.SB 1
6 Syn.SB 2
7 Brass Perc.
8 Dirty SB
Bank 5: Synth Pad
1 Atmosphere
2 Feed Back
3 X-MOD
4 Pacifica
5 7th Atom
6 Outer Space
7 Rev.Atom
8 2.2 Pad
9 Jungle Pad
10 Psycho Pad
11 Pipe Pad
12 Ambient Pad
13 Flanger Pad
14 Bell Pad
15 7th Bell Pad
16 Fantasia
17 Crystal
18 Exo.Bell Pad
19 Echo Bell
20 Warm Pad
21 Soundtrack
22 Oct.Pad

MC-303 Groovebox

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

OB Str. Pad
X-MOD Pad
Sweep Pad 1
Sweep Pad 2
OB Soft Pad
Goblin
Echo Drops
Random Pad
LFO Sweep
Horror Pad
Pulse Key Pad

Bank 6: Strings
1 Real Strings 1
2 Real Strings 2
3 Auh Strings
4 Hi Strings
5 Syn.Strings 1
6 Syn.Strings 2
7 Syn.Strings 3
8 Noise Strings
9 RND Strings
10 LFO Strings
11 Slow Strings
12 Slow SynStr.
13 Pizzicato Str.
Bank 7: Voice
1 Choir Auhs
2 Space Voice
3 Sweepvox
4 Synthvox 1
5 Auh
6 Synthvox 2
7 Leadvox
8 Auh Auh
9 Sky Vox
10 Auhbient
11 Vibravox
12 Noisevox

Bank 8: Synth FX
1 UFO FX
2 Saw in Saw
3 Feed Bell
4 Abduction
5 Loop Sweep
6 UP FX
7 Robocorder
8 Noise Grow
9 LFO Techno
10 Calculating
11 Emergency!
12 FX Beats
13 Analog FX
14 Transformer
15 Dusty Scratch
16 Space Worms
17 Winky FX
Bank 9: Noise
1 PR5 Noise1
2 PR5 Noise2
3 Pink Noise
4 White Noise
5 Bomb Wind
6 Syn.Wind
7 Vinyl Noise
8 Noise Snare
9 Explosion
10 Pink Bomb
Bank 10: Piano
1 Ac.Piano
2 Bright Piano
3 E.Piano 1
4 E.Piano 2
5 E.Piano 3
6 E.Piano 4
7 Org.E.Piano
8 Noise Piano
9 Clav.
Page 1 of 3

NQPSMTR
10 Ana.Clav.
11 Digi.Clav.
Bank 11: Organ
1 Organ 1
2 Lp-Hp Organ
3 Organ 2
4 Percsv Organ
5 Slow Organ
6 Smokey Org.Chrd
7 Organ Chord
8 '60s Organ
9 Dist.Organ
10 Church Org.1
11 Organ Loop
12 LF-Organ
Bank 12: Chrom Perc
1 Glockenspiel
2 Vibraphone
3 Beat Glocken
4 Marimba
5 Timpani
6 Steel Drums
7 Sqr.Perc.
8 Juno Bell
9 MG Perc
10 Perc.Glass
Bank 13: Bell
1 Tubular-bell
2 Vib. Bell
3 7th Bells
4 Ring Bell
5 Digi.Bell 1
6 Ring Mod.
7 Digi.Bell 2
8 Dirty Bell 1
9 Dirty Bell 2
10 Digi.Bell 3

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

0&*URRYHER[
Bank 14: Guitar
1 Steel Str.Gt.
2 12str.Guitar
3 Jazz Guitar
4 Clean Guitar
5 Distortion Gt.
6 Gt.Harmonics
7 Acid Guitar 1
8 Acid Guitar 2
9 Jazz Steel Guitar
11 Wah Guitar
Bank 15: Brass Section
1 Brass 1
2 Bright Brass 1
3 Bright Brass 2
4 Brass&Strings
5 SB Brass Sect.
6 ST Brass Sect.
7 OB Brass
8 Hybrid Brs.
9 4th Brass
Bank 16: Brass/Pipe
1 Synth Brass 1
2 Synth Brass 2
3 Bright Syn.Brs 1
4 Bright Syn.Brs 2
5 Warm Brass 1
6 Stack Brass 1
7 Warm Brass 2
8 Strings Brass
9 Warm Brass 3
10 Stack Brass 2
11 Trumpet
12 Muted Trumpet
13 Sax&Trumpet
14 Alto Sax
15 Baritone Sax
16 Bright Sax

17
18
19
20
21
22

Flute
Pan Flute
Afro Flute
Pipe Lead 1
Pipe Lead 2
Shakuhachi

Bank 17: Ethnic
1 Sitar 1
2 Sitar 2
3 Kalimba
4 Bagpipe
Bank 18: Hit
1 MG Blip 1
2 Rev.Blip
3 MG Blip 2
4 Syn.Perc
5 Powa
6 Douby
7 P-Mod Perc
8 Bam Hit
9 Bit Hit
10 Orch. Hit
11 BF Hit
12 Organ Hit
13 Bim Hit
14 Dist.Hit
15 Brass Fall
16 Strings Hit
17 Space Frog
18 Hoo!
19 Ha!
20 Afro Feet
21 Breath 3
22 Scratch Rwnd
23 Scratch Push
24 Scratch Pull
25 Tape Rewind
26 Vinyl Stop

MC-303 Groovebox

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
Bank 19: SFX
1 Starship
2 Burst Noise
3 Laser-gun
4 Seashore
5 Rain
6 Thunder
7 Wind
8 Stream
9 Bubble
10 Bird
11 Low Bird
12 Telephone
13 Gun Shot
14 Machine-gun
15 Car-Pass
16 Car-Crash
17 Siren
18 Jetplane
19 Helicopter
20 Laughing
21 Screaming
22 Punch
23 Heart Beat
24 Applause
Bank 20: Percussion
1 909 Tom
2 Synth Tom
3 808 Tom
4 Elec. Tom
5 Ac.Tom
6 78 Tom
7 Hi Bongo Mute
8 Hi Bongo Open
9 Lo Bongo Mute
10 Lo Bongo Open
11 Hi Conga Slap
12 Hi Conga Mute
13 Hi Conga Open

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Hi Conga Mute
Lo Conga Open
808 Conga
Mute Surdo
Open Surdo
Open Pandeiro
Mute Pandeiro
Mute Cuica
Open Cuica
Timbale
Tablabaya
Udo
Latin Menu

Bank 21: Metal Perc
1 Jungle Tamb.
2 Tambourine
3 Hit Tamb.
4 Shake Tamb.
5 78 Tamb.
6 Cowbell
7 808 Cowbell
8 78 Cowbell
9 Mute Triangle
10 Open Triangle
11 Agogo
12 78 Metal Beat
13 Jingle Bell
14 Bell Tree
15 Wind-chime
Bank 22: Other Perc
1 Maracas
2 808 Maracas
3 Cabasa Up
4 Cabasa Down
5 626 Shaker
6 Short Whistle
7 Long Whistle
8 Short Guiro

Page 2 of 3

NQPSMTR
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Long Guiro
78 Guiro
Click Noise
808 Rim Shot
Rim Shot
Hyoshigi
Claves
808 Claves
Wood Block
Vibra-slap

Bank 23: Hi-Hat
1 Real CH 1
2 Real PH 1
3 Real OH 1
4 Room CH
5 Room OH
6 Real CH 2
7 Real PH 2
8 Real OH 2
9 808 CH
10 808 OH
11 78 CH
12 78 OH
13 707 CH
14 707 OH
15 606 CH
16 909 CH 1
17 909 CH 2
18 909 OH
19 909 Dist.OH
Bank 24: Cymbal
1 909 Crash
2 808 Cymbal
3 909 Ride Cym.
4 Ride Cymbal
5 Ride Bell
6 Asian Gong
7 Reverse Cymbal

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

0&*URRYHER[
Bank 25: Clap
1 808 Clap
2 Finger Snap
3 Hip Clap
4 Shake & Light Clap
5 Rap & Real Clap
6 909 & Hard Clap
7 HC2 & 707 Clap
Bank 26: Snare Drum (Single)
1 Funky Ghost
2 Clap SD
3 Fat SD
4 Tight SD
5 909 SD
6 808 SD
7 Elec. SD
8 80809 SD
9 Slap
10 Blip SD

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

Bank 28: Bass Drum (Single)
1 Blip BD
2 Cave BD
3 808 BD 1
4 808 BD 2
5 Elec.BD
6 Afro Feet BD
Bank 29: Bass Drum (Kit)
1 Dist.BD Kit
2 Jngl.BD Kit
3 909 BD Kit 1
4 909 BD Kit 2
5 909 BD Kit 3
6 Dry BD Kit
7 606 BD Kit

Bank 27: Snare Drum (Kit)
1 Rim SD Kit
2 Jngl.SD Kit 1
3 Jngl.SD Kit 2
4 Mute SD Kit
5 Funky SD Kit
6 Rap SD Kit
7 Dry SD Kit
8 Brush Tap
9 Brush Slap
10 Brush Swirl
11 909 SD Kit
12 808 SD Kit
13 Hyper SD Kit
14 FX SD Kit
15 808 SD Kit 2
16 606 SD Kit

MC-303 Groovebox

Page 3 of 3



NQPSMTR 0&*URRYH%R[
Preset A
001= Lead TB 1
002= Dist TB 1
003= Dist Sqr TB
004= Dist TB 2
005= Dist TB 3
006= TB + Voco
007= Dist TB 4
008= Lead TB 2
009= Devil TB
010= Dual TB
011= HiLo303ModSw
012= Arpness TB
013= Acid Line
014= Dist TB 5
015= Lead TB 3
016= Lead TB 4
017= TB Tra Bass
018= Acid TB
019= Psyche-TB
020= TB + Sine
021= Hi-Pass TB
022= Moog Saw
023= OB Saw
024= MG Lead
025= Poly Key
026= Synth Pulse
027= Dual Profs
028= Axe of 80
029= MG Square
030= Square Lead1
031= Square Lead2
032= Square Lead3
033= Lucky
034= Synth Lead 1
035= Moon Lead
036= Rezo SynLead
037= Wspy Synth
038= Enorjizor
039= JP8 Sprang
040= PortaSynLead
041= Wah Lead

042= Beep Mod
043= Dist Lead 1
044= Freaky Fry
045= JU2 SubOsc 1
046= JU2 SubOsc 2
047= Froggy
048= Synth Lead 2
049= Singin' MINI
050= Plastic Ton
051= SinusoidRave
052= Sine Me Up
053= Spooky Sine
054= Sine Tone
055= D50 Saw Lead
056= Dst Syn Lead
057= Big Up Massv
058= Warm SawLead
059= Hartnoll Era
060= Skegness 97
061= Simply June
062= The Brothers
063= Dist Lead 2
064= Dark SawLead
065= Dist Lead 3
066= Mosquito
067= Phazyn Vox
068= Voc Saw
069= VT Vox
070= Pure Voice
071= Robo Vox
072= Hallucinate
073= Seq.Synth
074= Analog Seq
075= Ana Punch
076= Atom Brain
077= Fooled MC
078= 101 Bass 1
079= House Bass
080= 101 Bass 2
081= 202 Bass
082= Psycho Funk
083= Talking Lin

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

084= Inside Bass
085= Bubble Bas
086= Bass Bleep
087= Wiggle Bas
088= Twist Bass
089= Octa Bass
090= BT's Sticky
091= MG Bass
092= FM Super Bs
093= Solid Bass
094= T Nite Bass
095= Front 505
096= Def Bass 1
097= Def Bass 2
098= Sine Bass 1
099= Sine Bass 2
100= RollModRezBs
101= Gate Me Buzz
102= System Bass
103= Spike Bass
104= Solid Goa
105= Rezo Bass
106= Blip Bass
107= Pizz Bass
108= Voco Bass
109= VoCoRoBo
110= Dust Bass
111= ArtCore Bass
112= NU-NRG Bass
113= TalkBox Bass
114= Incontinence
115= Bari Voice
116= Ac.Bass
117= E.Ac.Bass
118= Acid Jazz Bs
119= Soup's Bass
120= Fingered Bs
121= FingBsVeloSw
122= PickedBass 1
123= PickedBass 2
124= Fretless Bs
125= Phot Bass

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
126= Slap Bass
127= R&B B-Slides
128= Syn Stack 1
Preset B
001= Strong Brass
002= You Can Fl
003= Syn stack 2
004= Dawn Of Man
005= Saw Stack 1
006= Saw Stack 2
007= DLM Stack
008= DOC Stack
009= LN2 Stack
010= Bend Stack
011= Freedom
012= Good Bean
013= JP8000 5th
014= Mega 5th
015= 5th Saw
016= 4th Saw
017= Soundtrack
018= Rise Pad
019= Warm Pad
020= JP + OB Pad
021= Planet
022= Additive
023= Noise Pad
024= Sweep Pad 1
025= Sweep Pad 2
026= Alles Padde
027= Sky Light
028= Stargate MC
029= Middle Grow
030= AiRye Bread031= NU-NRG Org
032= Halo Pad
033= Str/Brs Pad
034= Syn Brs Pad
035= Simple Pad
036= OB Rezo Pad
037= Sweet Vocode

MC-505 Groove Box Patch Listing Faxback # 10288

038= Thin Pad
039= Attack Pad
040= Metal Pad
041= Atmosphere
042= Fantasia
043= Feedbackwave
044= Pacifica
045= Atmosphere 2
046= Sub Atmosphe
047= Machine Pad
048= Detuned Pad
049= Scoop Pad
050= Psycho Trevor
051= Floating Pad
052= Fancy Pad
053= Strings 1
054= Strings 2
055= Old StringSW
056= Swim Strings
057= Eclip-Str
058= Slow Strings
059= OB Slow Str
060= Syn.Strings1
061= Syn.Strings2
062= OB Strings
063= Rhap Strings
064= Banded Jupe
065= NU-NRG Str
066= Violin
067= Contrabass
068= Tremolo Str
069= Pizzicato 1
070= Pizzicato 2
071= Pizz It
072= Guardians
073= Gat Passion
074= Syn Harp
075= Voice Oohs
076= Solo Vox
077= Syn Vox
078= Choir Aahs
079= Space Voice

Page 1 of 3



NQPSMTR 0&*URRYH%R[
080= Star Voice
081= Brightness
082= Vox Lead
083= Auhbient
084= Auh Luv Rave
085= PCM Life
086= Noisevox
087= Trance Voice
088= Effect Acer
089= Alternative
090= Hard Pure
091= Metal EF
092= Dly Tone
093= Osci Frog
094= Cal + After
095= 8b Pad
096= SpaceHighway
097= Trek Storm
098= Abduction
099= 1st Contact
100= Ice Cave
101= Rev Cord
102= Blue Random
103= Sync Tone
104= Seq Up
105= SawLFOSaw
106= Calculating
107= Touch EF
108= Welding
109= Press Machin
110= EF Tribe
111= Scratch Alt
112= Analog FX
113= Non TB
114= Nasty Filt
115= Psy-Ence
116= Music Hi
117= Uber Zone
118= Down Gown
119= For Giving
120= Sound Alarm
121= Acid Drone

122= X-Mod
123= X-FM/Org
124= X-FM Bass
125= Hard BD?
126= S&H Voc
127= X-TlkBxBass
128= X-Kick/TB
Preset C
001= X-Org/Nz
002= X-Pizz/Rng
003= White Noise
004= Pink Noise
005= P5 Noise
006= Toy Noise
007= Rezo Noise
008= Vinyl Noise
009= Tornado Jet
010= Smooth Jet
011= Sweep Noise
012= ModWhtSweep
013= Perk Breath
014= Pink Bomb
015= 64voicePiano
016= Ac.Piano 1
017= Ac.Piano 2
018= Epic House
019= Hush Piano
020= Happy Piano
021= BPF Piano
022= Honky-tonk
023= NY Piano+Str
024= Voice Piano
025= Old E.Piano
026= E.Piano 1
027= E.Piano 2
028= Cool Rhodes
029= Psycho EP
030= Trip E.Piano
031= Rotary Rhode
032= EP-Organ
033= Harpsichord

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

034= Clavi
035= Digi Clavi
036= FM Clavi
037= AnalogClavi1
038= AnalogClavi2
039= Funky Clavi
040= RotaryOrg Sl
041= RotaryOrg Fs
042= Gospel Spin
043= L Org F
044= Organ 1
045= Lp-Hp Organ
046= Organ 2
047= Percsv Organ
048= Ballad B
049= FM Club Org
050= Pop Organ
051= Cheese Organ
052= Reed Organ
053= Telstar
054= Church Org
055= Organ Bass
056= Strict Organ
057= SmkyChrd Org
058= Sweep Organ
059= Accordion
060= Vibraphone
061= FM Marimba
062= Marimba
063= Xylophone
064= Balaphone
065= Timpani
066= Steel Drum
067= Digi Bell
068= Acid Perc
069= MetaL-SD
070= Classy Pulse
071= Glockenspiel
072= Fanta Bell
073= Crystal
074= Tubular-Bell
075= Shank Bells

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
076= MKS-30 Melts
077= Trip Lead
078= Steel-Str.Gt
079= Clean Gtr
080= Jazz Gtr 1
081= Jazz Gtr 2
082= Muted Gtr
083= Lo-Fi Gtr
084= Terror Dome
085= Psycho-G
086= Dist Gtr Chd
087= Going Bald
088= Gt.Harmonic1
089= Gt.Harmonic2
090= Shafted Gtr
091= WahGT 2 Menu
092= Gtr Up
093= Gtr Down
094= Gtr Sweep
095= Orch Gtr
096= Brass
097= Bright Brass
098= Hush Brass
099= Synth Brass1
100= Synth Brass2
101= Synth Brass3
102= Syn Brs Lead
103= Obilator
104= OpenUp Brass
105= Brass Fall
106= Trumpet
107= MutedTrumpet
108= Soprano Sax
109= Alto Sax
110= Baritone Sax
111= SlideBiteSax
112= Sax & Tp
113= Tuba
114= Syn F.Horn
115= Oboe
116= Whistle
117= Ocarina

MC-505 Groove Box Patch Listing Faxback # 10288

118= Recorder
119= Jazz SynLead
120= Solo Flute
121= Pan Flute
122= Bottle Blow
123= Funky Pipe
124= Breath Noise
125= Shakuhachi
126= Sitar 1
127= Sitar 2
128= Santur
Preset D
001= Kalimba
002= Bagpipes
003= PnoBendM7-m7
004= Org Chd m7
005= BalapChd 9th
006= Wah Gtr Hit
007= Orch Hit 1
008= Orch Hit 2
009= Rave-X-Tasy
010= Philly Hit 1
011= Philly Hit 2
012= Attack Hit
013= Funky Hit
014= Tekno ChdHit
015= Dist Hit
016= Glasgow Hit
017= Happy Hit
018= Scene Hit 1
019= Scene Hit 2
020= Drill Hit
021= Gaia Message
022= Rezo Perc
023= Syn Perc
024= MG Blip
025= Rev Blip
026= Air Blip
027= Radical Perc
028= Machine
029= Metal Hit

Page 2 of 3



NQPSMTR 0&*URRYH%R[
030= Tanz Devil
031= Headz Direkt
032= ShoppingCart
033= Noisy Drill
034= Thump Bounce
035= Tape Rewind
036= Stop
037= Ao!
038= Ha!
039= Seashore
040= Bird
041= Telephone
042= Helicopter
043= Applause
044= Gun Shot
045= Machine Gun
046= Laser Gun
047= Sci-Fi Laser
048= Breath
049= Rain
050= Siren
051= TR909 Tom
052= TR808 Tom
053= Syn Tom 1
054= Syn Tom 2
055= Old Syn Tom
056= Taiko
057= Slow Down
058= Boom Drop
059= B-Tom-D
060= Mr.Bong Bass
061= Friends of 0
062= Latin Perc
063= Bongo Fury
064= High Timbale
065= MutePandeiro
066= Open Surdo
067= Brazil Perc
068= Tablabaya
069= Mute Cuica
070= Long Whistle
071= Agogo

072= Short Tamb
073= 808 Cowbell
074= CR78 Cowbell
075= CR78 Beat
076= Wind-Chime
077= Rim Shot
078= TR909 Rim
079= Hyoshigi
080= TR626 Shaker
081= 727 Quijada
082= Real CH
083= TR909 OH
084= Syn OH
085= TR909 Crash
086= Reverse Cym.
087= Asian Gong
088= TR808 Clap
089= Down Clap
090= Clap Tail
091= Rap&Real Clp
092= Maddening
093= TR909 Snare
094= TR808 Snare
095= House Snare
096= Jungle Snr 1
097= Jungle Snr 2
098= TR808 Kick
099= Plastic BD
100= Gate Kick
101= Jungle Kick
102= Scrtch/Vo Mn
103= Flexi Vox Mn
104= Hit Menu
105= Indust Menu
106= Tom Menu
107= Percus1 Menu
108= Percus2 Menu
109= Cowbell Menu
110= Shaker+ Menu
111= Rim Menu
112= Cymbal Menu
113= CHH 1 Menu

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

114= CHH 2 Menu
115= PHH Menu
116= OHH 1 Menu
117= OHH 2 Menu
118= Clap 1 Menu
119= Clap 2 Menu
120= Snare 1 Menu
121= Snare 2 Menu
122= Snare 3 Menu
123= Snare 4 Menu
124= Snare 5 Menu
125= Snare 6 Menu
126= Kick 1 Menu
127= Kick 2 Menu
128= Kick 3 Menu

MC-505 Groove Box Patch Listing Faxback # 10288

Page 3 of 3



NQPSMTR 0&*URRYH%R[
Techno
No.
P:001
P:002
P:003
P:004
P:005
P:006
P:007
P:008
P:009
P:010
P:011
P:012
P:013
P:014
P:015
P:016
P:017
P:018
P:019
P:020
P:021
P:022
P:023
P:024
P:025
P:026
P:027
P:028
P:029
P:030
P:031
P:032
P:033
P:034
P:035
P:036
P:037

Name
Psy Trance
Psy Trance 2
Psy Trance 3
Psy Trance 4
Psy Trance 5
Psy Trance 6
Psy Trance 7
Psy Trance 8
Psy Trance 9
Psy Trance 10
Psy Trance 11
Psy Trance 12
Psy Trance 13
Psy Trance 14
Psy Trance 15
Psy Trance 16
Psy Trance 17
Psy Trance 18
Trance 1
Trance 2
Trance 3
Trance 4
Trance 5
Trance 6
Trance 7
Trance 8
Trance 9
NU-NRG 1
NU-NRG 2
NU-NRG 3
NU-NRG 4
NU-NRG 5
NU-NRG 6
Epic Trance 1
Epic Trance 2
Epic Trance 3
Minimal 1

BPM Measure
142
4
145
4
145
4
145
4
138
4
142
4
144
4
143
4
145
4
145
4
145
4
142
4
143
4
145
4
135
4
142
4
147
4
141
4
146
4
136
8
138
4
140
8
145
4
119
4
129
4
129
4
130
8
150
2
152
2
145
8
150
8
140
8
152
8
150
4
148
8
148
8
135
8

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No.
P:038
P:039
P:040
P:041
P:042
P:043
P:044
P:045
P:046
P:047
P:048
P:049
P:050
P:051
P:052
P:053
P:054
P:055
P:056
P:057
P:058
P:059
P:060
P:061
P:062
P:063
P:064
P:065
P:066
P:067
P:068
P:069
P:070
P:071
P:072
P:073
P:074
P:075

Name
Minimal 2
Minimal 3
Minimal 4
Minimal 5
Minimal 6
Minimal 7
Minimal 8
Minimal 9
Minimal 10
Minimal 11
Minimal 12
DetroitTechno 1
DetroitTechno 2
DetroitTechno 3
DetroitTechno 4
DetroitTechno 5
DetroitTechno 6
Gabba 1
Gabba 2
Gabba 3
Gabba 4
Gabba 5
HappyHardcore 1
HappyHardcore 2
HappyHardcore 3
HappyHardcore 4
HappyHardcore 5
Rave 1
Rave 2
Rave 3
Rave 4
Rave 5
Rave 6
Rave 7
Dream Pop 1
Dream Pop 2
Dream Pop 3
Rock 1

3DWWHUQ/LVWLQJ
BPM Measure
140
8
135
4
135
4
130
2
138
4
132
4
140
16
135
4
140
4
135
4
138
4
132
4
150
4
140
4
132
4
136
8
140
4
200
2
200
4
180
4
167
4
167
4
175
4
190
4
175
2
175
4
175
2
130
8
130
8
179
8
179
8
172
8
185
8
170
8
145
4
130
8
140
8
132
4

MC-505 Groove Box Patch Listing

No.
P:076
P:077
P:078
P:079
P:080
P:081
P:082
P:083
P:084
P:085
P:086
P:087
P:088
P:089
P:090
P:091
P:092
P:093
P:094
P:095
P:096
P:097
P:098

Name
Rock 2
Rock 3
Rock 4
Rock 5
Rock 6
Rock 7
Rock 8
Industrial 1
Industrial 2
Industrial 3
Industrial 4
Industrial 5
Industrial 6
Industrial 7
Industrial 8
Electro 1
Electro 2
AmbientTechno 1
AmbientTechno 2
AmbientTechno 3
AmbientTechno 4
AmbientTechno 5
AmbientTechno 6

Drum'n'Bass
No.
Name
P:099 Artcore 1
P:100 Artcore 2
P:101 Artcore 3
P:102 Artcore 4
P:103 Artcore 5
P:104 Drum'n'Bass 1
P:105 Drum'n'Bass 2
P:106 Drum'n'Bass 3
P:107 Drum'n'Bass 4
P:108 Drum'n'Bass 5
P:109 Drum'n'Bass 6
P:110 Darkcore 1

Faxback # 10289

BPM Measure
130
4
137
4
126
4
137
4
128
8
112
4
128
4
125
4
132
8
112
4
90
8
128
4
128
4
128
4
128
4
122
4
119
8
130
8
120
16
120
16
128
4
120
4
120
4

BPM Measure
165
8
170
8
165
16
165
8
158
16
165
8
156
4
156
8
180
16
180
16
165
8
195
8

Page 1 of 3



NQPSMTR 0&*URRYH%R[
No.
P:111
P:112
P:113
P:114
P:115
P:116
P:117
P:118
P:119
P:120
P:121
P:122
P:123
P:124
P:125
P:126
P:127
P:128
P:129
P:130
P:131
P:132

Name
Darkcore 2
Darkcore 3
Darkcore 4
Darkcore 5
Darkcore 6
Hard Step 1
Hard Step 2
Hard Step 3
Hard Step 4
Tech Step 1
Tech Step 2
Tech Step 3
Jazz Step 1
Jazz Step 2
Jazz Step 3
Jazz Step 4
Jazz Step 5
Ragga/Jungle 1
Ragga/Jungle 2
Ragga/Jungle 3
Ragga/Jungle 4
Ragga/Jungle 5

BPM Measure
160
4
161
8
148
4
185
8
185
8
179
8
165
8
160
4
190
8
165
8
165
8
157
8
156
4
160
8
165
8
197
8
170
8
180
8
179
8
163
8
165
8
200
8

Hip Hop
No.
Name
P:133 HipHop East 1
P:134 HipHop East 2
P:135 HipHop East 3
P:136 HipHop East 4
P:137 HipHop East 5
P:138 HipHop East 6
P:139 HipHop East 7
P:140 HipHop East 8
P:141 HipHop East 9
P:142 HipHop East 10
P:143 HipHop West 1
P:144 HipHop West 2
P:145 HipHop West 3

BPM Measure
93
2
93
2
95
4
95
2
95
2
95
2
84
8
85
4
89
2
89
4
99
2
99
4
95
4

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No.
P:146
P:147
P:148
P:149
P:150
P:151
P:152
P:153
P:154
P:155
P:156
P:157
P:158
P:159
P:160
P:161
P:162
P:163
P:164
P:165
P:166
P:167
P:168
P:169
P:170
P:171
P:172
P:173
P:174
P:175
P:176
P:177
P:178
P:179
P:180
P:181

Name
HipHop West 4
HipHop West 5
HipHop West 6
HipHop West 7
HipHop West 8
HipHop West 9
Abstract 1
Abstract 2
Abstract 3
Abstract 4
Abstract 5
Abstract 6
Abstract 7
Abstract 8
Abstract 9
Abstract 10
Abstract 11
HipHop Early 1
HipHop Early 2
HipHop Early 3
HipHop Early 4
HipHop Early 5
HipHop Early 6
HipHop Early 7
HipHop Early 8
NewJack Swing 1
NewJack Swing 2
Miami Bass 1
Miami Bass 2
HipHop Jazz 1
HipHop Jazz 2
HipHop Jazz 3
HipHop Soul 1
HipHop Soul 2
HipHop Soul 3
HipHop Soul 4

3DWWHUQ/LVWLQJ
BPM Measure
96
4
89
4
96
4
92
2
92
2
92
2
79
2
77
4
79
2
94
4
94
4
92
4
67
2
105
4
104
4
77
4
100
4
107
8
98
4
103
8
98
8
106
8
100
2
87
2
99
2
105
8
110
4
138
8
127
4
102
4
99
8
103
8
76
4
90
8
80
4
80
4

MC-505 Groove Box Patch Listing

House
No.
P:182
P:183
P:184
P:185
P:186
P:187
P:188
P:189
P:190
P:191
P:192
P:193
P:194
P:195
P:196
P:197
P:198
P:199
P:200
P:201
P:202
P:203
P:204
P:205
P:206
P:207
P:208
P:209
P:210
P:211
P:212
P:213
P:214
P:215
P:216

Name
House 1
House 2
House 3
House 4
House 5
House 6
House 7
Garage House 1
Garage House 2
Garage House 3
Garage House 4
Garage House 5
Garage House 6
Hard House 1
Hard House 2
Hard House 3
Hard House 4
Hard House 5
Hard House 6
Hard House 7
Hard House 8
Hard House 9
Hard House 10
Happy Handbag 1
Happy Handbag 2
Happy Handbag 3
Happy Handbag 4
Happy Handbag 5
Euro Beat 1
Euro Beat 2
Latin House 1
Latin House 2
Latin House 3
Latin House 4
Latin House 5

Faxback # 10289

BPM Measure
123
8
123
8
123
8
128
4
122
8
122
4
123
8
123
8
125
8
123
8
123
8
123
8
120
4
128
4
130
4
128
8
128
8
123
8
128
8
130
4
130
4
130
4
130
4
130
2
130
4
130
8
128
8
128
8
145
4
128
8
123
4
122
8
122
8
122
8
125
8

Page 2 of 3



NQPSMTR 0&*URRYH%R[
Jazz
No.
P:217
P:218
P:219
P:220
P:221
P:222
P:223
P:224
P:225
P:226
P:227
P:228

Name
Funk 1
Funk 2
Funk 3
Funk 4
Funk 5
Funk 6
Funk 7
Jazz 1
Jazz 2
Jazz 3
Jazz 4
Jazz 5

BPM Measure
126
8
118
8
118
8
90
8
100
4
95
8
103
8
103
8
123
8
89
8
130
8
130
8

Reggae
No.
P:229
P:230
P:231
P:232
P:233
P:234
P:235
P:236
P:237

Name
Dance Hall 1
Dance Hall 2
Dance Hall 3
Dance Hall 4
Dance Hall 5
Lovers 1
Lovers 2
Reggae 1
Reggae 2

BPM Measure
185
8
158
8
180
8
170
8
188
8
181
8
176
8
126
8
172
16

Latin
No.
P:238
P:239
P:240
P:241
P:242
P:243
P:244
P:245
P:246
P:247
P:248

Name
Salsa 1
Salsa 2
Salsa 3
Salsa 4
Salsa 5
Songo
Samba
ChaCha
Merengue
Mambo 1
Mambo 2

BPM Measure
112
4
112
4
104
4
95
4
88
4
112
4
124
8
84
4
110
2
90
2
90
2

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

MC-505 Groove Box Patch Listing

3DWWHUQ/LVWLQJ

Faxback # 10289

Page 3 of 3

NQPSMTR 30$3HUVRQDO0XVLF$VVLVWDQW
001 Piano 1
Piano 1w
Piano 1d
002 Piano 2
Piano 2w
003 Piano 3
Piano 3w
004 Honky.
Honky.w
005 E.Piano1
Detuned1
EP 1v
60's EP
FM+SA EP
60's EP2
Rhodes
006 E.Piano2
Detuned2
EP 2v
St.FM EP
Br.FM EP
007 Harpsi.
Coupld H
Harpsi.w
Harpsi.o
008 Clav.
FunkClav
009 Celesta
010 Glocken
011 MusicBox
012 Vibraphn
Vib.w
013 Marimba
Marimb.w
014 Xylophon
015 Tublrbel
ChrchBel
Carillon
016 Santur

017 Organ 1
Detuned1
60's Or1
Organ 4
SC88 Or1
Detune88
Mixed Or
SC88 Or4
Even Bar
018 Organ 2
Detuned2
Organ 5
019 Organ 3
VS Organ
020 ChrchOr1
ChrchOr2
ChrchOr3
021 Reed Org
022 Acord.Fr
Acord.It
023 Harmnica
024 Bandneon
025 Nylon Gt
Ukulele
NylnGt.o
NylonGt2
NylonGt3
026 Steel Gt
12str.Gt
Mandolin
SteelGt2
12strGt2
Nyln+Stl
027 Jazz Gt.
Hawai.Gt
028 Clean Gt
ChorusGt
CleanGt2

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

029 Muted Gt
Funk Gt.
Funk Gt2
MutedGt2
MutedGt3
Pop Gt.
Funk Gt3
Funk Gt4
030 OvrdrvGt
OvdrvGt2
FbOvdrGt
031 Dist.Gtr
FeedbkGt
Heavy Gt
Fb.HvyGt
MutDstGt
RckRhytm
032 GtHarmo
GtFeedbk
033 Acous.Bs
AcousBs2
El.Ac.Bs
034 FingerBs
FingrBs2
FunkBass
ReggaeBs
035 PickedBs
Pick.Bs2
MutPkBs1
MutPkBs2
036 Fretless
037 Slap Bs1
Slap Bs3
ResoSlap
Slap Bs4
038 Slap Bs2

039 SynthBs1
SynBs101
SynthBs3
TB303Bs1
TB303Bs2
TB303Bs3
P5 Bass
040 SynthBs2
SynthBs4
RubberBs
SH101Bs1
SH101Bs2
SH101Bs3
ModulrBs
041 Violin
Slow Vln
042 Viola
043 Cello
044 Contrabs
045 TrmloStr
046 Pizz.Str
047 Harp
048 Timpani
049 Strings
Orchstra
050 Slow Str
051 Syn.Str1
Syn.Str3
Syn.Str4
OB Str.
052 Syn.Str2
053 ChoirAah
ChoirAh2
054 VoiceOoh
055 SynVox
056 Orch.Hit
057 Trumpet
058 Trombone
Trmbone2

PMA-5 Personal Music Assistant

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
059 Tuba
060 MutedTpt
061 Fr.Horn1
Fr.Horn2
062 Brass 1
Brass 2
063 SynBrs.1
SynBrs.3
AnlgBrs1
SynBrs.5
Poly Brs
QuackBrs
OctavBrs
064 SynBrs.2
SynBrs.4
AnlgBrs2
Soft Brs
VeloBrs1
VeloBrs2
065 Sop.Sax
066 Alto Sax
067 TenorSax
068 Bari.Sax
069 Oboe
070 Eng.Horn
071 Bassoon
072 Clarinet
073 Piccolo
074 Flute
075 Recorder
076 PanFlute
077 BttleBlw
078 Shaku.
079 Whistle
080 Ocarina
081 SquarWav
Square
SineWave

082 Saw Wave
Saw
Dr.Solo
Big Lead
WaspySyn
083 SynCalio
084 Chiffer
085 Charang
Dist.Ld1
Dist.Ld2
FunkLead
086 Solo Vox
087 5th Saw
BigFives
088 Bs.&Lead
Big&Raw
Fat&Prky
089 Fantasia
090 Warm Pad
ThickPad
Horn Pad
091 Polysyn
80'sPoly
092 SpaceVox
093 Bow.Glas
094 MetalPad
PannrPad
095 Halo Pad
096 SweepPad
PolarPad
Converge
097 Ice Rain
098 Soundtrk
Ancestrl
Prologue
099 Crystal
SynMalet
100 Atmsphre
101 Britenis
102 Goblin

Page 1 of 2

NQPSMTR 30$3HUVRQDO0XVLF$VVLVWDQW
103 EchoDrop
EchoBell
EchoPan1
EchoPan2
BigPannr
ResPannr
104 StarThme
105 Sitar
Sitar 2
106 Banjo
107 Shamisen
108 Koto
Taisho K
109 Kalimba
110 Bagpipe
111 Fiddle
112 Shanai
113 TinklBel
114 Agogo
115 SteelDrm
116 Woodblck
Castanet
117 Taiko
ConcrtBD
118 MeloTom1
MeloTom2
119 SynthDrm
808 Tom
ElecPerc
120 RevrsCym
121 FretNoiz
CutNoise
Str.Slap
Wah Gt.
Gt.Slide
GtScrtch
Bs.Slide
122 BrthNoiz
KeyClick

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

123 Seashore
Rain
Thunder
Wind
Stream
Bubble
124 Bird
Dog
HrsGalop
Bird 2
125 Telephn1
Telephn2
DoorCrek
Door
Scratch
WndChime
126 Helicptr
CarEngin
Car-Stop
Car-Pass
CarCrash
Siren
Train
Jetplane
Starship
BrstNoiz
Random
127 Applause
Laughing
Screming
Punch
HartBeat
Footstep
128 Gun Shot
MachnGun
Lasergun
Explosion

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

PMA-5 Personal Music Assistant

Page 2 of 2



NQPSMTR 3RS([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024

770 Grand 1
MIDI 3 Grand
E. Grand 1
60s E. Piano
Dyna Rhodes
Pop Rhodes
BeautyRhodes
Airies Piano
Clav 1x 4
Wah Clav
Housey Clav
Ballad Org. 1
Even Bars 1
Stereo Organ
Jazz Organ 3
8ft. Stop
Brite Org. 1
Soft Organ
60s Organ x 4
Pipe Organ 4
Church
Celeste
Toy Piano
Snow Bells

025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Ac. Bass 1
Ac. Bass 2
Ac Fretless
Fretless 2
Weather Bass
Jazz Bass
P. Bass
P. Funk V-Sw
Stick
DelicateStik
Stick V-Sw
Bassic House
Noo Spitbass
Metal Bass
Sync Bass
Bs Slide
Bs Harmonix
Super Nylon
Jazz Guitar
Jazz Cascade
Jazzy Scat
Pedla Steel
Banjo 1
E. Sitar

049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072

Funk Gtr
Heavy Duty
Lead Gt 1
Lead Gt 2
Lead Gt 3
PocketRocket
Power Flange
Bowed Guitar
Shakupeace
Cimbalon 1
Sanza 1
Shamisentur
Praying Monk
Electrc Koto
Ravi Sitar
Mystic Mount
Velo String2
Virtuoso Vln
Virtuoso Vcl
Contra Bass
ChambrStrngs
Wacky Strngs
New Strings
Octave Hit 1

SR-JV80-01 Faxback #10106

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096

Jazzy Flute
ChamberWinds
Clarinet
Oboe
Bassoon
Tuba
ChamberWoods
HighSchool
Soprano Sax
Turbo Alto
Turbo Tenor
Baritone Sax
Multi Sax 1
Multi Sax 2
Sax Sect. mf
Sax Sect mp
Trumpet V-Sw
Trumpets x2
Big Band Brass
New Brass 1
Trombones
Flugel Horn
St. LoBrass 1
Noble Horns

097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

Harmonica Sw
Accordion 1
Accordion 2
Blade Runner
Mondo Chord1
Bell VOX 1
Mondo Chord2
Ethnic Drums
Gladiators
Enniumill
Vaseline 1
Multiswept
7th Sand
Gabe Pad 1
Vibe Pad
JV Vektors
Digi Compi
Ear Candy
Massive Voxx
Distant Pipe
Wind Bell 1
Pan Sandwich
Ethereal Key
Belly Glock

121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145

Watery Pipe
Starry Night
Tin Be Tree
Oriellaris
Classic Lead
Solo MonoFXM
GR Lead
Cubic Lead
Analog Brs 1
Analog Brs 2
Brass Pad
SytheticBRS
Poly Synth
SYNBRAKUN
Pad it!
Deja Vu
TransPonder
Hadees Hiway
Galactica
ImperialSwrd
Steel Works
House Drums
Jazz Drums
Snare Set
Tom Toms

For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 3RS([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026

Grand sft 1A
Grand sft 1B
Grand sft 1C
Grand hrd 1A
Grand hrd 1B
Grand hrd 1C
E.Grand 2
Wurly soft A
Wurly soft B
Wurly soft C
Wurly hard A
Wurly hard B
Wurly hard C
E. Piano 3A
E. Piano 3B
E. Piano 3C
Clav 2A
Clav 2B
Clav 2C
Clav 3A
Clav 3B
Clav 3C
Clav 4A
Clav 4B
Clav 4C
Jazz Organ 2

027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Ballad Organ
Even Bars
Sft Stop
Mad Organ A
Mad Organ B
Mad Organ C
60’s Organ 1
60’s Organ 2
60’s Organ 3
60’s Organ 4
Celeste
Music Box
Jazz Bass 1
Jazz Bass 2
P. Bass 1
P. Bass 2
Stick
Fretless 2A
Fretless 2B
Fretless 2C
Ac. Bass A
Ac. Bass B
Ac. Bass C
Bs Harmonix
Bs Side
Organ Bass 1

053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078

Organ Bass 2
Jazz Guitar
Mute GTR 2
Funky Attack
Lead GTR 1A
Lead GTR 1B
Lead GTR 1C
Mute Dist
Overdrive 1A
Overdrive 1B
Overdrive 1C
Power Chords
Harmo Lead
E. Sitar
Banjo
Pedal Steel
Shamisen A
Shamisen B
Shamisen C
Koto Attack
Sanza soft
Sanza hard
Pad Hit
Santur A
Santur B
Santur C

:DYHIRUP/LVW
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104

Glockenspiel
Xylophone
Tubular Bell
Jazz Flute A
Jazz Flute B
Jazz Flute C
Sing Flute
Trumpet 2A
Trumpet 2B
Trumpet 2C
Flugel A
Flugel B
Flugel C
Tuba 1
Clarinet 1
Oboe 1
Bassoon 1
Bassoon&Oboe
F. Horn Sect
Soporano Sax
Alto mp A
Alto mp B
Alto mp C
TenorBreathy
Tenor Sax mf
Baritone Sax

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130

Multi Sax 1
Multi Sax 2
Shakuhachi
Harmonica 1
Whistle 1
Tb Sect A
Tb Sect B
Tb Sect C
T. Sax Sect A
T. Sax Sect B
T. Sax Sect C
Violin A
Violin B
Violin C
Cello A
Cello B
Cello C
Violin&Cello
STR Attack A
STR Attack B
STR Attack C
Choir 1A
Choir 1B
Choir 1C
Huge MIDI
Bell VOX

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

Synharmon
PWM
Rip Lead
Bright Lead
GR300 Saw
Vocal Wave
Sync Wave
Sync Sweep
Cello Wave
Wally Wave
VOX Noise 2
Bottle Lp A
Bottle Lp B
Bottle Lp C
Breath Wind
Breath Atack
Breath Whisl
Breath Hrmon
Metal Rain
Pink Noise
Orchestra Hit
Kong
Timpani
Gong

SR-JV80-01 Faxback # 10107 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 2UFKHVWUDO([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Warm Violins
Slow Vlns 1
Vins+Vlas I
Vi Sect mono
Arco Violins
Marcato Vls 1
Vins+Vlas 2
Agitato Vis1
Rosin Pad 1
Dry Mid - High
Natural Vins
Sad Vin Sect
Marcato Vas
Arco Violas
Thick Violas
Va Sect f
Va Small Sec
Agitato Vas1
Sad Violas
Fast Cellos1
Vcs Legato 1
Marcato Vcsl
Small Vc Sec
Agitato Vcs I
Small Cellos
Sad CelloSec
Cb Sect ff
Wide Basses
mf Basses
Agitato Cbs1
Vcs+Cbs
2 Basses
Euro Strings
Rich Strings
Multi Strs 1
VIsVasVcsCbs
Bright Strs
Classicl Str
Full Strings
Med Str Sec
Small Strngs
Strings Arco
Vivace Strs
Agitato STR1
LowSTR Attak

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Bad Guy STR
Ominous
Lo Express
DramaStrings
Solo Vln 1 /
Solo Vin 2
Chorus Vln
Stereo Vin
Agitato Vin1
Solo Vla I /
Solo Via 2
Chorus Viola
Stereo Viola
Agitato Via
Solo Vc 1 /
Solo Vc 2
Stereo Cello
Chorus Cello
Marcato Vc 1
Solo Cb 1 /
Solo Cb 2
Marcato Cb 1
Chamber Ens1
Chamber Ens2
Vln+Vla Dble
Vln+Vc Dbl1
Vla+Vc Dbl2
Vla+Vc Dble
Pizzicato I
Mono Pizz
Pizzicato 2
Room Pizz
Hall Pizz
Tight Pizz
Short Pizz
STR Marcato 1
Oct Marcato
Lower Marc!!
Big Marc!
STR Spiccato
Fast Attacks
Flute
Flute V - Sw
Piccolo
Piccolo Fit

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

Recorder
Oboe 1
Oboe 2
Oboe 3
Oboe 4
Oboe 5
English Hrn1
English Hrn2
English Hrn3
Bassoon 1
Bassoon 2
Clarinet 1
Clarinet 2
Bs Clarinet1
Bs Clarinet2
Trumpet 1
Trumpet 2
Trumpet 3
Flugelhorn 1
Ftugelhorn 2
Cornet 1
Cornet 2
Solo Tb 1
Solo Tb 2
Solo Tb 3 /
Solo Tb 4 /
Bs Tb 1
Bs Tb 2 /
Harmon Mute1
Harmon Mute2
Tuba 1
Tuba 2
Solo F.Horn 1
Solo F.Horn2
Sml F.Hrn sc
Horn Sect 1 /
F.Horn sc x4
Fr.Horn sfz
F.Hrn Sect2/
F.Hrn Sect3
F.Hm Sect4
F.Hrn Sect5/
F.Hrn Sect6
F.Hrn Sect7
F.HmSect8

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
MuteHrn Sect
Horn+Wood 1
Horn+Wood 2
Horn+Wood 3
Wood Sect 1
Wood Sect 2
Wood Sect 3
Wood Sect 4
2 Oboes
Oboe + Cla
Fit + Piccl
Flute + Cla
Bassoon+EHrn
Hi Woodwinds
Woodwind Splt
Multi Reed
4 Trombones
Tb Sect 1
Tb + Tp
4 Trumpets
3 Trumpets
Brass ff 1
Brass ff 2
Brass ff 3
McArthur Brs
Big Bones
BassBoneSect
Brass Swell
Full Brs 1
Brass Sect1/
Brass Ens 1
Brass Ens 2
Brass Ens 3
Brass Ens 4
Brass Ens 5
Brass Ens 6
Brass Ens 7
Brass Ens 8
Horn Strings
Full Orch.1
Full Orch.2
Full Orch.3
Full Orch.4
Maj Hit 1
Min Hit 1

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Dim Hit 1
Major Stab!
Maj Hit 2
Min Hit 2
Classical Gt
Harp 1
Harp 2
Plucked Harp
Harp StrumMj
Harp StrumMn
Water Harp
ClasclPiano1
ClasciPiano2
ClasclPiano3
ClasclPiano4
Harpsichord1
Harpsichord2
Harpsichord3
Harpsichord4
Celesta 1
Celesta 2
Celesta 3
Glockenleste
Marimba
BassMarimba1
BassMarimba2
Vibe
Xylophone I
Xylophone 2
Xylophone 3
Glocken 1
Glocken 2
ChurchBells1
ChurchBells2
ChurchBells3
TubulaBells1
TubulaBells2
Big Tubulars
Dawning
MalletStack1
MalletStack2
MatietStack3
MalletStack4
MalletStack5
MalletStack6

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

MalletStack7
Choir 1
Choir 2
Snare Drum
ConcertSNR1/
ConcertSNR2/
SNR Roll 1
Concert BD1
Concert BD2/
BD Roll /
Timpani 1 /
Timpani 2 /
Timpani 3
Timpani 4 /
Tam Tam
Gong
Piatti!!
Sleigh Bells
Slapstick /
Wind Chimes1
Wind Chimes2
Tambourine /
Castanets /
Rhythm Set
Perc Hit 1
Perc Hit 2
Perc Hit 3
Presenting!
Presto!
Christmas!!!

SR-JV80-02 Faxback # 10108 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 2UFKHVWUDO([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030

Vl Sect A
Vl Sect B
Vl Sect C
Va Sect A
Va Sect B
Va Sect C
Vc Sect A
Vc Sect B
Vc Sect C
Cb Sect
Multi STR A
Multi STR B
Multi STR C
Vl Sect Lp
Va Sect Lp
Vc Sect Lp
Cb Sect Lp
Mulit STR Lp
Vl Solo A
Vl Solo B
Vl Solo C
Va Solo A
Va Solo B
Va Solo C
Vc Solo A
Vc Solo B
Vc Solo C
Cb Solo
Multi Solo 1
Multi Solo 2

031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Vls Spicc A
Vls Spicc B
Vls Spicc C
Vas Spicc A
Vas Spicc B
Vas Spicc C
Vcs Spicc A
Vcs Spicc B
Vcs Spicc C
Cbs Spicc A
Cbs Spicc B
Cbs Spicc C
Multi Spicc
VlSolo Spicc
VcSolo Spicc
MultSl Spicc
STR Attack
Pizzicato 1
Pizzicato 2
Piccolo
Oboe 1A
Oboe 1B
Oboe 1C
Oboe 2A
Oboe 2B
Oboe 2C
Eng.Horn A
Eng.Horn B
Eng.Horn C
Clarinet

061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

Bs Clarint
Multi Cla
Bassoon
Multi Reed
Tnr.Recorder
F.Horn Solo
F.Horn Sect1
F.Horn Sect2
F.Horn Mute
Trumpet 2
Flugelhorn
Cornet
HarmonMute2A
HarmonMute2B
HarmonMute2C
Solo Tb A
Solo Tb B
Solo Tb C
Bass Tb
Tb Sect
Tuba
BRS Ensemble
Brass ff
Full Orch.
Orch Hit Maj
Orch Hit Min
Orch Hit Dim
Choir A
Choir B
Choir C

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

:DYHIRUP/LVW
F.Hrn Sc1 Lp
F.Hrn Sc2 Lp
F.Hrn MuteLp
Tb Sect Lp
BRS Ens Lp
ff Brass Lp
Full Orch Lp
Breath Wind
Breath Atack
Breath Whisl
Breath Hrmon
EuroPiano pA
EuroPiano pB
EuroPiano pC
EuroPiano fA
EuroPiano fB
EuroPiano fC
Harpsichord
Celesta A
Celesta B
Celesta C
Harp A
Harp B
Harp C
Glockenspiel
Xylophone
Bass Marimba
TubularBells
Church Bells
Timpani p

121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150

Timpani f
Timp Roll p
Timp Roll f
Concert SNR1
Concert SNR2
Concert SNR3
SNR Roll
Concert BD 1
Concert BD 2
Concert BD 3
BD Roll
Crash Cymbal
Crash Cym Lp
Cymbal Hit
Tam Tam
Gong
Perc Hit 1
Perc Hit 2
Triangle
Castanets 1
Castanets 2
Slapstick
Ratchet
Sleigh Bell
Tambourine
Wind Chime 2
Rev Hit Maj
Rev Hit Min
Rev Hit Dim
REV Bell

151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174

REV Timp 1
REV Timp 2
REV SNR 1
REV SNR 2
REV SNR 3
REV BD 1
REV BD 2
REV BD 3
REV BD Roll
REV Crash
REV Cym Hit
REV Tam Tam
REV Gong
REV PercHit1
REV PercHit2
REV Casta 1
REV Casta 2
REV S.Stick
REV Sleigh
REV Tamb
SNR Set
Perc Set 1
Perc Set 2
Perc Set 3

SR-JV80-02 Faxback # 10109 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 3LDQR([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024

Grand Piano1
St.Grand Pno
Grand Piano2
Grand Piano3
Brite Grand
Full Grand
Grand Piano4
ClascIPianol
ClascIPiano2
ClasclPiano3
Grandioso
Euro Piano
Rich Piano
Pop Piano 1
Pop Piano 2
Pop Piano 3
Pop Piano 4
Pop Piano 5
RD A.Piano 1A
RD A.Piano 1B
SA Piano I
SA Piano 2
E J Piano
FlinStoneway

025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

RD A.Piano3A
RD A.Piano3B
RD A.Piano3C
Sml E.Grand
E.Grand 1
E.Grand 2
E.Grand 3
Roadcase Pno
E.Grand 4
Whirly Piano
Whirly Road
Wurly Trem
60s Rhodes
ClassicSound
Dyno Oz!
Dyno Phaze
Rhodes 66
Suitcase Pno
Mr Fusion
Sensitivity
Rhodes B66
DynoRhodes 1
Dynorhodes 2
Bluesy 1

049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072

DynoRhodes 3
Tiny Rhodes
Bluesy 2
BalladRhodes
RD Rhodes 1
Blend
DynoRhodes 4
RD Rhodes Tr
Pop Rhodes 1
BeautyRhodes
Little X
Pop Rhodes 2
Pop Rhodes 3
Rhodes X
BellRhodes 1
BellRhodes 2
Schmaltz Pno
Combi Piano
MidiElecGrnd
Piano Pad
Concerto
Bells Piano1
Vox Piano 1
Vox Piano 2

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
08B
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096

Piano w/Brs
Wispy Piano 1
Voikey
Vox Piano 3
Windy Piano
Wispy Piano 2
E.P w/Vox
Piano Stack
Bells Piano2
Wah Clav
Housey Clavy
Klavdom 1
Klavdom 2
Velo Clav
Clavidoo
Funkee Whirl
Moming Mist
Chaos Pad
Clavi Lead
Funky Lead
Eclipse
CadenzPiano
Grand Pno 1T
ClasclPno 1T

097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111

Pop Piano 1T
RD A. Piano 1 T
E.Grand 1T
RD Piano3 1T
Rhodes 1T
Suitcase 1T
RD Rhodes 1T
Little X 1T
Velo Clav IT
Klavdom 1T
Clav 1 1T
Clav 2 1T
Clav 3 1T
Clav 4 1T
Clavi Lead1T

SR-JV80-03 Faxback # 10110 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 3LDQR([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016

Grand sft 1A
Grand sft 1B
Grand sft 1C
Grand hrd 1A
Grand hrd 1B
Grand hrd 1C
EuroPiano pA
EuroPiano pB
EuroPiano pC
EuroPiano fA
EuroPiano fB
EuroPiano fC
Pop Piano 1
Pop Piano 1L
Pop Piano 1R
Sapiano p 1A

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
039
030
031
032

SApiano p 1B
SApiano p 1C
SApiano f 1A
SApiano f 1B
SApiano f 1C
Sapiano3
E. Grand BdyA
E. Grand BdyB
E. Grand BdyC
E. Grand 1A
E. Grand 1B
E. Grand 1C
E. Grand 2
Rhodes 1 p
Rhodes 1 f
Rhodes 2A

033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048

:DYHIRUP/LVW
Rhodes 2B
Rhodes 2C
Rhodes 3A
Rhodes 3B
Rhodes 3C
Rhodes 4A p
Rhodes 4B p
Rhodes 4C p
Rhodes 4A f
Rhodes 4B f
Rhodes 4C f
Rhodes 5A p
Rhodes 5B p
Rhodes 5C p
Rhodes 5A f
Rhodes 5B f

049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064

Rhodes 5C f
Rhodes 6A p
Rhodes 6B p
Rhodes 6C p
Rhodes 6A f
Rhodes 6B f
Rhodes 6C f
Wurly soft A
Wurly soft B
Wurly soft C
Wurly hard A
Wurly hard B
Wurly hard C
E. Piano A
E. Piano B
E. Piano C

065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073

Clav 2A
Clav 2B
Clav 2C
Clav 3A
Clav 3B
Clav 3C
Clav 4A
Clav 4B
Clav 4C

SR-JV80-03 Faxback # 10111 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 9LQWDJH6\QWKV([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Prologue
EasternTempl
Replicants
Converge
JX3P Polaris
Big Pad Swp
Big LFOSweep
Animotion
Mega 5ths
CS - Sixty BPF
Waspy Synth
Polychrome
Euro Sweep
OBig Poly
OB Synthy
80s OBxa
Thick Matrix
Poly X - pandr
Synth - X Poly
Prophetic
Oct MG Saw
Juno - 6 Power
Hyperphases
Synth - X Phaz
MIDI Brs Pad
Poly Palette
Spit Brass
Pro - 10 Brass
OB Stab Brs
Pro - 5 Brass
MKS - 7 Brass
Quack Brass
MemoryMG Brs
FM Brass
Ghost Blow
Metal Drone
Rotary Strng
Random Pad
S/H Texture
Warm Shimmer
Nervous Pan
JX - 3P Planet
JX Melon Vox
Horror Pad
Shining Wave

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

The Big Wave
Mantrawave
WavetablePan
2.3 GlassSEQ
VS Organbell
DigitalChoir
Additive
Tower Silvis
2.2 Rezidue
Polysync
Wavesync
Rock Sync
Kalimbasynth
Stacc Heaven
D50 Bellpad l
D50 Bellpad 2
D50 Bellpad 3
Snow Lake
Time flies
Fanta - Retro
SimpleEP+Pad
Juno - 1 Bells
Random Chime
Asia Wave
GoodniteBell
2600 TRIbell
Twinkle
Analog Chime
Space Echo
Ethno Stack
SH - 1000 MIDI
ElectraPiano
Rhodes Pad
Sine Piano
VCO Wurly
Clavipad
P10 GuitClav
Gum Clav
JunoBiteClav
Phazyn Clav
JP - 8 Clav
Alpha Clav
Hyper Clav
Perky Pad
Perkolator

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

MondoDiGiTaL
Poly Flange
and thenMIDI
JP4Sharp Pad
Splatty
MKS80 Sprang
JP8 Stringsl
JP8 Strings2
JP+OB Strngs
Wavestrings
PWM Strings
MemoryMG STR
OB Thick Pad
OB Soft Pad
OctavaStrngs
CS Saw Pad
CS Strings
Solina
Rhapsody STR
Big Strings
Juno 106 Pad
Majesty Pad
Peaceful Pad
Flange strng
JP SquarePad
HollowBreath
Hollow JX
DarkEnsemble
LonesomeHill
VP - 330 Choir
VP - 330 Tutti
VP - 330 Sweep
RS - 202 Brass
Orchestrator
OBJX Vox Pad
Voices JX-8P
D50 Heavenly
Mini Lead 1
Mini Lead 2
Pulse Lead
Shmoog
ClassicLead
MG Swell
MultiMG 5ths
Sharp 5ths

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Retrosweep
Velochord Ld
Micro MG
VCO Oct Lead
ModularLead
Expressolo
Jupiter Lead
GR500 SlowLd
Pats GR - 300
SH - 2000 Vox
P5 Sync Lead
Synkoid
Promars Lead
FM Lead
CS Lead
Wagnerian Ld
Naked Cheese
Telstar
Limonaire
Lucky Man
OB 2 Voice
Fue Pipe
Living Calli
Arpy Micro
JP6 Bend 5th
Happy Hollow
Resotrails
70s Sinusolo
Alpha Lead
Dark Brass
Intervalead
MG Beef Bass
Monster MG
Fat MG Bass
Spike Bass
ClassicMG Bs
Reso MG Bass
Wet MG Bass
MG Ow Bass
Rogue Bass
MG Bs Pedals
SH101 Zap Bs
Bassic 101
101 Oct Bass
101 Ow Bass

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

SH - 2 Bass
JP - 4 Bass 1
JP - 4 Bass 2
Systm700 Bsl
Systm700 Bs2
TB303 AcidBs
Talking Bs
OB Bass
2600 Reso Bs
Odyssee Bs
House Bass
Woofer Bass
Sharp Sub Bs
Big Sub Bass
Big Spike Bs
System 100 Bs
Techno Bass
Housine Bass
Bark Bass
Super Bass
X Wire Bass
T8 Sync
P5 Sync Rush
ArpeggiBs+12
ArpeggiSaws
Planet - S SEQ
Synthacon
Palpitating
Descender
Playmate
MC8 Sequence
Thips Blips
Techno Perc
Power B
DirtyPurple
Velo Rotary
Gospel B
Echo - Organ
Organwave2.2
VS Organ
VK - 1 Organ
Celesty Juno
Alpharphisa
Juno6O Organ
JX - 8P Organ

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

D - 50 Organ 1
D - 50 Organ 2
Are am eye?
2600 Clk Org
JX - 3P Pipes
Tron Choir
Misty Choir
Tron Strings
Melotron Pad
Tape Echo
StrawberyFlt
MellowFlutes
Cyborg
MKS80 Vortex
Earthquake
Dark Air
Airdrome Pan
Deep Wind
Chronos
Infinity
Atmosphlange
Medusa
Aquaphone
Computer Net
Faveoravo
Insecticide
Off The Key
H20 Asylum
Aural Enigma
RSS Spinner

SR-JV80-04 Faxback # 10112 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 9LQWDJH6\QWKV([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

JP-8 Saw A
JP-8 Saw C
Sys700 Saw
JX-10 Saw
D-50 Saw 1
D-50 Saw 2
SH-5 Saw
SH-2 Saw
SH-101 Saw
SH-1000 Saw
GR-300 Saw 1
GR-300 Saw 2
JU-2 Saw
MG Saw 1A
MG Saw 1C
MG Saw 2
OB Saw 1A
OB Saw 1C
OB Saw 2
P5 Saw 1A
P5 Saw 1C
2600 Saw
AP Saw
OSC Saw
OSC Reso Saw
KG700 Saw
KG800 Saw 1
KG800 Saw 2
KG MS Saw
CS Saw 1A
CS Saw 1C
CS Saw 2
JP-8 SquareA
JP-8 SquareC
JX-10 Square
SH-5 Square
SH-2 Square
MG Square A
MG Square C
OB Square A
OB Square C
P5 Square A
P5 Square C
2600 Square
OSC Square

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

KG800 Square
KG MS Square
CS Square
JP-8 Pulse 1
JP-8 Pulse 2
JP-8 Pulse 3
JP-8 Pulse 4
JP-8 Pulse 5
SH-1000 Puls
MG Pulse 1A
MG Pulse 1C
MG Pulse 2A
MG Pulse 2C
OB Pulse 1
OB Pulse 2
OB Pulse 3
2600 Pulse 1
2600 Pulse 2
EM Pulse
CS Pulse 1
CS Pulse 2
JU-2 Sub OSC
MG Ramp
MG Triangle
2600Triangle
2600 Sine
JP-8 PWM A
JP-8 PWM B
JP-8 PWM C
MG Dt.Saw A
MG Dt.Saw B
MG Dt.Saw C
P5 Dt.Saw A
P5 Dt.Saw B
P5 Dt.Saw C
MG Dt.Squ A
MG Dt.Squ B
MG Dt.Squ C
JP-8 Str A
JP-8 Str B
JP-8 Str C
OB Str 1A
OB Str 1B
OB Str 1C
OB Str 2A

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

OB Str 2B
OB Str 2C
AP Str Ens A
AP Str Ens B
AP Str Ens C
OBXP Str A
OBXP Str B
OBXP Str C
OBXP Str Lp
MG Oct A
MG Oct B
MG Oct C
MG Dt.Oct A
MG Dt.Oct B
MG Dt.Oct C
OBXP Brass A
OBXP Brass B
OBXP Brass C
OBXP BrassLp
FM Brass
Waspy
Waspy Lp
OB Lead
OB Lead Lp
JP-6 SqLead
JP-6SqLd Lp
Blown 1
Blown 2
PG Sweep 1A
PG Sweep 1C
PG Sweep 2A
PG Sweep 2C
D-50 HeavenA
D-50 HeavenB
D-50 HeavenC
JX-8P Vox
JX-8P Vox Lp
VP-330ChoirA
VP-330ChoirB
VP-330ChoirC
P5 Unisync
P5 UnisyncLp
P5 Dipthong
P5 DipthngLp
FM Lead

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

KG800 Lead
MG Lead
MG Lead Lp
JP-8 Lead
Digiwave 1
Digiwave 2
Digiwave 3
Frog wave
SRG FM
Shimmer wave
VS Organ A
VS Organ C
Juno Organ
Juno Organlp
FM Punch
Mondigital
MondigitalLp
JP-8 Clavi A
JP-8 Clav C
JP-8 ClaviLp
Juno Clavi
P5 X-mod
Steam Drum
Kalimba Atk
Additive
MG Blip
MG Blip Lp
MG Thump
MG Thump Lp
MG Attack
MG Attack Lp
VS Bell 1
VS Bell 2
JP-6 Bell
MKS-80 Xmod1
MKS-80 Xmod2
MKS-80 Xmod3
MKS-80 Xmod4
MKS-80 Xmod5
OB Bass
OB Bass Lp A
OB Bass Lp B
OB Bass Lp C
MG BsPedal
MG BsPdl LpA

:DYHIRUP/LVW
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

MG BsPdl LpC
MG Fat Bs
MG Sharp Bs 1
MG Big Bs
MG ClassicBs
MG Sharp Bs2
TB-303 Bass
JP-4 Bass 1
JP-4 Bass 2
SH-101 Bs 1
SH-101 Bs 2
SH-101 Bs 3
SH-101 Bs 4
SH-101 Bs 5
Sys700 Bs 1
Sys700 Bs 2
FM Super Bs
KG Poly Bs
KG Poly BsLp
Power B slwA
Power B slwB
Power B slwC
Power B fstA
Power B fstB
Power B fstC
Tron Choir A
Tron Choir B
Tron Choir C
Tron Flute A
Tron Flute B
Tron Flute C
Tron Str A
Tron Str B
Tron Str C
MG White Nz
Mg Pink Nz
SH-5 Pink Nz
JP-8 X-mod 1
JP-8 X-mod 2
P5 Noise 1
P5 Noise 2
ZZZ loop
Atmosphere
FX1A-L(RSS)
FX1B-L(RSS)

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

FX1C-L(RSS)
FX1A-R(RSS)
FX1B-R(RSS)
FX1C-R(RSS)
FX2A-L(RSS)
FX2B-L(RSS)
FX2C-L(RSS)
FX2A-R(RSS)
FX2B-R(RSS)
FX2C-R(RSS)
FX3A-L(RSS)
FX3B-L(RSS)
FX3C-L(RSS)
FX3A-R(RSS)
FX3B-R(RSS)
FX3C-R(RSS)
REV Waspy
REV P5 X-mod
REV SteamDrm
REV Kalimba
REV Additive
REV Blip
REV Thump
REV Attack
REV FX1L RSS
REV FX1R RSS
REV FX2L RSS
REV FX2R RSS
REV FX3L RSS
REV FX3R RSS

SR-JV80-04 Faxback # 10113 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR :RUOG([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

World Tour!
Afropunch
Yo-How
Kenya Split
lntar Melody
BerimbauMenu
Thumb Chimes
Velo Afro 1
Bass Kalirnba
Buzz Kalimba
lndalimba
Thumb Piano
Kalimba FX
AfropercMenu
Udu Pot Menu
Udu Pots /
Baateri
Log Detuner
Afroperk
Glass Mallet
Velo Afro 2
Balafon /
Hrd.Balafon
Pure Balafon
Big ole Logs
Afro Log
Angklungs
BellAngklung
Steel Drums]
Steel Drums2
War Drums
AfricanMarch
AfricanStomp
Tribal Claps
Kawala Str
Space-o-rama
Shakupad
Ceremony
Los Tremolos
Lo Celloez
Octargans
Lo Ethnoreed
Eastvox
Black Rain
Steel 5th

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

5th Wind
5th Bell
Ocarawla
Conch Call
Sweep Floot
Space Pipe
PercssivRain
Asian Chord
Dell lkhitt
Ghost Metal
Ring-RingPad
Misterious
Re-mind
Whistle Vox
Living Dead
Earth Child
Spaceilimba
Drop of Rain
Gaia Thought
Es E.Piano
Piri Rise
Pandoras Box
Ethno Dreams
Snow Man
Cuica Steps
Saintly
Trade Winds
Pure Logic
Earth Color
Jawbreath
AsiaCYM Menu
Gong Menu
Gong /
China Menu
Kabuki Menu
Biwa
Genderous
Temple Metal
Gomelan Tuti
African Snow
Bonang-Gam.
Gamelan x4
Saron-Gameln
Temple Chime
Prayer Bowls

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

Hiten Bells
Trash Metal
Singing Bell
Rama Chimes
Rama Cymbals
Tibet Bells
Big Bowls
Spoke Mallet
Shakuhachi
Shaku Accent
Shakueko
Pipe Melodi
Flautwist
Flute Press
Zamponia
Wosh Chiff
Tramaloo
FantasicPipe
Pan Pipe /
Random Zamp
Zampona tr 2
Ethno Pipes 1
Ethno Pipes 2
Ethno Pipes 3
Ocarina 3
Quena
Kawala
Kawallabe
Romance Exp
Wind 7 Split
Uni-Jig Pan
OcarinaLead
Zamp Lead
Blown Touch
Barkit
Jungle Pipes
C Shell+echo
Atmospluck
Afroharp Arq
East/WestPIk
Koto
Zhueng
Kotokeum
Kayakeum Plk
Asian Dawn

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Shamisen
Noo Tye Whan
Time Vault
Afroharp 1
OctHarp
ChineseOrch2
Euro Zither
AfricaZither
Zithgliss
Hmr.Dulcimer
Cymbalom
Brt.Dulcimer
Yangchin 1
EasternTwang
12th Knight
Bandolim
Cavaquinho
Oud
Mondo Oud!
HybridStrung
GlobalChorus
Kanoum
MultieastPix
Yuehchin
Crossbreed
SoftRezituar
Ethnic VLNx3
Singil Piper
Kulture Shok
Erhu Lead
ChineseOrch l
Mosque Reeds
E.Com Lead 1
Piri Solo
Mizmar
Shahnai
Hichirick
VeloBagpipes
Bagpipes
Dholla Menu
Egypt Tablah
Madal Menu
Dholak Menu
TablaProcess
Tinjaw

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Moroco FX
Arabian
TablanRhythm
Tablafun
Rattabla
Sitarchestra
Ravis Axe
Passag2India
Tambra Swirl
Sitar ++
Movie Synth
Sitarsqeezer
Sitar Gliss
Tambura
Tamb. Drone
Breath Drum
Tribe Switch
Perc. Hit 1
Perc. Hit 2
Big Perc.Hit
Doira Drum
Bendir
Chekere /
Rek Menu
Shaker Menu
Caixa Menu
Cowbell Menu
Bongo Set
Guiro /
Samba Menu
Pandeiro Menu
Surdo Menu
Cuica
Rain Stick
Rotating Drm
BellsOfSarna
Comb.Loop I
Comb Loop 2
Conb.Loop 3
Comb.Loop 4
Comb-Loop 5
Comb.Loop 6
Slow.Loop 1
2Bar Loop 1
2Bar Loop 2

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

2Bar Loop 3
CylicSweep 6
Special Loop
Samba Break/
Bushroot
Didgeridrone
Dingodrone
Didgeridoo
Paila MG
Ethno Bass I
Ethno Bass 2
Earth Com Bs
Clay HouseBs
Berimbass
Hunter
Jawskin
JawHarp Menu
AfricaVoices
Voice Set
Zaghruta
Maiting Call
Lost my way.
PlayLoHi F#m
Going Deep
Worm Hofe
Ethno Splash
DinosaurPark
BackwardGong
AfricanQuee n
BedRock 5.30

SR-JV80-05 Faxback # 10114 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR :RUOG([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Sitar A
Sitar B
Sitar C
Sitar Gliss
Tambura A
Tambura B
Tambura C
Tambura Drone
Zither A
Zither B
Zither C
HmrDulcimer
Yuechin
Yangchin
Bandolim
Cavaquinho
Oud A
Oud B
Oud C
Kanoun
Koto
Shamisen 2
Shami Attack
Kayakeum
Oct Harp
Afro Harp
Biwa MENU
Biwa 1
Biwa 2
Biwa 3
Esraj 1
Esraj 2
Kemanche
Erhu
Zampona 1
Zampo Attack
Zampo Trem A
Zampo Trem B
Zampo Trem C
Sicu Pip
Quena
Ocarina
Kawala A
Kawala B
Kawala C

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Shakuhachi 2
Shaku Attack
Shaku Ornam
Hunt Pipe
Hunt Noise
Bagpipes 1
Bagpipes 2
Bagpipes 3
Bagpipes 4
Hichiriki
Hichiriki Lp
Shahnai
Mizmar
Mizmar Lp
Piri
Piri Lp
Steel Dr 2
Bonang
Gender
Saron
Blossom Bell
Spokes
Satellite Dr
Finger Cym
Ramacymbal
Atarigane
AsiaGng MENU
Asian Gong 1
Asian Gong 2
Asian Gong 3
Asian Gong 4
Asian Gong 5
Asian Gong 6
Asian Gong 7
REV Gong 5
REV Gong 7
AsiaCym MENU
Chenchen Ptn
ChenChen Opn
ChenChen Cls
BaliCym Opn
BaliCym Cls
Sagat Open
Sagat Close
Sarna Bell

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

Kalimba 1
Kalimba 2
Kalimba 3
Kalimba Gliss
Kalim Gls Lp
Balaphone 1
Balaphone 2
Log Drum 2
Hyoshigi
Clapstick
Slit Drum
Boomerang
Ban Gu 1
Ban Gu 2
Ban Gu 3
TablaBy MENU
TablaBaya Sld
TablaBaya Gin
TablaBaya Ge
TablaBaya Ka
TablaBaya Na
TablaBaya Tin
TablaBaya Tun
TablaBaya Te
TablaBaya Ti
Udu Pot MENU
Udu Pot1 Lo
Udu Pot1 Hi
Udu Pot1 Slp
Udu Pot1 Acc
Udu Pot2 Lng
Udu Pot2 Sht
Udu Pot2 Mut
Dholak MENU
Dholak Ga
Dholak Ta
Dholak Tun
Dholak Na
Madal MENU
Madal Da
Madal Din
Madal Ta
TalkingDr Up
TalkingDr Dn
AfroDrm MENU

:DYHIRUP/LVW
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

AfroDrum Op1
AfroDrum Op2
AfroDrum Flm
AfroDrum Rat
Tablah MENU
Tablah Bend
Tablah Dom
Tablah Tak
TablahRim
Tablah Roll
Doira Dun
Doira Tik
Dohalla MENU
Dohalla Dom
Dohalla Sak
Dohalla Tak
Dohalla Roll
Dohalla Stop
Rek MENU
Rek Dom
Rek Tek
Rek Open
Rek Trill
Bendir 1
Bendir 2
Dawul
JapanPrdMENU
Taiko
Sime Taiko
Tsuzumi Lo
Tsuzmui Hi
Ohkawa
ChinaPrcMENU
Gu Roll
Gu Hi
Rot Drum
BerimbauMENU
Berimbau Opn
Berimbau Up
Berimbau Dn
Berimbau Mut
Angklung 2
Aftro Zither
Jaw Harp MENU
Jaw Harp Opn

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Jaw Harp Wow
Afro Feet 1
Afro Feet 2
Afro Clap
Rainstick
Didge MENU
Didgeridoo 1
Didgeridoo 2
Didgeridoo 3
Voice MENU
Yoh ribe
Hey Tribe
Hey Brazil
Yyoo Dude
ZaghrutaLoop
ZaghrutaStop
Bull Scream
Conch Shell1
Conch Shell2
Samba MENU
SambaBateria
PandeiroMENU
PandeiroL Lo
PandeiroL Hi
PandeiroS Sp
PandeiroS Rm
PandeiroS Op
PandeiroS Sp
PandeiroS Rm
TamborimMENU
Tamborim Opn
Tamborim Mut
Tamborim Slp
Surdo MENU
Surdo Open L
Surdo Open H
Surdo Mute
Surdo Rim
Caixa MENU
Caixa Open1
Caixa Open2
Caixa Roll
Caixa Mute
Agogo MENU
Agpgp 2 Lo

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Agogo 2 Hi
Agogo 3 Lo
Agogo 3 Hi
Cowbell 1
Cowbell 2
Cowbell 3
Cuica 2
Cuica 3
Shaker MENU
Shaker Ptn
Shaker 1
Shaker 2
Chekere 1
Chekere 2
SambaWhistle
Guiro Long
Guiro Short
Timbale MENU
Timbale Lo
Timbale Hi
Timbale Side
Bongo MENU
Bongo 1 Lo
Bongo 1 Ho
Bongo 2 Lo
Bongo 2 Hi
Korean Ens
Morocco Ens
African Ens
World Tour

SR-JV80-05 Faxback # 10115 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 'DQFH([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

All night!
Tune Up
Acidic Grv
Techno'Hood
Space Groove
Odd FXM Loop
Ultrarave
Easy R&B 83
Caveman 83
SoulShake 83
Hip Hop Jz 88
Homeboy 88
Gangsta 1 94
Gangsta 2 94
Nite'Hood 94
Party Jam 94
S2S 909 94
Ragga 94
DeepGrine 94
TopendSw 100
Danger 100
Breakdwn 100
Owl’ Hood 100
Lo-Fi 100
Soulmate 106
SwingTmb 106
Squeeky 110
Swingin’ 110
Shufflin' 110
Suprise1 116
Suprise2 116
Perc Jam 116
909Dscol 120
909Dsco2 120
909Dsco3 120
Superfly 120
DiscoCga 120
Caravan 120
Jungle 1 124
808CowBl 124
Jungle 2 124
Cruisin' 124
909Swing 124
Human Bt 124
Mover 124

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Jazzy 130
909 Pump 130
Slammin' 130
HipHouse 130
Fancy Sw 130
HipNoKik 130
FastEuro 136
Justicel 136
Justice2 136
New Jack 136
Latin Bt 141
Darkman 154
Beat Menu 1
Beat Menu 2
Beat Menu 3
Beat Menu 4
Dance Split
Dance Piano
Odd Piano
House Piano
Bight Piano
Velo Piano
Simple Piano
Night Moods
50's Organ
Organ Tong
Organic
Old Organ
Mod Amb.Pipe
Notre Dame
Legato Synth
Summer Time
Def Lead
Minor Rave
Major Rave
Dance Lead
Sync Lead
HyperHiPass
Mono Raver
Mod-Trance
Mod-Trance 2
Rave at home
ResoLoot
Square Tone
Trianglular

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

JP Sub-Synth
Saxy Jam
Reso Pad
Fat Stack
ResoSequence
Common Synth
NewAnalogEra
Monstrousnes
Sharpy
Dance Arp
Oddigeree
Monstrousity
Arpeggio
Dance Seq
Fiesta
Trance Stab
Digistack
Raviin’Choir
Random Hits
Fizzy
Eurostab
Triumph Stab
Steet Stab
Kik x4
Reverse Nz
909 Tom
HitHat Menu
Rev Cymbal
Bang x2
Ragga Hit
Fly Chord
Ravin’Chords
Powertechit
Organ Hits
Choralvibe
Trancey
Sharp Hit
Mc Hit x3
Kutt Hit
Galaxy Hit
Reggae Chord
Saw Horn x2
Rave Hit
Vinyl Opera
Movin'Hit

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

2Tone Hit
Club Hit x4
Big Ol'Stab
Loopbits x2
Slide Fx x2
Spooky
Section Hit
Gtr Fx x4
Breath Fx x4
Sax Fx x3
Tpt Fx x3
Scratch x4
Scratch Loop
Stab Scratch
Record Noise
Fizzzz
Hurray!
Sci-Fi
Whoo-Whoo!
Zigzag
Hip alarm
ScratchMenu1
ScratchMenu2
ScatchMenu 3
Tape Spin
Noise Menu
PiknMixnMod
Manic Shots
Sonic Stabs
Slylostab
CutOff Snare
Selecta Drum
Trans Vox
Aaaah!
Ahoo Yell
Oohh!!
Madmam
Oohh Yeah!
Bah
And!
Aaa!
Hey
Baby
Yeah-Yeah
0ooooooooo

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Whoooooooo
No-No
Ooo^^^^^^^
Aaaa^^^^^^
Laugh-Mix
Vocamatic
Girl Ah
Vox Menu
Rev Vox Menu
Here We Go!
Outhere Pad
Tekno Voices
Old Strings
Dance String
Terminator
AmbientSweep
Ambient BPF
Oper'Ambient
AmbientPad 1
Ambient Pad 2
Lunar Orbit
Fly-by Pad
Sync Pad
Urban Pad
Deep Analog
Garage Pad
UK Swing Pad
Warriors
Br.Jupiters
M+C Big Pad
Wonderous Pd
Super OB
Eurostrings
Sweep Beat
Nice-n-Easy
World Muzic
Tri-dent Brs
Dance Brass
Space Bass
Clix Bass
System 100m
Synbass Five
Rawsaw Bass
Groove Bass
Metalrezo Bs

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

VCF Bass
Sharp Rezo
Technopop Bs
Acid Tripper
Hood Bass
Housine Bs
Anti-digital
Dual VCF Bs
Comic Bass
TB-303 Bs 1
TB-303 Bs 2
SH-101 Bs 1
SH 101 Bs 2
SH-101 Bs 3
SH-101 Bs 4
SH-101 Bs 5
How Odd?!
Hell House
Nightmare!!!
Flangehead
Doublefunky
Mystical
Sci-Fi Sweep
Drum Set 1
Drum Set 2
Drum Set 3
Drum Set 4
Drum Set 5
Drum Set 6
Drum Set 7

SR-JV80-06 Faxback # 10116 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 'DQFH([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Easy R&B 83
Caveman 83
SoulShake 83
Hip Hop Jz 88
Homeboy 88
Gangsta 1 94
Gangsta 2 94
DeepGrine 94
Nite’Hood 94
Party Jam 94
S2S 909 94
Ragga 94
TopendSw 100
Danger 100
Breakdwn 100
Owl’Hood 100
Lo-Fi 100
Soulmate 106
Swing Tmb 106
Squeeky 110
Swingin 110
Shufflin’ 110
Perc Jam 116
Suprise 116
909Disco 120
Caravan 120
Superfly 120
DiscoCga 120
808CowBl 124
909Swing 124
Human Bt 124
Mover 124
Cruisin’ 124
Jungle 124
Jazzy 130
909 Pump 130
Slammin’ 130
HipHouse 130
Fancy Sw 130
HipNoKik 130
FastEuro 136
Justice 136
New Jack 136
Latin Bt 141
Darkman 154

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Gabba Kick
Rotterdam K
909 Kick 1
909 Kick 2
909 Kick 3
Loop Kick
Tick Kick
909 Kick 4
HipHop Kick
Bubbler Kick
Knockout K
Massive Kick
Explosion K
Leakage Kick
Solid Kick
Dance Kick
Krash Kick
Pozer Kick
606 Snare
808 Snare
Ragga Snare
909 Bryt Sn
909 Fat Sn
909 ShortSn
Hip Hop Sn 1
New Jack Sn
70’s Snare
Old Rim
Jam Snare
Gated Shot
Reggae Snare
Sharp Shot
Trunc Snare
Funk Snare
Noiz Snare
Verb Snare
Lil’R&B Sn
80’s Snare
Compress Sn
Def Clap
Process Sn
Chord Snare
Hip Hop Sn 2
Glass Snare
Iron Snare

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

Ping Snare
Brick S.nare
Impact Snare
Space Snare
Reverse Nz
Buzz Roll
Micro Buzz
Super Fill
Flange Fill
Loose Fill
909 Clap
808 Clap
Machine Clap
Tek Clap
Ol’Skool Clp
909 Rim
Ragga Tom
909 Tom Hi
909 Tom Mid
909 Tom Lo
HiHat Menu
707 Hi Hat
HiHats Rev
909 Ride
909 Crash
HipHopTamb
Aaaah!
Girl Ah
Ahoo Yell
Oohh!!
Uhhh!!
Breath in
Madman
Jam!
Here We Go
Oh Yeah!
Once Again
Bah
And!
Aaa
Love
Oooh Yeah!
Hey
Baby
Yeah-Yeah

:DYHIRUP/LVW
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Ooooooooo
Whooooooo
Aaaaaaaaa
No-No
Oh-no-no-no
Ooo^^^^^^^
Aaaa^^^^^^^
Funny
Giggle
Heavy Breath
Acid Sync
Analog
Euro Strings
Terminator
TerminatorLp
House Piano
50’s Organ
Tong
Squeal 1
Squeal 2
Multiponics
Tpt Kiss
Tpt Gliss
Stab fall
Dance Hit
Club Hit
Flychord
Choralvibe
Trance 5th
Power Tech
Ragga Hit
Maj 7th
Minor Hit
Major Hit
Mystic Pno
Kutt
Euro Hit
Organ Hit
Org/Piano
Dub Hit
Minor NRG
Hardcore 1
Hardcore 2
Power Chord
Rave Hit

181
182
183
134
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Scratch Hit
Vinyl Opera 227
Movin’ Hit 1
Movin’ Hit 2
2Tone Hit
Gansta Hit
Classic Hit
Section Hit
Intense Hit
Positive Hit
Vintage Hit
Triumphant
Big Ol’Stab
Rev Ol’Stab
String Gliss
Loop Bit 1
Loop Bit 2
Evil Bass
Mouth Music
Hammer On
Short Funk
Oct Slide
Guitar Fill
Jz Gtr Fall
Mg Slide Dwn
Mg Slide U/D
Big Bang
Sea Wolf
Tape Stop
DJ 1
DJ 2
DJ Loop
Wicked DJ
Final Loop
Spooky
Rewind
Zigzag
Whoo-Whoo
Hip Alarm
Sci-Fi
Cheers
60’s Vinyl
10000 Mute
Fizzzzzz
Euro Bass

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

NRG Bass
Power Bass
Noiz Bass
Core Bass
Trance Bass
Deep Bass
TB-303 Bass
SH-101 Bs 1
SH-101 Bs 2
SH-101 Bs 3
Sine Loop
VOX Menu
Rev Vox Menu
Noiz Menu
Scrtch&Hits1
Scrtch&Hits2
Hit&FX Menu
Kick Set 1
Kick Set 2
Kick Set 3
Snare Set 1
Snare Set 2
Snare Set 3
Snare Set 4
Hat&tom Set
Cymbal Set
Beat Menu 1
Beat Menu 2
Beat Menu 3
Beat Menu 4

SR-JV80-06 Faxback # 10117 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 6XSHU6RXQG6HW([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Ac.Piano 1
Ac.Piano 2
Soft Piano
U-220 APiano
FortePiano
Honky Tonk
Pop Piano
Dusty Piano
NewAge Piano
E.Grand 1
E.Grand 2
E.Grand mod
U-220 EGrand
Stage EGrand
E.Grand ff
E.Piano mod
Soft Rhodes
St.Rhodes
Tremolo EP
Long is...
...the Road
High Rhodes
Bright EP 1
Bright EP 2
Bright EP 3
Bright EP 4
Syn.E.Piano
Xmod E.Piano
gtalPiano
Hps Front 1
Hps Front 2
Hps Front 3
Hps Back 1
Hps Back 2
Hps Back 3
Hps Back 1T
Hps F/B
Hps F4/B
Hps F/B/B4
Hps Lute 1
Hps Lute 2
Hps Lute 3
Hps Lute 1T
Medieval Ens
Baroque Ens.

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

'60 CompKiav
House Clav.
Phase Clav.
Org Flutes 1
Org Flutes 2
Org Flutes 3
Org Flute 8'
Church Organ
English Org
Organ Chord
Happy Xmas !
1001 Nights
G.Star 1
G.Star 2
Dream Time
Clavi Pad
into Dream
Not Old
Box Guitar 1
Box Guitar 2
Reso Guitar
V-MX Guitar
Flat Picker
Steel Guitar
Steel there!
BriteJGuitar
Tympanon
Live Guitar
Arabic Scale
Big Twelve
Jazz Guitar
St.Jazz Gtr
Pedal Steel1
Pedal Steel2
Stereo Pedal
Pedal Steel3
Dyno Steel
Super Pedal
Pedal Steel4
PedalSteelSw
Steel Fours
Pedal Steel5
Clean'd Comp
Blues Guitar
335 Guitar

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

St.335 Pick
335 VSW Pick
335 Mute
335 St. Mute
Echo Mute
VeloMute+Pik
All Mutes
Mute Guitar
BriteChorus
Clean Pick 1
Clean Pick 2
Clean E.Gtr
Phase Guitar
PickChordsX4
Super Picker
St. Pick
Dist Guitar
HEAVY!
St.Dist Gtr
Super Heavy
Mandolin 1
Mandolin 2
Mandolin 3
Mandolin 4
Mandolins
SuperMando
ResonatorGt1
ResonatorGt2
ResonatorGt3
Dobraccent
Dulcimer 1
Dulcimer 2
Dulcimer 3
Gamelan Ens.
Guitar Pad
Bass mix
Musette tun
Musette det1
Musette det2
Master1
Master2
Jazz
Bandoneon1
Bandoneon2
Bs/Musettun

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Bs/Musetdet1
Bs/Musetdet2
Bs/Masterl
Bs/Master2
Bs/Jazz
Bs/Bandneon1
Bs/Bandneon2
Reed Organ1
Reed Organ2
Rive Gauche
Iturbynth
Bandneon Duo
Amsterdam
Sad Musette
Fiddle 1
Fiddle 2
Super Fiddle
Fiddle About
DigitalCello
Four Seasons
Staccato
Tremolo 1 /
Tremolo 2
Tremolo 3 /
Sop Rec 1T
Tenor Rec 1T
Rec Twin
Rec Sect
Recorder 1T
Living Pipe
Pipe Lead
Whistle
Fr'm Scotlnd
Soft Sax
Bright Sax
St.Sax
Bright TP
Trombone
Trombone SW
Twinbone
Super TB
St.Trombone
St.Soft TB
St.Bright TB
Fat Trombone

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Brass Sect 1
Brass Sect 2
Brass Sect 3
Pizz Brass
Sax Sect 1
Sax Sect 2
In the Mood
Orchestra
BrassOrchest
Jazz Quartet
B!G Stab
Brass Fall 1
Brass Fall 2
Brass Fall 3
Tp Fall 1
Tp Fall 2
Brass Stacc
F.Horn Rip 1
F.Horn Rip 2
Mild ANALOG
Black Ring
Steel Brass
S.JV Marine
CarminaB/Aft
Cosmic Vox
Digital Vox
¥ Empire
Cosmic Echo
She does ...
Sine Strings
Chineez Wave
Metalattack
EG Vox
Metal Sweep
Digi Sweep
Deep Space
Blue Mist
Trailer Pipe
Cluster
Pentatonic
RoaringSpace
Deep Cave
Kokoro
Nothing Air
Mick'm House

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Mello Orch.
Saturn
Orch Hit Maj
Orch Hit Min
Orch Hit Dim
Big Hits Maj
Finare /
Owz it !
Rave OrcHit
OrchHit X
OrchGlissMaj
OrchGlissMin
Orch End FX
Harp m7
Harp 9th
Harp +7
Harp b9
Harp m7 Scrl
Harp 9thScrl
Harp +7 Scrl
Harp b9 Scrl
Grove 1
Drum Set I
Drum Set 2
Drum Set 3
Drum Set 4
Drum Set 5
Drum Set 6
Drum Set 7
Country Drums

SR-JV80-07 Faxback # 10118 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 6XSHU6RXQG6HW([SDQVLRQ%RDUG

:DYHIRUP/LVW

001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044

U Ac. Piano P
U Ac. Piano F
U E.Grand P
U E.Grand F
Rhodes
Rhodes B
Rhodes C
Bright EP
Bright EP B
Bright EP C
HPS_Front A
HPS_Front B
HPS_Front C
HPS_Back A
HPS_Back B
HPS_Back C
HPS_Lute A
HPS_Lute B
HPS_Lute C
HPS_Click A
Ac.Guitar A
Ac.Guitar B
Ac.Guitar C
Reso.GTR P A
Reso.GTR P B
Reso.GTR P C
Reso.GTR F A
Reso.GTR F B
Reso.GTR F C
F. Mandolin A
F. Mandolin B
F. Mandolin C
Dulcimer A
Dulicmer B
Dulcimer C
FretNoise 2
Jazz Gt P
Jazz Gt PB
Jazz G PC
Jazz Gt F
Jazz Gt FB
Jazz Gt FC
Pd.Steel 1A
Pd.Steel 1B

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089

Pd.Steel 2A
Pd.Steel 2B
Pd.Steel 2C
335Pick A
335Pick B
335Pick C
335Mute A
335Mute B
335Mute C
Funk Gt Mute
Funk Gt
Clean EG A
Clean EG B
Clean EG C
Dist Gt P
Dist Gt PB
Dist Gt PC
Dist Gt F
Dist Gt FB
Dist Gt FC
Sax P
Sax PB
Sax PC
Sax M
Sax MB
Sax MC
Trombopet
Trombopet B
Trombopet C
Trombone P
Trombone PB
Trombone PC
Trombone M
Trombone MB
Trombone MC
Trombone F
Trombone FB
Trombone FC
ORG_Flute A
ORG_Flute B
ORG_Flute C
S_Recorder A
S_Recorder B
S_Recorder C

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134

T_Recorder B
T_Recorder C
Musette 1A
Musette 1B
Musette 1C
Musette 2A
Musette 2B
Musette 2C
Musette 3A
Musette 3B
Musette 3C
Master A
Master B
Master C
Single A
Single B
Single C
Bandneon1A
Bandneon1B
Bandneon1C
Bandneon2A
Bandneon2B
Bandneon2C
MasterBs A
MasterBs B
MasterBs C
Bs/Musett1
Bs/Musett2
Bs/Musett3
Bs/Master
Bs/Single
Bs/Bandne1
Bs/Bandne2
Fiddle A
Fiddle B
Fiddle C
Gliss Maj
Gliss Min
Tremolo p
Tremolo sfz
Tremolo f
Cluster
Pentatonic
Gliss Maj Lp

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179

Tremolo p Lp
Tremolo sfLp
Tremolo f Lp
Cluster Lp
PentatonicLp
Orch Hit Maj
Orch Hit Min
Orch Hit Dim
Orch Hit f
Staccato p
Staccato f
F.Horn Rip
Brass Fall
Tps Fall
Brass Stacc
Harp m7 Up
Harp m7 Dwn
Harp 9th Up
Harp 9th Dwn
Harp +7 Up
Harp +7 Dwn
Harp b9 Up
Harp b9 Dwn
Harp m7 UpLp
Harp m7 DnLp
Harp 9thUpLp
Harp 9thDnLp
Harp +7 UpLp
Harp +7 DnLp
Harp b9 UpLp
Harp b9 DnLp
Fat BD
Pillow BD
Mondo Kick
Deep Kick 1
Solid Kick
Ambo Kick
Reverb Kick 1
Deep Kick 2
Reverb Kick2
Room Stick
Snappy SN
Cross SN
Crisp SN

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224

Bigshot SN
Crack Snare
Atomic Snare
Power Snare
Trash Snare
Hard Snare
Combo Snare
Induced SN
Tiny Snare
Rock Snare 1
Rock Snare 2
Reverb Snare
SharpTom Lo
SharpTom Hi
Rock Tom 1
Rock Tom 2
Rock Tom 3
Rock Tom 4
Ambo Tom 1
Ambo Tom 2
Ambo Tom 3
Ambo Tom 4
Closed Hat1
Closed Hat2
Room Hat 1
Room Hat 2
Room Hat 3
Room Hat 4
Open HH
Open HiHat
Pedal HiHat
Claps Real
Crash Cym
Ride Cym
Ride Cymbal
Ride Bell
China Cym
Cowbell 2
Tambourine
Gong
Hat & Tom 1
Hat & Tom 2
Cymbal
Kick & SN 1

045

Pd.Steel 1C

090

T_Recorder A

135

Gliss Min Lp

180

Brash SN

225

Kick & SN 2

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Kick & SN 3
Kick & SN 4
Kick & SN 5
Kick & SN 6
Kick & SN 7
Kick & Snare
Tom Set
HiHat Set
Ride & Clap
REV Hit Maj
REV Hit Min
REV Hi Dim
REV Hit f
REV Stacc p
REV Stacc f
REV Hrp m7Up
REV Hrp m7Dn
REV Hrp9thUp
REV Hrp9thDn
REV Hrp +7Up
REV Hrp +7Dn
REV Hrp b9Up
REV Hrp b9Dn
REV PillowBD
REV SnappySN
REV Cross SN
REV Brash SN
REV Crisp SN
REV Tom Hi
Rev Gong

SR-JV80-07 Faxback # 10119 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080/2080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR .H\ERDUGVRIWKH·VDQG·V
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Blues Perc
A LittleHelp
Big Pink B
Hush B3
Sly Family B
3 Dog B3
SanFrancisco
Full Stops
Head Up B3
Full Clique
So Very BS&T
R&R B3 1
Organ Banks
Express Way
85 8808 880
R&R B3 2
MelloDrama
B3 Sermon
British B3
All Skate!
Br.Ballad B3
Pure Bars
R&B B3
Felix Ballad
Fudge Ballad
B3 Nice Feel
85 5000 050
Theatrix
Barleycorn
Magic Carpet
All Star B3
BT & MG's B3
Bookin' B
Rock Steady
NICE L I00
Tenderness
Blue B
HeavyTraffic
Dyno Rotary
Concert B3
Salty Dog
Stevie's B3
Hang Twice
Let It B
LA Blues

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Mellow Blues
PentaGospel
Sweet&Mellow
2B orNot2B3?
Green Bee
Whiter Shade
Fire Perc
Sunset Strip
B3 JazzSplit
Evil Ways
Dyno Perc 63
888+3rd
8888+3rd
House Organ
Easy to B
Harum Scarem
Green Eyed
8888+3rd Vel
Shine On B3
Procol Perc
Full Perc
Mellow 4'
ZomBee 3
Hi Harmonix
Rotary Banks
Gimme Some
Fuzzhead
Traffiking
B3powerOnOff
ToneWheelPno
Orgiano
TVA FX ORG
Animalistic
Animal Mod
Rising Sun
Surf Monkeys
Palisades
Soul Kitchen
BreakOnThru
Calif.Sun
Steppin'VX
Costello+Mod
VX Rotary
Archie's Mod
Telstar VX

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

Cheeseball
The Sham
Cheese Pad
Crummy Organ
VX Religion
Farfi Combo
RotaryCheese
Iron Farf
DancingQueen
PoorMan's B
Reggae Organ
Farf Lite
Wooly Farfy
Clark Farf
Pacemaker
Farf Celeste
Ham & Cheese
Rox Organ P
Rox Organ Ph
Rox Organ PH
Rox Organ L
Runaway
Ditty Doo
VX Wah Org
Suitcase 88
Rhodes mkV
ChorusRhodes
NY Rhodes
Touch Rhodes
Stage 73
Joe's Rhodes
Stiff Rhodes
Dirty Rhodes
Mr.Suitcase
Jazz Rhodes
HybridRhodes
Dyno Rhodes l
Dyno Rhodes 2
Dyno Rhodes 3
Ring Rhodes
LoungeRhodes
TremSuitcase
Preacher
Hard Rhodes
BalladRhodes

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Wide Rhodes
Soft Fusion
Phase Rhodes
SpaceyRhodes
I'mNotinLove
VinylRhodes
BreadRhodes
MutroRhodes
Ray'sPno Bs
SynRhodes Bs.
Soft Wurly
What'd I say
Dry Wurly
Chorus Wurly
Acid Wurly
Hard Wurly
Tramp Wurly
Tremo Wurly
Smooth Wurly
Grungy Wurly
Breakin' Up
Dist Wurly 1
Dist Wurly 2
Dist Wurly 3
Dist Wurly 4
Whirling
RingMod Solo
Rider/Storm
Pnet Tee
Stereo Pnet
ShesNotThere
R&B Pnet
BrillantPnet
Rox+Pnet
Rox Piano 1
Rox Vinyl
Rox Piano 2
Crummy Piano
Rox Lute
Rox Lute Ch.
Rox Full+Acc
Rox Pi/Ha
Carpet Crawl
Rox Jacuzzi
TrickOf Tail

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Rho/Wurl/Rox
Rox Chorus
Rox Harpsi
Farfi Harpsi
Octa Harpsi
VX Harpsi
PowerHowers
Rox Grinder
Clav 1
Clav 2
Clav 3
Clav 4
Clav 5
Clav 6
Clav 7
Phase Clav 1
Rich Clav
Vibraclav
Mute Clav 1
Mute Clav 2
Flange Clav
Comp Clav
Space Clav
Mute Clav 3
Bass Clav
Phase Clav 2
Brite Clav
WahWah Clavl
WahWah Clav2
Clv/Pnet Sp
Clv/PnetDuol
Clv/PnetDuo2
TronStrg ENS
Tron Str Dry
Rotary Tron I
Rotary Tron2
St.Tron Dry
TronOctStack
Smooth Tron 1
Smooth Tron 2
Slow Tron
SymphonicTrn
Moody Tron
Warm Tape
Tron Vls Dry

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Mello Vlns
Tron Cello
Mello Cello
Tron Quartet
Tron Orch
DrySt /Choir
Tron Vox
Wet & Wiggly
TronChoirDry
Tron Choir
Old Choir
FatTronChoir
Choir Blend
Slow Choir
Retroactive
LamenTron
Anthem
Space Tron
MelloMemries
5th Tron Str
Tron Vortex
PlanetClaire
Rox Strings
Harpsiphase
Cheep Phazer
Swimming Bee
Old Lead
Organ Lead
Tekno Cheese
33 RPM

SR-JV80-08 Faxback # 10120 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR .H\ERDUGRIWKH·V ·V([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

B3 1 A
B3 1 B
B3 1 C
B3 2 A
B3 2 B
B3 2 C
B3 Ch A
B3 Ch B
B3 Ch C
B3 2 FL A
B3 2 FL B
B3 2 FL C
B3 3 A
B3 3 B
B3 3 C
B3 3 FL A
B3 3 FL B
B3 3 FL C
B3 4
B3 5 A
B3 5 B
B3 5 C
B3 6 A
B3 6 B
B3 6 C
B3 7 A
B3 7 B
B3 7 C
B3 7 FL A
B3 7 FL B
B3 7 FL C
B3 8 A
B3 8 B
B3 8 C
B3 8 Ch A
B3 8 Ch B
B3 8 Ch C
B3 8 FL A
B3 8 FL B
B3 8 FL C
B3 9
B3 10 A
B3 10 B
B3 10 C
B3 10 Ch A

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

B3 10 Ch B
B3 10 Ch C
B3 10 FL A
B3 10 FL B
B3 10 FL C
B3 11
B3 Perc 1 A
B3 Perc 1 B
B3 Perc 1 C
B3 Perc 2 A
B3 Perc 2 B
B3 Perc 2 C
B3 Perc 3 A
B3 Perc 3 B
B3 Perc 3 C
B3 Perc3FL A
B3 Perc3FL B
B3 Perc3FL C
B3 12
B3 13
B3 14 A
B3 14 B
B3 14 C
B3 14 Ch A
B3 14 Ch B
B3 14 Ch C
B3 14 FL A
B3 14 FL B
B3 14 FL C
B3 15 A
B3 15 B
B3 15 C
B3 15 Ch A
B3 15 Ch B
B3 15 Ch C
B3 15 FL A
B3 15 FL B
B3 15 FL C
B3 16
B3 17
B3 18
B3 19 A
B3 19 B
B3 19 C
B3 Harm 1

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

B3 Harm 2 A
B3 Harm 2 B
B3 Harm 2 C
B3 Harm 3 A
B3 Harm 3 B
B3 Harm 3 C
B3 Harm3FL A
B3 Harm3FL B
B3 Harm3FL C
B3 Click
VX Organ 1 A
VX Organ 1 B
VX Organ 1 C
VX Organ 2 A
VX Organ 2 B
VX Organ 2 C
VX Organ 3 A
VX Organ 3 B
VX Organ 3 C
VX Organ 4 A
VX Organ 4 B
VX Organ 4 C
VX Harpsi A
VX Harpsi B
VX Harpsi C
VX Org Bs A
VX Org Bs B
VX Org Bs C
Farf Organ 1
Farf Organ 2
Farf Organ 3
Farf Organ 4
FarfClar16’A
FarfClar16’B
FarfClar16’C
Farf Organ 5
Farf Organ 6
Farf Organ 7
Farf Organ 8
FarfFlut8’ A
FarfFlut8’ B
FarfFlut8’ C
Farf 8’+2’
Farf 8’+4’
Farf 8’+5th

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Farf Noise
Suitcase p A
Suitcase p B
Suitcase p C
Suitcase mfA
Suitcase mfB
Suitcase mfC
Suitcase f A
Suitcase f B
Suitcase f C
Stage p A
Stage p B
Stage p C
Stage f A
Stage f B
Stage f C
RhodesBs p A
RhodesBs p B
RhodesBs p C
RhodesBs f A
RhodesBs f B
RhodesBs f C
Wurly 1 p A
Wurly 1 p B
Wurly 1 p C
Wurly 1 mf A
Wurly 1 mf B
Wurly 1 mf C
Wurly 1 f A
Wurly 1 f B
Wurly 1 p C
Wurly 2 p A
Wurly 2 p B
Wurly 2 f C
Wurly 2 mf A
Wurly 2 mf B
Wurly 2 mf C
Wurly 2 f A
Wurly 2 f B
Wurly 2 f C
Pnet p A
Pnet p B
Pnet p C
Pnet f A
Pnet f B

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Pnet f C
R.Chord A
R.Chord B
R.Chord C
‘70s Piano A
‘70s Piano B
‘70s Piano C
‘70s Lute A
‘70s Lute B
‘70s Lute C
Clav Pluck A
Clav Pluck B
Clav Pluck C
Ch.Clav A
Ch.Clav B
Ch.Clav C
Clav 1 A
Clav 1 B
Clav 1 C
Clav 2 A
Clav 2 B
Clav 2 C
Clav 3 p A
Clav 3 p B
Clav 3 p C
Clav 3 f A
Clav 3 f B
Clav 3 f C
Clav 4 p A
Clav 4 p B
Clav 4 p C
Clav 4 mf A
Clav 4 mf B
Clav 4 mf C
Clav 4 f A
Clav 4 f B
Clav 4 f C
Clav 5 p A
Clav 5 p B
Clav 5 p C
Clav 5 f A
Clav 5 f B
Clav 5 f C
Clav 6 p A
Clav 6 p B

:DYHIRUP/LVW
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Clav 6 p C
Clav 6 f A
Clav 6 f B
Clav 6 f C
Clav Mute 1A
Clav Mute 1B
Clav Mute 1C
Clav Mute 2A
Clav Mute 2B
Clav Mute 2C
Clav 7 A
Clav 7 B
Clav 7 C
Clav Attack
Tron Str A
Tron Str B
Tron Str C
Tron Vlns A
Tron Vlns B
Tron Vlns C
Tron Cello A
Tron Cello B
Tron Cello C
Tron Cho.1 A
Tron Cho.1 B
Tron Cho.1 C
Tron Cho.2 A
Tron Cho.2 B
Tron Cho.2 C
RecordNoise

SR-JV80-08 Faxback # 10121 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080/2080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 6HVVLRQ([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001 St.Concert
002 9ft.Grand 1
003 9ft.Grand 2
004 Euro Classic
005 St.Pno & Str
006 Compress Pno
007 LA Session
008 Water Piano
009 Vibra Rhodes
010 Stack Rhodes
011 ArcoEnsemble
012 Vienna Strgs
013 Str Adagio
014 Oct Strings
015 Silky Filter
016 Soft Strings
017 SlowStr.Sect
018 GiantStrings
019 Str+Choir 1
020 Str+Choir 2
021 Str+Choir 3
022 Breathy Humz
023 Dream Voices
024 Mmmms
025 Chorale
026 Space Men
027 Choir Mm+Aah
028 Ivory Mist
029 PercussiVox
030 Mysteriouso
031 Phase Mmhs
032 AmbientStory
033 Venus
034 SessionBrass
035 Port.Tpts
036 R&R Brass
037 Echo Brass
038 E.Coast Brs
039 Bop Soli
040 Soft Saxes
041 Orchestral
042 Octalog Hrn
043 Tpt Soloist

044 Legato Tpt
045 Dyno Trumpet
046 Ethno-Trumps
047 Super Tenor
048 TenorExpress
049 T.Sax f
050 Legato Flute
051 Touch Flute
052 NewAge Flute
053 Flute inMist
054 Hybrid Flute
055 Flute & Cla
056 ChristmasFlt
057 Fifth Flute
058 Cosmic Flute
059 Acc.de Paris
060 Paris 50's
061 Musette Ens
062 Montmartre
063 Sad Akordion
064 Fr.Accordion
065 Fr.Accord 2
066 Troubadour
067 SessionNylon
068 Solo Nylon 1
069 Solo Nylon 2
070 Nylon & Str
071 Nylon & Flt
072 Nylon Chord
073 Stratar
074 Clean Tele
075 Nashville
076 Super Trem
077 SpaghettiGtr
078 Duanne'sTone
079 Big Hair Ld
080 Metal Solo
081 Crunch Tone
082 Overdriven
083 Blues Tele
084 Tube Double
085 Neil's Rust
086 Short Crunch

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

087 X-Fade Metal
088 Velo Power
089 Phazy Chunk
090 Reso Tele
091 Wah Wah BPM
092 Rock P.Bass1
093 Rock P.Bass2
094 Rock P.Bass3
095 Big Jazz Bs
096 BriteHazz Bs
097 Ch.Jazz Bs
098 Mellow Jz Bs
099 Mute E.Bs
100 Octabahn Bs
101 Slobbery Bs
102 Phase Worm
103 Euro Rave Bs
104 Pumpin' Bs
105 Tech NoBase
106 Bad Acid Bs
107 CheepEcho Bs
108 Manic Bs
109 JP6 Sqr Key
110 Square drops
111 Celestial
112 Heavenly Eko
113 JD-800 Nomad
114 Vibrolater
115 MartianChime
116 Big Wet Blip
117 Amazing Echo
118 DelaySession
119 Deletex
120 Tarlia
121 Mahoroba
122 Eurotek Clav
123 Dope Resoclv
124 Tekno Juno
125 Buzzzzzzzzzzz
126 Slop-a-rama
127 Isn't Pretty
128 Polywasp
129 Quixelate

130 Trangoa Wave
131 Spiked Cheez
132 Glassy Cheez
133 Super 808Cow
134 Arpeggiatoid
135 Euro Hit 1
136 Euro Hit 2
137 Rave Slice
138 Str Torture
139 Juno Harpsi
140 Big Mess Pad
141 Harpsichoir
142 Echo Juno
143 Phazerave
144 DanceStack 1
145 DanceStack 2
146 DanceStack 3
147 DanceStack 4
148 DanceStack 5
149 DanceStack 6
150 DanceStack 7
151 DanceStack 8
152 Eurotek Brs
153 Synergy Brs
154 PortaSynthex
155 Razor VCOs
156 Big PWM
157 Flutey Stack
158 Wobbly 5th
159 Tekno Square
160 Trance VoXxX
161 Random Rave
162 Raver Circus
163 Resorave
164 Flangomatic
165 O-Zu-Nu
166 Sub Divided
167 Ancient Sqr
168 Fat Flange
169 Phaze NRG
170 Phase Vox
171 Systekno

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
172 On the move!
173 XP'ration
174 Big Ensemble
175 Lazerette
176 Fazed String
177 Combing Slow
178 Jet Stack
179 Phazeslopad
180 Rize Mass
181 Portent
182 DCO Sweeper
183 Sweep Rain
184 Sweep Stack
185 Big Vectors
186 Poly Swell
187 Alchemy
188 Soli-na
189 90s Str Mach
190 Ultra Cheez
191 Juno-60 Pad
192 Progressive
193 Build-Up Syn
194 Atlantis 2
195 Perelandra
196 Plutonium
197 Nautilus
198 Metal Dreams
199 Glass Clouds
200 Harmonicloud
201 Shining Veil
202 Ethereal JX
203 Striking 5th
204 Meow 5ths
205 Stepflanger
206 Happy LFOs
207 Aero Insect
208 Beat Sweeper
209 Wormy Lead
210 Atmo Lead
211 Caliolead
212 Tweedles
213 Raw PWM

214 Voc Solo 5th
215 Dirty Lead
216 Boostweeper1
217 Boostweeper2
218 B3 Filth
219 Phazed Organ
220 VSw Vibrafon
221 SA Vibe
222 Rich Vibes
223 SpaceGamelan
224 Toy Vibe
225 Analog Bomb
226 Seashore 2
227 Cretaion
228 Cyberjunkie
229 Sci-Fi Bells
230 Shine on
231 DEMO Piano1
232 DEMO Piano2
233 DEMO PnoVox
234 DEMO Str 1
235 DEMO Str 2
236 DEMO Str 3
237 DEMO SynPuls
238 DEMO 5thPad
239 DEMO Choir
240 DEMO Brass
241 DEMO Tenor
242 DEMO Tpt
243 DEMO Flute
244 DEMO Nylon
245 DEMO PhaseGt
246 DEMO DistGt1
247 DEMO DistGt2
248 DEMO Strat
249 DEMO SlapBs
250 DEMO P.Bass
251 DEMO SynBs
252 DEMO SynLead
253 DEMO Insect
254 DEMO Buzzzzz
255 DEMO Crowd

SR-JV80-09 Faxback # 10122 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080/2080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers



NQPSMTR 6HVVLRQ([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035

StGrand L pA
StGrand L pB
StGrand L pC
StGrand R pA
StGrand R pB
StGrand R pC
StGrand L fA
StGrand L fB
StGrand L fC
StGrand R fA
StGrand R fB
StGrand R fC
OrcStrings A
OrcStrings B
OrcStrings C
Choir Aah A
Choir Aah B
Choir Aah C
Choir Mmh A
Choir Mmh B
Choir Mmh C
D.Solo Gtr A
D.Solo Gtr B
D.Solo Gtr C
D.MuteGt p A
D.MuteGt p B
D.MuteGt p C
D.MuteGt mpA
D.MuteGt mpB
D.MuteGt mpC
D.MuteGt mfA
D.MuteGt mfB
D.MuteGt mfC
Clean TC 1 A
Clean TC 1 B

036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

Clean TC1 C
Clean TC2 A
Clean TC2 B
Clean TC2 C
Clean TC2 fA
Clean TC2 fB
Clean TC2 fC
NylonGt2 p A
NylonGt2 p B
NylonGt2 p C
NylonGt2 mfA
NylonGt2 mfB
NylonGt2 mfC
NylonGt2 f A
NylonGt2 f B
NylonGt2 f C
P.Bass 3 A
P.Bass 3 B
P.Bass 3 C
Jazz Bass 3 A
Jazz Bass 3 B
Jazz Bass 3 C
Muted Bass A
Muted Bass B
Muted Bass C
Blow Sax A
Blow Sax B
Blow Sax C
T.Sax hrd A
T.Sax hrd B
T.Sax hrd C
Flute Vib A
Flute Vib B
Flute Vib C
R&R Horns A

071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105

R&R Horns B
R&R Horns C
Solo Tpt. A
Solo Tpt. B
Solo Tpt. C
F.AccordianA
F.AccordianB
F.AccordianC
Vibraphone A
Vibraphone B
Vibraphone C
VocalWave2 A
VocalWave2 B
VocalWave2 C
JP Hollo A
JP Hollo B
JP Hollo C
Hard 5th A
Hard 5th B
Hard 5th C
Blaster A
Blaster B
Blaster C
Juno Rave A
Juno Rave B
Juno Rave C
Wah Gtr MENU
Wah Down 1
Wah Up 1
Wah Down 2
Wah Up 2
Gtr FX MENU
Gtr Feedback
Gtr Scrap
Gtr Slid Nz

:DYHIRUP/LVW
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140

Gtr Cut Nz
Gtr Slap
FX MENU
Sm.Club
Sm.Club fw
Sm.Club lp
FX Bell 1
FX Bell 1 fw
FX Bell 2
FX Bell 2 fw
Auhvox
Tekno Hit 2
Tekno Hit 3
Tekno Loop
FX Bomb
Kick MENU
Deep Kick 3
TD7 Kick
Dance Kick 2
Dance Kick 3
Mix Kick
Kick Ghost
Snr&Tom MENU
Loose Snr
Ring Snr
808 Snr 2
909 Snr 2
909 Snr 3
90’s Snare
Solo Snr
Rap Snr
Talk Snr
Jingle Snr
House Snr
Snr Buzz

141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175

Tiny Snr 2
Mute Snr
909 Rim 2
909 Tom 2
Clp&Snp MENU
909 Clap 2
HC2 Claps1
707 Claps
HC2 Claps 2
Finger Snaps2
Finger Snaps3
Bongo3 MENU
Bongo3 Low
Bongo3 High
Tambrin MENU
Tamb.Short
Tamb.Long
CR78 Tamb.
Shaker MENU2
626 Shaker
Shaker 3
Shaker 4
Shaker 5
REV Gt Scrap
REV Gt SldNz
REVGt CutNz
Rev Gt Slap
REV TeknHit2
REV TeknHit3
Rev Deep K 3
Rev TD7 Kick
REV Dance K2
REV Dance K3
REV Mix Kick
Rev K.Ghost

176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206

REV LoosSnr
Rev Ring Snr
REV 808 Snr2
REV 909 Snr2
REV 909 Snr3
REV 90’s Snr
REV Solo Snr
REV Rap Snr
REV Talk Snr
REV JinglSnr
REV HouseSnr
REV Snr Buzz
REV TinySnr 2
REV Mute Snr
REV 909 Rim2
REV 909 Tom2
REV 909 Clp2
REV HC2 Clp1
REV 707 Clps
REV HC2 Clps2
REV F.Snaps 2
REV F.Snap 3
REV Bongo3 L
REV Bongo3 H
REV Tamb.Sht
REV Tamb.Lng
REV CR78Tamb
REV 626Shakr
REV Shaker 3
REV Shaker 4
REV Shaker 5

SR-JV80-09 Faxback # 10123 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR %DVV 'UXPV([SDQVLRQ%RDUG -9;3 3DWFK/LVWLQJ
1 Marcus 3way
2 MM Slap/Hrm
3 MM Fat Slap
4 Miller Pop
5 MM Dynathumb
6 Abe Sr. 4way
7 AL 3way/Nz
8 AL 3way P.Bs
9 Abe Limiter
10 Space Bass
11 Hyper Funk
12 Abe's Thumbs
13 AL Dark Slap
14 Poppin' Abe
15 John P.4way
16 John P.w/Nz
17 JP Chorus Bs
18 6StringThing
19 Mondo Johndo
20 JP Fat Slap
21 JP Brite Slp
22 JP Fing+Slap
23 Solo Fretles
24 MM FretnotBs
25 Marcus OctFl
26 MM FrtlsBend
27 MM Smooth Fl
28 MM Weathery
29 Abe's Fretls
30 AL French Ch
31 AL Layer Fls
32 AL Fls Solo
33 JP 6Str Fls
34 JP Solo Fls

35 John's OctFl
36 B-Motional
37 Weather Frls
38 AcoustiTouch
39 JP Soft A.Bs
40 JP Hard A.Bs
41 Ac.Bs Club
42 Dry Acoustic
43 Hybrid Wood
44 John's Rock
45 Pick UP
46 JP Rock Pick
47 Dark Pick
48 JP Rock+Slap
49 JP Rock Fls
50 Velo Rock Bs
51 JP P.Bass 1
52 JP P.Bass 2
53 JP P.Bass 3
54 JP P.Bass 4
55 Dyno Ballad
56 Velo Fingers
57 Ch. Fingrs
58 Studio Mellow
59 Fat Fingers
60 Touchy Bass
61 Abe's P.Bass
62 AL Solid Fng
63 AL 2way Fng
64 AbeSoftBs/Nz
65 Abe Latin Bs
66 AL Latin Ch.
67 AL Fat Latin
68 AL Old Soul

1997 Roland Corporation U.S.

69 AL Mellow
70 Marcus Jazz
71 MM Jazz Ch.
72 MM Jazz Bs
73 Marcus Mute
74 Bright Pick
75 Garden Party
76 Phaser Mute
77 MM Dry Mute
78 MM Hip-Hop
79 Wild Thang
80 Distorted Bs
81 Rock Phaser
82 Mod.Fuzz Bs
83 Sticky Bass
84 Abe Flangpop
85 Mutey SynBs
86 Funkin'WahBs
87 T-Wow Fretls
88 T-Wow Slappy
89 Bass SOLO!!
90 Refretter
91 Bass Harmos
92 Marcus Harms
93 Harmonicus
94 Tune Up
95 Harm Up
96 Harm Down
97 Harm A#9
98 Harm Eb#9
99 Harm E+11
100 Harm E69
101 SlidesNoises
102 All Slides

103 All Noises
104 Ac.Bs Noises
105 Kick Menu
106 Snare Menu1
107 Snare Menu2
108 Snare Menu3
109 Hi-Hat Menu
110 Tom-Tom Menu
111 Cymbals Menu
112 Drum LP Demo
113 Sweeping LPs
114 Lo-Fi Loops
115 AmbGrv/Bs
116 SlapHappy
117 PlayC4Fun
118 Flanged
119 BW Jz 6/8
120 BW Brush
121 AL Slam
122 AL Whack
123 AL Grunge
124 BW Swamp
125 BW Latin
126 BW Fusion
127 AL Funk
128 AL Shuff.
129 Fat Rock KIT
130 Ringer KIT
131 DynaPicc.KIT
132 Whammer KIT
133 BigBalladKIT
134 Fat PunchKIT
135 Fat Funk KIT
136 Garage KIT

137 Rock On KIT
138 Natural KIT
139 Pitched KIT
140 Basher KIT
141 Edgy KIT
142 FAT Comp.KIT
143 FAT & Tight
144 Studio KIT
145 Tight FunKIT
146 TightPiccKIT
147 Dry DanceKIT
148 R&B KIT
149 DynoSnareKIT
150 Room Toms
151 Natural Toms
152 Soft Toms
153 Big Toms Dry
154 Big Toms Wet
155 Ringer Snare
156 Loud Ring Sn
157 Live Piccolo
158 Wet Piccolo
159 Natural Crak
160 Natural Verb
161 Natural Bryt
162 Dry Ringer
163 Rock On Room
164 Rock On Wet
165 FAT Impact
166 Nice Ballad
167 Huge FAT Snr
168 Warm Room Sn
169 Warm Verb Sn
170 Dry FAT Sn

SR-JV80-10 Bass & Drums Expansion Board Faxback # 10166

171 FAT Hall Sn
172 Funk Sn Dry
173 Funk Sn Room
174 Natural Ping
175 Room Ping
176 Dance Snr 1
177 Dance Snr 2
178 Kick&Cym 1/2
179 Kick&Cym 1/4
180 Kick&Cym 2
181 Butt Kicker
182 Kick&Cym 2/3
183 Kick&Cym 2/8
184 Kick&Cym 3
185 Kick&Cym 4
186 Kick&Cym 5
187 Kick&Cym 6
188 Kick&Cym 7
189 Kick&Cym 6/8
190 Kick&Cym 8
191 Kick&Cym 8/2
192 Kick&Cym 9
193 Kick&Cym 9/6
194 Kick&Cym10
195 Kick&Cym11
196 Kick&Cym12
197 Kik&Cym11/12
198 Kick&Cym12/4
199 Lo-Fi Kick
200 18"Hi-Hats1
201 18"Hi-Hats2
202 16"Hi-Hats1
203 16"Hi-Hats2
204 CR-78 Hi-Hat

For JV-1080/2080,XP-50/80



NQPSMTR %DVV 'UXPV([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
001 MM Slap Bs A
002 MM Slap Bs B
003 MM Slap Bs C
004 MM Pop Bs A
005 MM Fop Bs B
006 MM Pop Bs C
007 MM Frls Bs A
008 MM Frls Bs B
009 MM Frls Bs C
010 MM Jazz Bs A
011 MM Jazz Bs B
012 MM Jazz Bs C
013 MM Pick Bs A
014 MM Pick Bs B
015 MM Pick Bs C
016 MM Harm Bs A
017 MM Harm Bs B
018 MM Harm Bs C
019 AL Funk Bs A
020 AL Funk Bs B
021 AL Funk Bs C
022 AL Pop Bs A
023 AL Pop Bs B
024 AL Pop Bs C
025 AL Frls Bs A
026 AL Frls Bs B
027 AL Frls Bs C
028 AL Lat in Bs A
029 AL LatinBs B
030 AL LatinBs C
031 AL Old Bs A
032 AL Old Bs B
033 AL Old Bs C
034 AL P.Bass A
035 AL P.Bass B
036 AL P.Bass C
037 JP Funk Bs A
038 JP Funk Bs B
039 JP Funk Bs C
040 JP Pop Bs A
041 JP Pop Bs B

042 JP Pop Bs C
043 JP Frls Bs A
044 JP Frls Bs B
045 JP Frls Bs C
046 JP Pick Bs A
047 JP Pick Bs B
048 JP Pick Bs C
049 JP Rock Bs A
050 JP Rock Bs B
051 JP Rock Bs C
052 JP 6StrBs pA
053 JP 6StrBs pB
054 JP 6StrBs pC
055 JP 6StrBs fA
056 JP 6StrBs fB
057 JP 6StrBs fC
058 JP Ac.Bs p A
059 JP Ac.Bs p B
060 JP Ac.Bs p C
061 JP Ac.Bs f A
062 JP Ac.Bs f B
063 JP Ac.Bs f C
064 Sld&Nz MENU
065 Slides MENU
066 E.Bs Nz MENU
067 A.Bs Nz MENU
068 MM Slide 1
069 MM Slide 2
070 AL Slide
071 JP Slide 1
072 JP Slide 2
073 JP Slide 3
074 AL Nz 1
075 AL Nz 2
076 AL Nz 3
077 AL Nz4
078 AL Nz 5
079 AL Nz 6
080 AL Nz 7
081 AL Nz 8

1997 Roland Corporation U.S.

082 AL Nz 9
083 JP Frls Nz 1
084 JP Frls Nz 2
085 JP Frls Nz 3
086 JP Frls Nz 4
087 JP Ac.Nz 1
088 JP Ac.Nz 2
089 JP Ac.Nz 3
090 JP Ac.Nz 4
091 DrumGrv MENU
092 BWJz 6/8
093 BW Brush
094 AL Slam
095 AL Whack
096 AL Grunge
097 BW Swamp
098 BW Latin
099 BW Fusion
100 AL Funk
101 ALShuff.
102 Kik&CymSet1
103 Kik&CymSet2
104 Kik&CymSet3
105 Kik&CymSet4
106 Kik&CymSet5
107 Kik&CymSet6
108 Kik&CymSet7
109 Kik&CymSet8
110 Kik&CymSet9
111 Kik&CymSet10
112 Kik&CymSet11
113 Kik&CymSet12
114 Kik&CymSet13
115 SNR SET 1p
116 SNR SET 1f
117 SNR SET 2p
118 SNR SET 2f
119 SNR SET 3p
120 SNR SET 3f
121 SNR SET 4p

122 SNR SET 4f
123 SNR SET 5p
124 SNR SET 5f
125 SNR SET 6p
126 SNR SET 6f
127 SNR SET 7p
128 SNR SET 7f
129 SNR SET 8p
130 SNR SET 3f
131 SNR SET 9p
132 SNR SET 9f
133 SNR SET 10p
134 SNR SET 10f
135 SNR SET 11p
136 SNR SET 11f
137 HAT SET 1p
138 HAT SET 1f
139 HAT SET 1pdl
140 HAT SET 2p
141 HAT SET 2f
142 HAT SET 2pdl
143 HAT SET 3
144 TOM SET 1p
145 TOM SET 1f
146 TOM SET 2
147 TOM SET 3p
148 TOM SET 3f
149 KIK MENU
150 Meat K
151 Boomer K1
152 Boomer K2
153 Medium K
154 Deep Dry K
155 Real Dry K1
156 Real Dry K2
157 Real Dry K3
158 Stomp K
159 Comp K1
160 Comp K2
161 Comp K3

SR-JV80-10 Faxback # 10165

:DYHIRUP/LVWLQJ
162 Lo-Fi K
163 SNR MENU 1
164 SNR MENU 2
165 SNR MENU 3
166 Ring sft Sn
167 Ring hrd Sn
168 Ring rol Sn
169 Ring flm Sn
170 SlamRm sftSn
171 SlamRm hrdSn
172 Slam Rm rolSn
173 SlamRm flmSn
174 SlmDry sftSn
175 SlmDry hrdSn
176 Dry sft Sn
177 Dry hrd Sn
178 Dry rol Sn
179 Dry flm Sn
180 RockOn Sn 1
181 RockOn Sn 2
182 Verb sft Sn
183 Verb hrd Sn
184 Warm sft Sn
185 Warm hrd Sn
186 Warm flm Sn
187 DryFat sftSn
188 DryFat hrdSn
189 DryFat rolSn
190 DryFat flmSn
191 Funk Sn1
192 Funk Sn2
193 Picc. sft Sn
194 Picc. mid Sn
195 Picc. hrd Sn
196 Picc. rol Sn
197 Picc. flm Sn
198 Choke Sn
199 LiteVerb Sn
200 Live Stick
201 NaturalStick

202 Click Stick
203 HAT MENiU
204 18 Hat pdl
205 18 Hat cls 1
206 18 Hat cls 2
207 18 Hat hlf 1
208 18 Hat hlf 2
209 18 Hat opn1
210 18 Hat opn2
211 16 Hat pdl
212 16 Hat cls 1
213 16 Hat cls 2
214 16 Hat hlf 1
215 16 Hat hlf 2
216 16 Hat opn 1
217 16 Hat opn 2
218 CR78 Hat cls
219 CR78 Hat opn
220 TOM MENU
221 16 MPL sftTm
222 16 MPL hrdTm
223 13 MPL sftTm
224 13 MPL hrdTm
225 12 MPL sftTm
226 12 MPL hrdTm
227 10 MPL sftTm
228 10 MPL hrdTm
229 Soft Low Tom
230 Soft Mid Tom
231 Soft Hi Tom
232 LoVerb sftTm
233 LoVerb hrdTm
234 HiVerb sftTm
235 HiVerb hrdTm
236 CYM MENU
237 Long Crash 1
238 Long Crash 2
239 Long Ride 1
240 Long Ride 2
241 LngRide Bell

Bass & Drums Expansion Board



NQPSMTR 7HFKQR&ROOHFWLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Teknoperator(132)
Transmission(144)
X-Tronic Jam(120)
Dirt Jungle(160)
DJ Spinnin(151)
Zipper Beat(151)
Tribal House(151)
Obsession(144)
Sonic Empire(144)
Double Dutch(140
E-tronicBoom(116)
Chillout=->(116)
MecaTrip-Hop(90)
Hero Beat(90)
Hit House(120)
Voco Groove(122)
Hell Fire(151)
Lo:BD Hi:HH(144)
Detroit+Perc(132)
Crossfader(120)
Soft & Hard(120)
Space Shake(130)
Under Ether(85)
Confusion(147)
Amsterdamer(184)
House that?(120)
Phrase Menu
Cyber-Trance
Creator
Etherality
Unplugged
Acid Melt
Brain Waves
1ShotGroove
FirstContact
Ambient S/H
Deep Machine
Big Blue
TeeBee V/Sw
303 Agressor
TB or not TB
HiLo303ModSw
2Square Bass
303 HollowBs
303 Bass

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1997 Roland Corporation U.S.

TB Saw Bass
303 Ow Bass
TB Square 1
TB Square 2
TB Square 3
Solid Bass 1
Solid Bass 2
FM Tube Bass
Drum’m’Bass
Sub Bass
Dirty Bass
Gate Me Buzz
Coprex Bass
Bass Invader
Ovdrive Bass
Housy Bella
Bassic Needs
Raver Bass 1
Raver Bass 2
Jericho Bass
Slippy Bass
Rise Bass
Cyber Bass
SH-2000 Bass
FM Bass
Razor Bass
SquelchyBass
RaversBass
Compu Bass
Jump Bass
VocoBass
Vocoder Menu
1.2.3.4. BPM
TeknoMusic
Retrocoder
u/i/e/o V/Sw
Talk Box 1
Talk Box 2
VT Vox
Artificial
BariVoise
After D !
ARPsychea
Vintage Call
HarmoChimer

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

Ring Bell
260 & JUNO
260 MIDI
SquareKeys 2
Pure Sine
Ambient ORG
JX Planet
Clavi-Club
Sweep Clav 2
Square Tek
Retro Party
Rave Nature
Alias Square
Dirty Stack
Phenomena
Music Hi
Euro-Dance 1
Euro Dance 2
Dance Stack
Raver Blade
White Gloves
Touchdown
Rave Station
Time Warp
Thin Rave
Igor Circus
Alpha Zone
Stars March
JP Velo -Saw
Rich Teeth
After Saw
Saw Cocktail
Poly Message
Xpressive
Earblower
Cutting Edge
Stalactica
LA Heaven
Euforia
Labo-Feedbak
Banded Jupe
Killer Pad
Mystic Pad
D-Mention
X-hale

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Sirena
After’s Pad
Warmer Pad
Phatt Pad
OB Sweep Pad
Murk Pad
Dense Floor
SecretMelody
Vaporish
Vintage Revo
Liquid Sky
Exploration
Drama Pad
Vapor Style
JP-6 Style
Obilator
Glamour
Medium Solo
Singing’Mini
Analog Flute
SH-5 Bs/Lead
Classy Pulse
Jupiter-6 Ld
Just Lovely
DJ Devil
Simply June
Mr.Raw SAW
Crispy Lead
Dirty Lead 2
Disto Stack
Velo Chees
Noiz Mania
Power Mutes
V-Beep
Freaky Fry
SQ Formule
DirtyOrgan 2
Oldies Organ
Edgy Organ
Juno Organ
Space Org X
Cabin Organ
Dream Organ
Club Organ
Perc. Organ

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

Organ Stabs
Techno Pizz
Captain Pizz
Pizzatek
Sleepless
th
Mega 5 2
Chord maj7th
Chord min7th
th
5 Dimension
StateXLChord
Sixth Sense
Garage Chord
Chordmaj7/5Planet EKNO
Optimum Rave
Arpege Me
Vtransformer
Analog Attax
Maxi Fuzzy !
Only by FXM
Hit & Run
Photon Attak
Predator
Village Hit
Hardcore Hit
Short Chord
ShortCircuit
SonafaPitch
Flutish SQUR
FazzyCow 808
Blurpy
Static Hit
Hi Attack
TonalTension
Jungle sTabs
Buzz Machine
Zapper
Blip
Iron Hit
Headz Direct
Scratchy Hit
Hit&IndsMenu
GTR FX Menu
GTR Power 1
GTR Power 2

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256

Snr Menu 1
Snr Menu 2
Kick Menu
Hi Hat Menu
Perc Menu
Tom&Cym Menu
Metal Dream
System D
Mayday Ring
Industrial
Tranceporter
Acid Copter
Roll Over
Gimme aBreak
RadicalAbuse
Echodrome
Trance Chime
Altamira
Locko Motif
SpaceFactory
Get Busy
Ayers Rock
Altern Saw
JP-6 Sync
ColdJX
Fancy Pad
Tune Breath
OrchestraGTR
Gtr Sweep
Trilly
Good Bye Spk

SR-JV80-11 Faxback # 10241 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080/2080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 7HFKQR&ROOHFWLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

PHRASE MENU
120: House 1
120: House 2
120: House 3
120: TeknoBNG
144: Tekno BD
144: TeknoHAT
160: Drum’nBS
184: Gabba
132: Detroit
132: Agogo
116: Elect’80
120: Electro 1
138: Electro 2
TB Dst Saw
TB Dist Sqr 1
TB Dist Sqr 2
TB Reso Sqr 1
TB Reso Sqr 2
TB Reso Sqr 3
TB Saw
TB Solid Saw
TB Reso Saw
TB Square 1
TB Square 2
TB Square 3
Octa Bass
Rave Bass
FM Pluck Bs
FM Slide Bs
Solid Bass
Juno-60 Bass
SH-5 Bass
Dirty Bass
Sub Bass
Jungle Bass
JP8000 Saw 1
JP8000 Saw 2
JP-6 Saw
Techno Saw
SH-1 Square
SH-1 Pulse
JP8000 PWM
JP8000 FBK
260 Sub OSC

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1997 Roland Corporation U.S.

Dist Synth
Dist Square
P5 Pipe
FM Garage
JUNO Pluck
Funky Synth
JUNO Bowing
JUNO Synth
JX Synth
Alpha Wave
Killer
Detuned Saw
Fat JP-6
Euro Dance
Noisy 101
Daft Wave
Pizzy Techno
Organ Pizz
Garage Org
FM Club Org
Org Chord
Dist TekGtr1
Dist TekGtr2
GTR FX MENU
JP Siren
Cold Dress
HIT MENU 1
HIT MENU 2
Beam HiQ
Analog Bird
ElectronFall
Retro UFO
Jungle Beep
PC-2 Machine
Dr. Beat
Mental Perc
May Day Perc
PC-2 Spacers
Techno Scene
Pure Psycho
TAO Hit
Thin Beef
Organ Hit 2
INDUST.MENU
PCM Press

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

ElectricDunk
Thrill
Drill Hit
MachineShout
Air Gun
Emergency
Buzzer
Tonality
Aah Formant
Eeh Formant
lih Formant
Ooh Formant
Uuh Formant
Dist Ooh Vox
Talkbox
VOCODER MENU
TOM MENU
TR909 Tom
TR909 DstTom
TR808 Tom
TR606 Tom
TR606 CmpTom
TR707 Tom
TR707 CmpTom
Deep Tom
Kick Tom
Natural Tom
Can Tom
PERCUSS MENU
TR808 Conga1
TR808 Conga2
Surdo mute
Surdo open
TMB&SKR MENU
Tambourine 2
Rattle Tamb
TechnoShaker
Dance Shaker
COW&RIM MENU
TR808Cowbell
TR707Cowbell
CR78 Cowbell
TR272 Agogo
TR909 Rim
TR808 Rim

:DYHIRUP/LVW
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

TR808 RimLng
TR808 Claves
CHH MENU 1
CHH MENU 2
TR909 CHH 1
TR909 CHH 2
TR909 CHH 3
TR808 CHH 1
TR808 CHH 2
TR606 CHH
TR707 CHH
CR78 CHH
Pop CHH
Bristol CHH
PHH MENU
TR909 PHH 1
TR909 PHH 2
TR808 PHH
TR606 PHH
TR707 PHH
OHH MENU
TR909 OHH 1
TR909 OHH 2
TR909 OHH 3
TR909 DstOHH
TR808 OHH
TR606 DstOHH
TR707 OHH
CR78 OHH
R8 OHH
Cym OHH
CYMBAL MENU
TR606 Cym 1
TR606 Cym 2
TR606 DstCym
TR909 Ride
TR909DstRide
TR707 Ride
TR909 Crash
TR909DsCrash
CLAP MENU
TR909 Clap
Ts Clap
Clap Stop
TR707 Clap

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

HC2 Dry Clap
Scratch Clap
Comp Clap
Claptail
SNR MENU 1
SNR MENU 2
SNR MENU 3
SNR MENU 4
SNR MENU 5
TR909 Snr 1
TR909 Snr 2
TR909 Snr 3
TR909 Snr 4
TR909 Snr 5
TR909 Snr 6
TR909 Snr 7
TR808 Snr 1
TR808 Snr 2
TR808 Snr 3
TR808 Snr 4
TR808 Snr 1
TR808 Snr 2
TR808 Snr 3
TR707 Snr 1
TR707 Snr 2
CR78 Snare
Headz Snare
Deep Snare
Fat Snare
Antigua Snr
MC Snr
DJ Snare
Macho Snare
Clap Snare
Rage Snare
Indus Snare
TekRok Snare
Jungle Snr 1
Jungle Snr 2
Jungle Snr 3
Jungle Snr 4
SideStiker
Ragga Snr 2
Lo-Fi Snare
Jungle Snr 5

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Urban Snare
Sim Snare
Roll Snare
KICK MENU 1
KICK MENU 2
TR909 Kick 1
TR909 Kick 2
Plastic BD 1
Plastic BD 2
TR808 Snr 1
TR808 Snr 2
TR808 Snr 3
TR606 Kick 1
TR606 Kick 2
TR707 Kick 1
TR707 Kick 2
Culture Kick
Optic Kick
Lo-Fi BD
Wet Kick
Video Kick
JungleKick 1
Street Kick
Turbo Kick
JungleKick 2
Tekno Kick
Sim Kick
Amsterdam BD
TR909 Dst BD
Roll Kick

SR-JV80-11 Faback # 10240 For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080/2080, JD-990, and XP-50/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR +LS+RS&ROOHFWLRQ%RDUG ;3
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

88:Phat Boyz
89:Saxy Hit
95:Scream!
92:Jazzman
101:TripRide
91:Hop Chop
107:MCnDaHse
123:ColdBuzz
98:Moovin'
95:PhuzzPhat
89:Space Dub
76:DogCatchr
103:Ol'SciFi
61:Crawl'n
74:Mystery
138:Kingston
75:Slicer PB
76:Trip Bump
78:Bacon
73:Back Seat
78:SloMo Grv
80:Squash
80:WahHoo
81:Ringn Kit
81:Wicked
83:HipHpDJ
83:Kick It
83:Vintage 1
85:Slammin
85:Homie
86:Street Bt
82:Urban 2
88:Rastatube
88:HH LoFi
88:Yo!
88:Pumpin'
88:WiddimWet
88:VoxMachin
88:HmBeatBox
88:Blow Hard
88:WaterKing
89:FunkyYeh
89:Funky #&!
89:SnakySplt
90:Dirty Lp

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

90:Dirty Lp
90:Projects
90:Toy LP
90:Effectn'
91:Bender
91:Da Dope!
91:BigBeauty
96:Vintage 2
98:Clubbin'
92:StreetRok
92:Boom Town
92:Wash&Wax
92:Ya Mon
95:Head Bobn
95:Pure Phat
98:Box Beat
98:InsectKng
95:Fractured
95:Go!
96:FunkyBnd
96:Sub-Loop
100:RazrMaid
100:Club Mix
98:Wiggler
104:Respect
108:Gargle
80:Shout Out
134:Come On
136:Echo Mix
150:Ohyea
166:JnglCruz
172:Get Busy
61:Slippery
61:DopedMetl
78:Thin Lead
80:HseShffle
90:LP Piano
88:HoppyJazz
88:AftrHours
89:AlienLoop
90:Gringely
90:The Fedz
90:CatsnMice
92:SlapySlop
92:FourHands

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

92:Skreem It
98:Play W/Me
98:SawBells
85:BumpnNite
Loops Menu 1
Loops Menu 2
Juno Bass 1
Juno Bass 2
Juno Bass 3
Squarz Bass
Da Juno Bass
Juno Bass 4
Sub Bass 2
PhazSub Bass
Arrpy Bass
Growl Bass
Tick Bass 2
Multi Bass 2
Plop Bass
Low Bass
PulsenSub
Whappy Bass
LoPulse Bass
JX Bass
Incarcerated
Twist Bass
808Kick Bass
Bomd Bass
DBass/Lead
Saw Mill
Lo-Fi A.Bass
Hiphop EP 1
Hiphop EP 2
Soft Rhodes2
MellowTrem
Echo Rhodes1
Echo Rhodes2
StackRhodes2
Rotary Rhode
Sweet Rhodes
Hard Rhodes2
Wawa EPiano
Shifter EP
My Duck
Comp Piano

SR-JV80-12

136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Happy Piano
Bad Piano
Roto B
Old Organ 2
Acid D'Organ
Spinning ORG
Buzz Organ
Duck Clav
Mu-Klav
Juno Melody
Weez Synkomp
Doe P. Synth
Cheap Syncom
JUNO Keys
CheepnSquare
Arrpy Synth
JUNO Pluck
R&B Pluck
Dink Melodie
Juno ChoBell
Analog Bells
RadioSymphny
Silky Synthy
JUNOStrings2
SoftStrings2
HorrorString
JU&JP Phase
Juno X
PulsingPhase
Slidin' Bye
Bad Girls
Dummy
Shimmering
40's Chord
30's Tpt
Brass Boyz
Dist Brass
30's BrsFall
Freakout Sax
4Way SaxHits
Lo-Fi Hits
Brass 4 You!
Hit Menu
da Alarm
Ray-gun

Faxback # 10286

-9
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

Scientist
DJ stuff
Skratchy
Cwisp 4 Toot
Eerie Hits
MarchingBand
Spooky Hits
Old Fool
Velo Hit
Killer Bees
Voice Menu
DJ Voc
1234 x4
Big Mouths!
Funky Voxzy
Baby...?
Good eve...?
SubtleAccnts
Dust Bunnies
Gtr Fx Menu
SquelchCry
Dual Crunchy
Chunky Split
Power 2000
Dist-A-Vox
Smooth Strat
WahWahMelo
Solo Sine
Sat.Nite Ld
Lo Budg ld
JUNO Soft Ld
SH-2000 2
JU Reso Ld 1
JU Reso Ld 2
Synfunk Lead
Hard Hat
Sus Harmons
Flying 5th
CheapRomance
BudgetSynfny
Spellcaster
Traf
CrazyBaby
HOP Haunting
Roarn Tibet

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256

Mr.Underhill
PyrmidBuildr
Wippa Snappa
Funky Santa
Breathalizer
Toy Chest
Radio Break
Glass Tracks
Bad Boys
The Heist
Bristol 1
Bristol 2
Evil Storm
Lunar Surf
Dogs Of Doom
Cat Song
Short Waves
Sleepers
SpacePeepers
EarlyEvening
Radioactive
Lift Off!
Swamp World
ScrapDrumKit
Kick Menu
Snare Menu 1
Snare Menu 2
Rim&Clp Menu
HH&Cym Menu
Tom Menu
Perc. Menu

For use with XP-50/60/80 & JV-1080/2080 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR +LS+RS&ROOHFWLRQ%RDUG
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045

Phrase MENU1
Phrase MENU2
Phrase MENU3
61:Slow Grv
75:BoomRvBel
76:TrpHpKikn
78:NinjaBrek
80:Thump Grv
80:MetalHead
81:Ringn Kit
83:Big & Bad
83:HmBeatBx1
83:Poing Snr
85:Homie
85:Snr Wall
86:Street 16
86:Bubbles
88:TrenchTwn
88:Cut Hats
88:Yo!
88:Crackl'n
88:HmBeatBx2
89:BuzyFunky
89:Slamn'Grv
90:Swingn
90:NoizyBoys
90:Swingdirt
91:NotopHpHp
91:Cruis'n
91:Uptown
91:BigBeauty
92:Jazzman
92:Overring
92:Boom Town
92:Too Big
94:Ya Mon
95:Head Bobn
95:Pure Phat
96:PlainJane
96:Jane 2
98:Funkster1
98:Funkster2
104:BigBottm
104:Respect
104:Riddim

046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

108:Gargle
JUNO Bass 1
JUNO Bass Lp
Moogish
JUNO Bass 2
JUNO Bs 2 Lp
Big Saw Bass
Big SawBs 2
JUNO Sine Bs
Pure EP
Org Rhodes
Lo-Fi Wurly
JUNO 60 Buzz
JUNO Pulse 5
Funky JUNO
Mellow JUNO
JUNO Strings
JUNO Str Lp
Dist Gtr Chd
Gtr FX MENU
Wah Gtr Lp 1
Wah Gtr Lp 2
Wah Gtr A
Wah Gtr B
D.GtrUpwhine
Gtr Thumper
Lo-Fi RoomTp
Hit MENU 1
Hit MENU 2
Brass Fall 2
Smear Hit 1
Smear Hit 2
LoFi MinorHt
BrassVox Hit
Brass Hit Lp
Mean Brs Hit
Sax Lick 1
Sax Lick 2
Sax Cry
Sax Blast
Sax Blast Lp
HipHop Alarm
Cuica Hit
Breath Hit
Bauw Hit

091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

SR-JV80-12

ClassicHseHt
JUNO Blip 1
JUNO Blip 2
Sci-Fi 2
Slice of Trp
Rattle Hit
P.Phatt Hit
BD Scratch
SD Scratch
Tape Stop 2
BasicScratch
Scratch Loop
Record Noiz
EFX Tom Lp
Hip Hop Ride
P5 Noise 3
Toy Gun 1
Toy Gun 2
GeigerCountr
GlassBreakLp
Voice MENU 1

Voice MENU 2
Voice MENU 3
1,2,3,4
Kick it!
Come on!
Funky!
Crazy!
DJ!
Go!
Stop!
Good Eve
Yeah!
Dirty Laugh
Female Laugh
Ow!
Pretty Aou!
Singing Ahh
Oh Yeah!
Hoo!
Say Yeah!
Scream!
Baby!
Get on Up
MC!

Faxback # 10288

:DYHIRUP/LVWLQJ
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
15
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

Give it Up
Canvas Laugh
BeatBox Kick
BeatBox Hat
BeatBox Snr1
BeatBox Snr2
BeatBox Rim
BeatBox Kik2
BeatBox Perc
B.Box Shaker
Chiki!
Ahhhhhh
B.Box OpHat
Kick MENU 1
Kick MENU 2
Jungle Kick
Hip Kick
Ninja Kick
Break Kick
Funky Kick
Slamn'Kick 1
Too Big Kick
Boom Kick
FarNear Kick
Slamn'Kick 2
Hall Kick 1
Dance Kick 4
Thump Kick
PurePhatKick
Hall Kick 2
Plastic Kick
ElectricKick
TR808 Kick 3
TR808 KickLp
TR707 Kick 3
Lo-Fi Kick
Snare MENU 1
Snare MENU 2
Snare MENU 3
HpHpJazzySnr
DR Snare 1
DR Snare 2
RealJazz Snr
Ragga Snr 3
HipHop Snr 3

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

TightBoomSnr
Slamn' Snr
PurePhat Snr
R&B Snare
Hi Snare
DR Disco Snr
Cruis'n Snr
Overring Snr
Cut Hats Snr
Scrap Snr
Machine Snr
DanceHallSnr
Dance Snr 1
Big Snare
Flat Snare
HipHop Snr 4
DistortedSnr
Dance Snr 2
Sizzle Snr
Break Snr
Whack Snr 2
Real Snare
TR808 Snr 5
TR808 Snr 6
TR808 Snr 7
TR606 Snr 4
Electro Snr
Echo Snare
TooBig Snr
Rim MENU
Bright Rim
Ragga Rim 1
TR808 Rim 2
Ragga Rim 2
Lo-Fi Rim
Sizzle Rim
Real Rim
Clap MENU
Funk Clap
HipHop Clap
Crackhed
MC Clap
TR909 Clap 2
HH/Cym MENU
Overlord

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Real Hat
Lil' Hat
Garbage Hat
Ninja Hat
Junk Hat
Ragga ClHat
Rock OpHat
HipHopMedHat
CR78 Hat
TR909 OpHat
TR909 Cymbal
TR808 Cymbal
Ragga Crash
Lo-Fi Ride
Tom MENU
TR909 Tom
TR808 Tom
TR606 Tom 2
Electro Tom
Garbage Tom
Perc. MENU
TR808Claves2
TR808 Cowbel
Tamb.Short 2
Tamb. Long 2
CR78 Tamb 2
Jingle Bell
Belltree
Funky Tri
TR727Quijada

For use with JV-80/880/90/1000/1080/2080 and XP-50/60/80 synthesizers.



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH
Patch
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
*7
*8
*9
*10
*11
*12
*13
*14
*15
*16
*17
*18
*19
*20
*21
*22
*23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
*
*
*
*

PC#
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
1
9
17
25
26
33
41
49
88

Display
Burn!
Sesion
NowTek
Quake
Gt&Bas
Vogue
Trash
RimHit
Percus
50sRok
Lite
Scary!
X-Stik
Studio
Stage
Latin
Reggae
DrSolo
Groovy
Live
DaBlus
X-Fade
OdPerc
Stndrd
Room
Power
Electr
TR-808
Jazz
Brush
Orch
User

Name
Burn! Kit
Session kit
Now Tech kit
Quake kit
Guitar&Bass kit
Vogue kit
Trash kit
RimHit kit
Percussion kit
50's Rock kit
Lite kit
Scary! Kit
Cross Stick kit
Studio kit
Stage kit
Latin kit
Reggae kit
Drum Solo kit
Groovy kit
Live kit
The Blues kit
Cross Fade kit
Odd Percussion kit
Standard kit
Room kit
Power kit
Electronic kit
TR-808 kit
Jazz kit
Brushes kit
Orchestra kit
User kit

Pedal Mode
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
Pitch-W
HiHat1
HiHat1
OFF
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
OFF
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
HiHat1
OFF
HiHat2
HiHat2
HiHat2
HiHat2
HiHat2
HiHat2
HiHat
Pitch-N
HiHat1

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

Remark
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
New Kit
GM System GS Format
GS Format
GS Format
GS Format
GS Format
GS Format
GS Format
GS Format

Patch 24 is to be played with the GM Score (Drum Part).
Patches 24-31 are to be played with the GS music data (Drum Part).
To play the TD-7 with an FD-7, change the Hi-hat Control Pedal Mode of Patches 24-30 to HiHat1 (TD-7 Owner's Manual p.66).
Patch 32 is same as patch 24.

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 1of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

1. Burn! [EFFECT1: Room EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
63.Room2.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
70.Solid.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE 1
80.Rock1.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
181.Rock2.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
314.PopCH.H
301.AcoCO.H
4/TOM1
228.Dubl1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
228.Dubl1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
229.Dubl2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
229.Dubl2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
230.Dubl3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
230.Dubl3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
231.Dubl4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
480.RevS.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
335.RRdBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
303.AcoOO.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
25
-

3. NowTek [EFFECT1: Room EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
56.Punch.K
43.Log.K
1/KICK(rim)
56.Punch.K
29.Gate2.K
2/SNARE
196.90's.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
458.LtSht.E
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
309.LaxOH.H
308.LaxCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
309.LaxOH.H
308.LaxCH.H
4/TOM1
208.Ambo1.T
268.Rim1.T
4/TOM1(rim)
208.Ambo1.T
268.Rim1.T
5/TOM2
209.Ambo2.T
269.Rim2.T
5/TOM2(rim)
209.Ambo2.T
269.Rim2.T
6/TOM3
210.Ambo3.T
270.Rim3.T
6/TOM3(rim)
210.Ambo3.T
270.Rim3.T
7/TOM4
211.Ambo4.T
271.Rim4.T
7/TOM4(rim)
211.Ambo4.T
271.Rim4.T
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
333.RidBl.C
8/RIDE(rim)
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
330.Chin1.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
310.LaxPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
MIX 1
MIX 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
29
-

2. Sesion [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
11.Comrc.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
1.AcMpl.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
143.Loos1.S
91.AcoRm.S
2/SNARE(rim)
92.Atak1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
331.Chin2.C
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
CROSS1 8
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CROSS1 8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

4. Quake [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
37.Huge.K
28.Gate1.K
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
182.Room1.S
148.Megal.S
2/SNARE(rim)
122.Explo.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
306.HvyOH.H
305.HvyCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
306.HvyOH.H
308.LaxCH.H
4/TOM1
260.Quak1.T
260.Quak1.T
4/TOM1(rim)
444.Crsh2.E
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
261.Quak2.T
261.Quak2.T
5/TOM2(rim)
477.VbClp.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
262.Quak3.T
262.Quak3.T
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
263.Quak4.T
263.Quak4.T
7/TOM4(rim)
327.Crsh4.C
324.Crsh1.C
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
327.Crsh4.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
307.HvyPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
MIX 1
OFF
MIX 1
OFF
OFF
OFF
MIX 6
OFF
MIX 6
OFF
MIX 6
OFF
MIX 6
MIX 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
26
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

-

Page 2of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

5. Gt&Bas [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
56.Punch.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
130.Hous3.S
501.Gt5Op.E
2/SNARE(rim)
157.Picc2.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
312.LitOH.H
311.LitCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
303.AcoOO.H
301.AcoCO.H
4/TOM1
268.Rim1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
269.Rim2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
426.80Clp.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
270.Rim3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
271.Rim4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
327.Crsh4.C
327.Crsh4.C
8/RIDE
512.Off.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
325.Crsh2.C
9/CRASH(rim)
330.Chin1.C
330.Chin1.C
PEDAL
313.LitPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
MIX 1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW1 8
OFF
MIX 8
MIX 8
SW1 8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
44
45
40
-

7. Trash [EFFECT1: Plate EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
74.Syn2.K
457.Knock.E
1/KICK(rim)
26.Flop.K
400.Ethn2.P
2/SNARE
174.Regg1.S
405.Metl1.P
2/SNARE(rim)
112.Clip.S
129.Hous2.S
3/HI-HAT
315.PopOH.H
308.LaxCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
315.PopOH.H
308.LaxCH.H
4/TOM1
292.Tank1.T
393.BellL.P
4/TOM1(rim)
292.Tank1.T
393.BellL.P
5/TOM2
293.Tank2.T
401.Ethn3.P
5/TOM2(rim)
293.Tank2.T
401.Ethn3.P
6/TOM3
294.Tank3.T
396.Can3.P
6/TOM3(rim)
294.Tank3.T
396.Can3.P
7/TOM4
295.Tank4.T
397.Can4.P
7/TOM4(rim)
295.Tank4.T
397.Can4.P
8/RIDE
337.FeRid.C
349.TriMt.P
8/RIDE(rim)
335.RRdBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
328.Spla1.C
402.Ethn4.P
9/CRASH(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
316.PopPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
OFF
OFF
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
MIX 1
OFF
MIX 1
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

6. Vogue [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
87.909Ac.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
79.TR909.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
192.TR909.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
146.Lt909.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
318.StiOH.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
318.StiOH.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
284.Side1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
284.Side1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
285.Side2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
285.Side2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
286.Side3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
286.Side3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
287.Side4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
287.Side4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
317.StiCH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
30
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

8. RimHit [EFFECT1: Delay EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
36.Hous3.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
129.Hous2.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
111.Chain.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
323.808OH.H
322.808CH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
318.StiOH.H
317.StiCH.H
4/TOM1
272.Ring1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
273.Ring2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
274.Ring3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
275.Ring4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
454.HiQ.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
459.Nois1.E
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
501.Gt5Op.E
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
501.Gt5Op.E
512.Off.E
PEDAL
310.LaxPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
45
46
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

-

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 3of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

9. Percus [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
387.SrdMt.P
388.SrdOp.P
1/KICK(rim)
387.SrdMt.P
388.SrdOp.P
2/SNARE
384.PndOp.P
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
383.PndMt.P
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
350.TriOp.P
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT(rim)
349.TriMt.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1
359.CgHOp.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
363.Talk.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
362.CgLOp.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
357.CgHMt.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
364.TimbH.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
365.TimbL.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
329.Spla2.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
369.Gui1L.P
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
368.Gui1S.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
377.WhisS.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
378.WhisL.P
512.Off.E
PEDAL
367.Vibsl.P
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
SW1 6
SW1 6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
43
43
43
43
-

11. Lite [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
35.Hous2.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
35.Hous2.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
128.Hous1.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
139.Lite1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
318.StiOH.H
314.PopCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
318.StiOH.H
314.PopCH.H
4/TOM1
284.Side1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
284.Side1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
285.Side2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
285.Side2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
286.Side3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
286.Side3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
287.Side4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
287.Side4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
336.BrRid.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
337.FeRid.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
317.StiCH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
42
-

10. 50sRok [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
40.Jazz.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
58.Real.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
178.Ring.S
91.AcoRm.S
2/SNARE(rim)
91.AcoRm.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
204.Acou1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
204.Acou1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
205.Acou2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
205.Acou2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
206.Acou3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
206.Acou3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
207.Acou4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
207.Acou4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
335.RRdBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
MIX 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
28
-

12. Scary! [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
347.CnBDO.P
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
441.BnSaw.E
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
439.Arc.E
464.Pipe.E
2/SNARE(rim)
401.Ethn3.P
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
465.Rand1.E
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT(rim)
483.RevC2.E
512.Off.E
4/TOM1
464.Pipe.E
464.Pipe.E
4/TOM1(rim)
439.Arc.E
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
465.Rand1.E
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
439.Arc.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
450.Gun1.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
342.Tamb1.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
442.CnAmb.E
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
452.Gun3.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
472.Sonar.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
459.Nois1.E
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
452.Gun3.E
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
463.Phase.E
512.Off.E
PEDAL
439.Arc.E
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
MIX 6
OFF
OFF
OFF
MIX 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 4of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

13. X-Stik [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
22.EzPlw.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
11.Comrc.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
200.HicSt.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
201.MplSt.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
315.PopOH.H
314.PopCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
315.PopOH.H
314.PopCH.H
4/TOM1
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
316.PopPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
36
-

15. Stage [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
28.Gate1.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
4.Bottm.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
151.MpRck.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
186.SprWk.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
306.HvyOH.H
314.PopCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
306.HvyOH.H
314.PopCH.H
4/TOM1
240.Grnd1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
240.Grnd1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
241.Grnd2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
241.Grnd2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
242.Grnd3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
242.Grnd3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
243.Grnd4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
243.Grnd4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
335.RRdBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
310.LaxPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
26
-

14. Studio [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
22.EzPlw.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
11.Comrc.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
153.Nshvl.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
91.AcoRm.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
315.PopOH.H
314.PopCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
315.PopOH.H
314.PopCH.H
4/TOM1
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
316.PopPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
38
-

16. Latin [EFFECT1: Plate EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
410.TaikL.P
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
367.Vibsl.P
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
390.DjmbH.P
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
391.DjmbL.P
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
368.Gui1S.P
369.Gui1L.P
3/HI-HAT(rim)
367.Vibsl.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1
364.TimbH.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
365.TimbL.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
353.BngHM.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
356.BngLO.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
358.CgHSl.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
359.CgHOp.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
362.CgLOp.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
363.Talk.P
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
393.BellL.P
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
392.BellH.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
378.WhisL.P
512.Off.E
PEDAL
367.Vibsl.P
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
MIX 6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
41
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 5of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

17. Reggae [EFFECT1: Delay EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
55.Pinch.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
12.Deep.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
200.HicSt.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
174.Regg1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
364.TimbH.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
365.TimbL.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
477.VbClp.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
289.Surd2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
290.Surd3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
327.Crsh4.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
39
-

19. Groovy [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
43.Log.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
131.HsDpn.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
117.Dance.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
318.StiOH.H
317.StiCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
323.808OH.H
322.808CH.H
4/TOM1
236.Flot1.T
466.Rand2.E
4/TOM1(rim)
329.Spla2.C
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
238.Flot3.T
463.Phase.E
5/TOM2(rim)
426.80Clp.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
468.ScrPs.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
469.ScrPl.E
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
43.Log.K
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
450.Gun1.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
454.HiQ.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
445.Drop.E
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
449.Glass.E
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
328.Spla1.C
330.Chin1.C
PEDAL
317.StiCH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
MIX 1
OFF
MIX 1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
MIX 8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
32
31
-

18. DrSolo [EFFECT1: Delay EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
81.VbSld.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
181.Rock2.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
91.AcoRm.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
309.LaxOH.H
308.LaxCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
303.AcoOO.H
301.AcoCO.H
4/TOM1
240.Grnd1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
240.Grnd1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
241.Grnd2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
241.Grnd2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
242.Grnd3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
242.Grnd3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
243.Grnd4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
243.Grnd4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
334.RRide.C
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
324.Crsh1.C
325.Crsh2.C
9/CRASH(rim)
330.Chin1.C
331.Chin2.C
PEDAL
310.LaxPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CROSS18
MIX
8
SW1
8
SW1
8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
48
48

20. Live [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
9.CmAco.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
178.Ring.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
91.AcoRm.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
309.LaxOH.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
309.LaxOH.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
228.Dubl1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
228.Dubl1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
229.Dubl2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
229.Dubl2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
230.Dubl3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
230.Dubl3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
231.Dubl4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
231.Dubl4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
334.RRide.C
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
330.Chin1.C
9/CRASH(rim)
330.Chin1.C
326.Crsh3.C
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 6of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

21. DaBlus [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
2.Acous.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
143.Loos1.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
171.Real3.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
303.AcoOO.H
301.AcoCO.H
4/TOM1
204.Acou1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
205.Acou2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
426.80Clp.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
206.Acou3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
207.Acou4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
324.Crsh1.C
324.Crsh1.C
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
334.RRide.C
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
326.Crsh3.C
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
331.Chin2.C
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW1
8
CROSS1 8
MIX
8
MIX
8
MIX
8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
34
-

23. OdPerc [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
340.CowH.P
388.SrdOp.P
1/KICK(rim)
361.CgLSl.P
388.SrdOp.P
2/SNARE
384.PndOp.P
383.PndMt.P
2/SNARE(rim)
381.CuiMt.P
384.PndOp.P
3/HI-HAT
463.Phase.E
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT(rim)
460.Nois2.E
512.Off.E
4/TOM1
413.TompL.P
465.Rand1.E
4/TOM1(rim)
397.Can4.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
412.TompH.P
465.Rand1.E
5/TOM2(rim)
419.78Tmb.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
409.TaikH.P
408.OpenL.P
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
346.CnBDM.P
347.CnBDO.P
7/TOM4(rim)
449.Glass.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
427.80Cow.P
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
397.Can4.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
419.78Tmb.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
400.Ethn2.P
512.Off.E
PEDAL
372.Mracs.P
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
MIX 6
MIX 6
CROSS1 8
MIX 3
OFF
OFF
MIX 5
OFF
MIX 4
OFF
MIX 7
OFF
MIX 8
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

22. X-Fade [EFFECT1: Room EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
18.Dry4.K
47.MdVrb.K
1/KICK(rim)
14.DpRom.K
25.Floor.K
2/SNARE
191.TR808.S
115.Crack.S
2/SNARE(rim)
171.Real3.S
162.Punch.S
3/HI-HAT
320.TipOH.H
321.TipPH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
320.TipOH.H
321.TipPH.H
4/TOM1
244.Lite1.T
280.Room1.T
4/TOM1(rim)
244.Lite1.T
280.Room1.T
5/TOM2
245.Lite2.T
281.Room2.T
5/TOM2(rim)
245.Lite2.T
281.Room2.T
6/TOM3
246.Lite3.T
282.Room3.T
6/TOM3(rim)
246.Lite3.T
282.Room3.T
7/TOM4
247.Lite4.T
283.Room4.T
7/TOM4(rim)
247.Lite4.T
283.Room4.T
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
333.RidBl.C
8/RIDE(rim)
334.RRide.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
329.Spla2.C
325.Crsh2.C
9/CRASH(rim)
325.Crsh2.C
330.Chin1.C
PEDAL
321.TipPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 6
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 6
OFF
OFF
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 8
CROSS1 7
CROSS1 7
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
40
-

24.Stndrd [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
54.Pillw.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
138.LAFat.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
169.Real1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
334.RRide.C
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
326.Crsh3.C
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
331.Chin2.C
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CROSS1 8
MIX 8
MIX 8
MIX 8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
37
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 7of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

25. Room [EFFECT1: Room EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
61.Revrb.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
12.Deep.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
181.Rock2.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
168.RckRm.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
276.Rock1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
276.Rock1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
277.Rock2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
277.Rock2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
278.Rock3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
278.Rock3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
279.Rock4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
279.Rock4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
47
-

27. Electr [EFFECT1: Room EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
19.Elec1.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
39.HQ808.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
124.Fiber.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
112.Clip.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
318.StiOH.H
317.StiCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
318.StiOH.H
317.StiCH.H
4/TOM1
232.Elec1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
232.Elec1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
233.Elec2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
233.Elec2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
234.Elec3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
234.Elec3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
235.Elec4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
235.Elec4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
335.RRdBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
317.StiCH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
26
-

26. Power [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
48.Mondo.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
25.Floor.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
165.Rckin.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
127.Hard.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
306.HvyOH.H
314.PopCH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
306.HvyOH.H
314.PopCH.H
4/TOM1
280.Room1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
280.Room1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
281.Room2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
281.Room2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
282.Room3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
282.Room3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
283.Room4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
283.Room4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
334.RRide.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
335.RRdBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
325.Crsh2.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
307.HvyPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
27
-

28. TR-808 [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
78.TR808.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
57.Rap.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
191.TR808.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
133.Hyper.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
323.808OH.H
322.808CH.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
323.808OH.H
322.808CH.H
4/TOM1
296.808-1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
296.808-1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
297.808-2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
297.808-2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
298.808-3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
298.808-3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
299.808-4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
299.808-4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE 3
32.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
322.808CH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
40
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 8of 9



NQPSMTR 7'77XUER3HUFXVVLRQ6RXQG0RGXOH

3DWFK/LVWLQJ

29. Jazz [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
40.Jazz.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
22.EzPlw.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
143.Loos1.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
169.Real1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
224.Dry1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
224.Dry1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
225.Dry2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
225.Dry2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
230.Dubl3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
230.Dubl3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
231.Dubl4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
231.Dubl4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
33
-

31. Orch [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
346.CnBDM.P
347.CnBDO.P
1/KICK(rim)
346.CnBDM.P
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
169.Real1.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
171.Real3.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
344.Cast1.P
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT(rim)
342.Tamb1.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1
348.Timpa.P
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
348.Timpa.P
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
348.Timpa.P
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
348.Timpa.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
498.OrHit.E
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
377.WhisS.P
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
378.WhisL.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
350.TriOp.P
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
349.TriMt.P
512.Off.E
PEDAL
348.Timpa.P
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
SW1 7
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

30. Brush [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Chorus]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
40.Jazz.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
21.Ez.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
99.BrRl2.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
101.BrSl1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
220.Brsh1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
328.Spla1.C
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
221.Brsh2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
101.BrSl1.S
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
222.Brsh3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
340.CowH.P
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
223.Brsh4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
327.Crsh4.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
336.BrRid.C
512.Off.E
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH
336.BrRid.C
512.Off.E
9/CRASH(rim)
337.FeRid.C
512.Off.E
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
35
-

32. User [EFFECT1: Hall EFFECT2: Flanger]
TRIGGER
SOUND1
SOUND2
1/KICK
54.Pillw.K
512.Off.E
1/KICK(rim)
15.Dry1.K
512.Off.E
2/SNARE
138.LAFat.S
512.Off.E
2/SNARE(rim)
169.Real1.S
512.Off.E
3/HI-HAT
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
3/HI-HAT(rim)
302.AcoOI.H
300.AcoCI.H
4/TOM1
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
4/TOM1(rim)
264.Real1.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
5/TOM2(rim)
265.Real2.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
6/TOM3(rim)
266.Real3.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
7/TOM4(rim)
267.Real4.T
512.Off.E
8/RIDE
332.Ride.C
334.RRide.C
8/RIDE(rim)
333.RidBl.C
335.RRdBl.C
9/CRASH
326.Crsh3.C
326.Crsh3.C
9/CRASH(rim)
331.Chin2.C
331.Chin2.C
PEDAL
304.AcoPH.H
512.Off.E

Layer
TYPE MIX
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
CROSS1 8
MIX 8
MIX 8
MIX 8
OFF

Seq.
Pat. No.
-

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

TD-7T Patch Listing Faxback # 10306

Page 9of 9



NQPSMTR 9(5'9RLFH([SDQVLRQ%RDUG
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Name
St.Concert 1
St.Concert 2
St.Concert 3
St.Concert 4
St.Concert 5
St.Concert 6
St.Concert 7
St.Concert 8
St.Concertff
St.SemiGrd 1
St.SemiGrd 2
St.SemiGrd 3
St.SemiGrd 4
Euro Piano 1
Euro Piano 2
Euro Piano 3
Euro Piano 4
Full Grand 1
Full Grand 2
Full Grand 3
Full Grand 4
Full Grand 5
Full Grand 6
Semi Grand1
Semi Grand 2
Semi Grand 3
Semi Grand 4
Semi Grand 5
Semi Grand 6
JV80 Piano 1
JV80 Piano 2
JV80 Piano 3

V
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

No.
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

Name
SA E.Grand 1
SA E.Grand 2
CP E.Grand
SA Rhodes 1
SA Rhodes 2
Suitcase
STAGE Rhodes
Mr.Suitcase
Rhodes p
Rhodes m
Rhodes f
DynoRhodes 1
DynoRhodes 2
Wurly
Wurly p
Wurly mf
Wurly f
D-50 EPianol
D-50 EPiano2
D-50 Stack
Like Dee
FM EPiano 1
FM EPiano 2
FM EP 3_1
FM EP 3_2
FM EP 3_3
FM EP 3_4
B-3 Organ 1
B-3 Organ 2
B-3 Organ 3
B-3 Organ 4
60s Organ 1

V
1
3
2
2
3
2
1
3
1
1
1
3
3
1
2
2
2
1
2
4
2
3
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1

No.
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
99
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

Name
60s Organ 2
Sqr Organ
Vibe
Warm Vibes
AmbienceVibe
Dvna Marimba
Clav 1
Clav 2
Clav 3
Juno Clav
Poly Synth
Pulse Key 1
Pulse Key 2
Square Key
St.Strings
Warm Strings
Slow Strings
Strings
0B Thick Pad
OB Soft Pad
Soft Pad
Pulse Pad
SynStrings 1
SynStrings 2
SynStrings 3
After Rave
JP-8Haunting
Synth Brass1
Synth Brass2
Synth Brass3
Synth Brass4
Dawn 2 Dusk

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
V
1
2
2
2
3
1
2
2
2
1
2
3
1
2
2
2
2
1
3
3
1
4
2
2
1
2
4
2
1
1
1
3

No.
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

Name
Square Pad
EPno Pad
7th Sand
Sweep Pad
A90 Prologue
A90 Rand Pad
LFO Strings
A-90 Aurora
A-90 Waltz
A-90 Strobe
Fooled Again
Beauty Vox
Syn Vox 1
Syn Vox 2
Angel Ooohz
Heaven
Sawteeth
Pulse Lead
Synth Lead 1
Synth Lead 2
GR Lead
20 Years ago
SquareLead
Finger Bass1
Finger Bass2
Pick Bass
Ac.Bass
Wonder Bass
Super JX Bs
Synth Bass
Rubber Bass
PedalBass

V
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
3
4
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
3
4
2
1
2
3
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
2

V = number of voices used

1996 Roland Corporation U.S.

VE-RD1

Faxback # 10275

For use with A-90. Included in A-90EX.



NQPSMTR ;3,QWHUQDO%DQN
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

Name
Tones
West Coast
4
Mission LFO
4
Dusk 2 Dawn
4
Purple Spin
4
20 Years ago
3
Symphonique
4
Clear Guitar
3
Gamelan v/s.
4
Cyber Swing1
4
Taj Mahal
1
Resosaw Bass
2
Impact
4
Rock It !!!
2
Vocal Phrase
3
Raverborg
4
ORBit Pad
2
Bs/Pno+Brs
4
Clarinet mp
1
Aurora
4
Nice Piano
3
Heirborne
4
ChamberWoods
3
Raggatronic
4
PCMEFXHEAVY
2
LetterFrmPat
4
Hillbillys
4
Gospel Spin
3
Biosphere
2
JUNO Strings
3
System 100m
3
Tortured
4
Flying Waltz
4
Sop.Sax mf
2
Dist TB-303
2
Ring EP
3
Rezoid
4
JC Strat
1
Blade Racer
4
PWM Strings
3
Brass Orch.
3

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

Name
Alternative
FM Bells
Saw Mass
Steel Away
Poly Pulse
Velo Tekno 2
Tone Wh.Solo
Thin Dist.
JP-8Haunting
Jz Gtr Hall
Vanishing
Harmonica
Wave Bells
Film Octaves
Sawteeth
AugerMentive
JD Ghostrngs
SA Rhodes 1
3D Flanged
Ac.Upright
Poly Brass
Stepped Pad
Sax Section
Albion
St.Strings
AmbienceVibe
LFO Strings
AltoLead Sax
Jet Pad 2
Childlike
D-50 Stack2
Pulse Key
Velo-Wah Gtr
3D-Space
Sitar
Big BPF
Plik-Plok
PsychoRhodes
Bass Marimba
MandolinTrem

Tones
2
3
4
3
4
2
3
1
4
1
1
2
4
4
3
3
4
4
1
1
3
4
4
2
2
4
2
3
2
4
4
3
1
4
2
4
2
2
4
4

3DWFK/LVWLQJ
No.
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

Name
Poly Saws
Pulse Pad
Nylon Gtr
Majestic Tpt
Terminate
SquareLead 1
House Piano
Fooled Again
Pick Bass
Wide Tubular
Velo-Rez Clv
Delicate EP
Velo Tekno 1
Running Pad
Archimede
Stage Egrand
Nylon Rhodes
1key Chord
Finger Bass
Slow Voices
4 Hits 4 You
Brass Sect
Sqr Organ
Atmosfear
Tenor Sax
Acid 404
Mellow Bars
Raver Clav
Air Lead
Raya Shaku
Greek Power
Pure Tibet
Wavin Strngs
Chambers
Nomad Perc
Horn Swell
Claviduck
Night Shade
VOX Flute
Dark Vox

XP-60/80 Patch Listing Faxback # 10278

Tones
4
4
1
1
3
3
2
1
1
4
1
2
3
4
3
4
4
3
1
3
4
4
2
3
4
1
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
3
4
2
4
4
2

No.
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

Name
Bass Pizz
Full Orchest
esreveR
Loop Str
12str Gtr 1
Gone withe W
Trance Pad 1
Fantasy Vox

Tones
4
4
3
4
2
3
2
4

5/98



NQPSMTR ;30XVLF:RUNVWDWLRQ
No.
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A

Name
1 : Ac Piano1 A
2 : Ac Piano1 B
3 : Ac Piano1 C
4 : Ac Piano2 pA
5 : Ac Piano2 pB
6 : Ac Piano2 pC
7 : Ac Piano2 fA
8 : Ac Piano2 fB
9 : Ac Piano2 fC
10 : Piano Thump
11 : Piano Up TH
12 : MKS-20 P3 A
13 : MKS-20 P3 B
14 : MKS-20 P3 C
15 : SA Rhodes 1A
16 : SA Rhodes 1B
17 : SA Rhodes 1C
18 : SA Rhodes 2A
19 : SA Rhodes 2B
20 : SA Rhodes 2C
21 : E.Piano 1A
22 : E.Piano 1B
23 : E.Piano 1C
24 : E.Piano 2A
25 : E.Piano 2B
26 : E.Piano 2C
27 : E.Piano 3A
28 : E.Piano 3B
29 : E.Piano 3C
30 : MK-80 EP A
31 : MK-80 EP B
32 : MK-80 EP C
33 : D-50 EP A
34 : D-50 EP B
35 : D-50 EP C
36 : Celesta
37 : Music Box
38 : Clav 1A
39 : Clav 1B
40 : Clav 1C

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No.
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A
INT-A

Name
41 : Organ 1
42 : Jazz Organ 1
43 : Jazz Organ 2
44 : Organ 2
45 : Organ 3
46 : Organ 4
47 : Rock Organ
48 : Dist. Organ
49 : Rot.Org Slw
50 : Rot.Org Fst
51 : Pipe Organ
52 : Nylon Gtr A
53 : Nylon Gtr B
54 : Nylon Gtr C
55 : 6-Str Gtr A
56 : 6-Str Gtr B
57 : 6-Str Gtr C
58 : Gtr Harm A
59 : Gtr Harm B
60 : Gtr Harm C
61 : Comp Gtr A
62 : Comp Gtr B
63 : Comp Gtr C
64 : Comp Gtr A+
65 : Mute Gtr 1
66 : Mute Gtr 2A
67 : Mute Gtr 2B
68 : Mute Gtr 2C
69 : Pop Strat A
70 : Pop Strat B
71 : Pop Strat C
72 : Jazz Gtr A
73 : Jazz Gtr B
74 : Jazz Gtr C
75 : JC Strat A
76 : JC Strat B
77 : JC Strat C
78 : JC Strat A+
79 : JC Strat B+
80 : JC Strat C+

No.
Name
INT-A 81 : Clean Gtr A
INT-A 82 : Clean Gtr B
INT-A 83 : Clean Gtr C
INT-A 84 : Stratus A
INT-A 85 : Stratus B
INT-A 86 : Stratus C
INT-A 87 : OD Gtr A
INT-A 88 : OD Gtr B
INT-A 89 : OD Gtr C
INT-A 90 : OD Gtr A+
INT-A 91 : Heavy Gtr A
INT-A 92 : Heavy Gtr B
INT-A 93 : Heavy Gtr C
INT-A 94 : Heavy Gtr A+
INT-A 95 : Heavy Gtr B+
INT-A 96 : Heavy Gtr C+
INT-A 97 : PowerChord A
INT-A 98 : PowerChord B
INT-A 99 : PowerChord C
INT-A 100 : EG Harm
INT-A 101 : Gt.FretNoise
INT-A 102 : Syn Gtr A
INT-A 103 : Syn Gtr B
INT-A 104 : Syn Gtr C
INT-A 105 : Harp 1A
INT-A 106 : Harp 1B
INT-A 107 : Harp 1C
INT-A 108 : Banjo A
INT-A 109 : Banjo B
INT-A 110 : Banjo C
INT-A 111 : Sitar A
INT-A 112 : Sitar B
INT-A 113 : Sitar C
INT-A 114 : Dulcimer A
INT-A 115 : Dulcimer B
INT-A 116 : Dulcimer C
INT-A 117 : Shamisen A
INT-A 118 : Shamisen B
INT-A 119 : Shamisen C
INT-A 120 : Koto A

XP-60/80 Waveform List Faxback # 10279

:DYHIRUP/LVW
No.
Name
INT-A 121 : Koto B
INT-A 122 : Koto C
INT-A 123 : Pick Bass A
INT-A 124 : Pick Bass B
INT-A 125 : Pick Bass C
INT-A 126 : Fingerd Bs A
INT-A 127 : Fingerd Bs B
INT-A 128 : Fingerd Bs C
INT-A 129 : E.Bass
INT-A 130 : Fretless A
INT-A 131 : Fretless B
INT-A 132 : Fretless C
INT-A 133 : UprightBs 1
INT-A 134 : UprightBs 2A
INT-A 135 : UprightBs 2B
INT-A 136 : UprightBs 2C
INT-A 137 : Slap Bass 1
INT-A 138 : Slap & Pop
INT-A 139 : Slap Bass 2
INT-A 140 : Slap Bass 3
INT-A 141 : Jz.Bs Thumb
INT-A 142 : Jz.Bs Slap 1
INT-A 143 : Jz.Bs Slap 2
INT-A 144 : Jz.Bs Slap 3
INT-A 145 : Jz.Bs Pop
INT-A 146 : Syn Bass A
INT-A 147 : Syn Bass C
INT-A 148 : Mini Bs 1A
INT-A 149 : Mini Bs 1B
INT-A 150 : Mini Bs 1C
INT-A 151 : Mini Bs 2
INT-A 152 : Mini Bs 2+
INT-A 153 : MC-202 Bs A
INT-A 154 : MC-202 Bs B
INT-A 155 : MC-202 Bs C
INT-A 156 : Flute 1A
INT-A 157 : Flute 1B
INT-A 158 : Flute 1C
INT-A 159 : Blow Pipe
INT-A 160 : Bottle

5/98



NQPSMTR ;30XVLF:RUNVWDWLRQ
No.
Name
INT-A 161 : Shakuhachi
INT-A 162 : Clarinet A
INT-A 163 : Clarinet B
INT-A 164 : Clarinet C
INT-A 165 : Oboe mf A
INT-A 166 : Oboe mf B
INT-A 167 : Oboe mf C
INT-A 168 : Sop.Sax mf A
INT-A 169 : Sop.Sax mf B
INT-A 170 : Sop.Sax mf C
INT-A 171 : Alto Sax 1A
INT-A 172 : Alto Sax 1B
INT-A 173 : Alto Sax 1C
INT-A 174 : Tenor Sax A
INT-A 175 : Tenor Sax B
INT-A 176 : Tenor Sax C
INT-A 177 : Bari.Sax f A
INT-A 178 : Bari.Sax f B
INT-A 179 : Bari.Sax f C
INT-A 180 : Harmonica A
INT-A 181 : Harmonica B
INT-A 182 : Harmonica C
INT-A 183 : Chanter
INT-A 184 : Tpt Sect. A
INT-A 185 : Tpt Sect. B
INT-A 186 : Tpt Sect. C
INT-A 187 : Trumpet 1A
INT-A 188 : Trumpet 1B
INT-A 189 : Trumpet 1C
INT-A 190 : Trumpet 2A
INT-A 191 : Trumpet 2B
INT-A 192 : Trumpet 2C
INT-A 193 : HarmonMute1A
INT-A 194 : HarmonMute1B
INT-A 195 : HarmonMute1C
INT-A 196 : Trombone 1
INT-A 197 : French 1A
INT-A 198 : French 1C
INT-A 199 : F.Horns A
INT-A 200 : F.Horns B

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No.
Name
INT-A 201 : F.Horns C
INT-A 202 : Violin A
INT-A 203 : Violin B
INT-A 204 : Violin C
INT-A 205 : Cello A
INT-A 206 : Cello B
INT-A 207 : Cello C
INT-A 208 : ST.Strings-R
INT-A 209 : ST.Strings-L
INT-A 210 : MonoStringsA
INT-A 211 : MonoStringsC
INT-A 212 : Pizz
INT-A 213 : JP Strings1A
INT-A 214 : JP Strings1B
INT-A 215 : JP Strings1C
INT-A 216 : JP Strings2A
INT-A 217 : JP Strings2B
INT-A 218 : JP Strings2C
INT-A 219 : Soft Pad A
INT-A 220 : Soft Pad B
INT-A 221 : Soft Pad C
INT-A 222 : Fantasynth A
INT-A 223 : Fantasynth B
INT-A 224 : Fantasynth C
INT-A 225 : D-50 HeavenA
INT-A 226 : D-50 HeavenB
INT-A 227 : D-50 HeavenC
INT-A 228 : Fine Wine
INT-A 229 : D-50 Brass A
INT-A 230 : D-50 Brass B
INT-A 231 : D-50 Brass C
INT-A 232 : D-50 BrassA+
INT-A 233 : DualSquare A
INT-A 234 : DualSquare C
INT-A 235 : DualSquareA+
INT-A 236 : Pop Voice
INT-A 237 : Syn Vox 1
INT-A 238 : Syn Vox 2
INT-A 239 : Voice Aahs A
INT-A 240 : Voice Aahs B

No.
Name
INT-A 241 : Voice Aahs C
INT-A 242 : Voice Oohs1A
INT-A 243 : Voice Oohs1B
INT-A 244 : Voice Oohs1C
INT-A 245 : Voice Oohs2A
INT-A 246 : Voice Oohs2B
INT-A 247 : Voice Oohs2C
INT-A 248 : Voice Breath
INT-A 249 : Male Ooh A
INT-A 250 : Male Ooh B
INT-A 251 : Male Ooh C
INT-A 252 : Org Vox A
INT-A 253 : Org Vox B
INT-A 254 : Org Vox C
INT-A 255 : Vox Noise
INT-B 1 : Kalimba
INT-B 2 : Marimba Wave
INT-B 3 : Log Drum
INT-B 4 : Vibes
INT-B 5 : Bottle Hit
INT-B 6 : Glockenspiel
INT-B 7 : Tubular
INT-B 8 : Steel Drums
INT-B 9 : Fanta Bell A
INT-B 10 : Fanta Bell B
INT-B 11 : Fanta Bell C
INT-B 12 : FantaBell A+
INT-B 13 : Org Bell
INT-B 14 : Agogo
INT-B 15 : DIGI Bell 1
INT-B 16 : DIGI Bell 1+
INT-B 17 : DIGI Chime
INT-B 18 : Wave Scan
INT-B 19 : Wire String
INT-B 20 : 2.2 Bellwave
INT-B 21 : 2.2 Vibwave
INT-B 22 : Spark VOX
INT-B 23 : MMM VOX
INT-B 24 : Lead Wave
INT-B 25 : Synth Reed

XP-60/80 Waveform List Faxback # 10279

:DYHIRUP/LVW
No.
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B
INT-B

Name
26 : Synth Saw 1
27 : Synth Saw 2
28 : Syn Saw 2inv
29 : Synth Saw 3
30 : JP-8 Saw A
31 : JP-8 Saw B
32 : JP-8 Saw C
33 : P5 Saw A
34 : P5 Saw B
35 : P5 Saw C
36 : D-50 Saw A
37 : D-50 Saw B
38 : D-50 Saw C
39 : Synth Square
40 : JP-8 SquareA
41 : JP-8 SquareB
42 : JP-8 SquareC
43 : Synth Pulse1
44 : Synth Pulse2
45 : Triangle
46 : Sine
47 : Org Click
48 : White Noise
49 : Pink Noise
50 : Metal Wind
51 : Wind Agogo
52 : Feedbackwave
53 : Spectrum
54 : BreathNoise
55 : Rattles
56 : Ice Rain
57 : Tin Wave
58 : Anklungs
59 : Wind Chimes
60 : Orch. Hit
61 : Tekno Hit
62 : Back Hit
63 : Philly Hit
64 : Scratch 1
65 : Scratch 2

5/98



NQPSMTR ;30XVLF:RUNVWDWLRQ
No.
Name
INT-B 66 : Scratch 3
INT-B 67 : Natural SN1
INT-B 68 : Natural SN2
INT-B 69 : Piccolo SN
INT-B 70 : Ballad SN
INT-B 71 : SN Roll
INT-B 72 : 808 SN
INT-B 73 : Brush Slap
INT-B 74 : Brush Swish
INT-B 75 : Brush Roll
INT-B 76 : Dry Stick
INT-B 77 : Side Stick
INT-B 78 : Lite Kick
INT-B 79 : Hybrid Kick1
INT-B 80 : Hybrid Kick2
INT-B 81 : Old Kick
INT-B 82 : Verb Kick
INT-B 83 : Round Kick
INT-B 84 : 808 Kick
INT-B 85 : Verb Tom Hi
INT-B 86 : Verb Tom Lo
INT-B 87 : Dry Tom Hi
INT-B 88 : Dry Tom Lo
INT-B 89 : Cl HiHat 1
INT-B 90 : Cl HiHat 2
INT-B 91 : Op HiHat
INT-B 92 : Pedal HiHat
INT-B 93 : 606 HiHat Cl
INT-B 94 : 606 HiHat Op
INT-B 95 : 808 Claps
INT-B 96 : Hand Claps
INT-B 97 : Finger Snaps
INT-B 98 : Ride 1
INT-B 99 : Ride 2
INT-B 100 : Ride Bell 1
INT-B 101 : Crash 1
INT-B 102 : China Cym
INT-B 103 : Cowbell 1
INT-B 104 : Wood Block
INT-B 105 : Claves

1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

No.
Name
INT-B 106 : Bongo Hi
INT-B 107 : Bongo Lo
INT-B 108 : Cga Open Hi
INT-B 109 : Cga Open Lo
INT-B 110 : Cga Mute Hi
INT-B 111 : Cga Mute Lo
INT-B 112 : Cga Slap
INT-B 113 : Timbale
INT-B 114 : Cabasa Up
INT-B 115 : Cabasa Down
INT-B 116 : Cabasa Cut
INT-B 117 : Maracas
INT-B 118 : Long Guiro
INT-B 119 : Tambourine
INT-B 120 : Open Triangl
INT-B 121 : Cuica
INT-B 122 : Vibraslap
INT-B 123 : Timpani
INT-B 124 : Applause
INT-B 125 : REV Orch.Hit
INT-B 126 : REV TeknoHit
INT-B 127 : REV Back Hit
INT-B 128 : REV PhillHit
INT-B 129 : REV Steel DR
INT-B 130 : REV Tin Wave
INT-B 131 : REV NatrlSN1
INT-B 132 : REV NatrlSN2
INT-B 133 : REV PiccloSN
INT-B 134 : REV BalladSN
INT-B 135 : REV Side Stk
INT-B 136 : REV SN Roll
INT-B 137 : REV Brush 1
INT-B 138 : REV Brush 2
INT-B 139 : REV Brush 3
INT-B 140 : REV LiteKick
INT-B 141 : REV HybridK1
INT-B 142 : REV HybridK2
INT-B 143 : REV Old Kick
INT-B 144 : REV Timpani
INT-B 145 : REV VerbTomH

No.
Name
INT-B 146 : REV VerbTomL
INT-B 147 : REV DryTom H
INT-B 148 : REV DryTom M
INT-B 149 : REV ClHiHat1
INT-B 150 : REV ClHiHat2
INT-B 151 : REV Op HiHat
INT-B 152 : REV Pedal HH
INT-B 153 : REV 606HH Cl
INT-B 154 : REV 606HH Op
INT-B 155 : REV Ride
INT-B 156 : REV Cup
INT-B 157 : REV Crash 1
INT-B 158 : REV China
INT-B 159 : REV DrySick
INT-B 160 : REV RealCLP
INT-B 161 : REV FingSnap
INT-B 162 : REV Cowbell
INT-B 163 : REV WoodBlck
INT-B 164 : REV Clve
INT-B 165 : REV Conga
INT-B 166 : REV Tamb
INT-B 167 : REV Maracas
INT-B 168 : REV Guiro
INT-B 169 : REV Cuica
INT-B 170 : REV Metro
INT-B 171 : Loop 1
INT-B 172 : Loop 2
INT-B 173 : Loop 3
INT-B 174 : Loop 4
INT-B 175 : Loop 5
INT-B 176 : Loop 6
INT-B 177 : Loop 7
INT-B 178 : R8 Click
INT-B 179 : Metronome 1
INT-B 180 : Metronome 2
INT-B 181 : MC500 Beep 1
INT-B 182 : MC500 Beep 2
INT-B 183 : Low Saw
INT-B 184 : Low Saw inv
INT-B 185 : Low P5 Saw

XP-60/80 Waveform List Faxback # 10279

:DYHIRUP/LVW
No.
Name
INT-B 186 : Low Pulse 1
INT-B 187 : Low Pulse 2
INT-B 188 : Low Square
INT-B 189 : Low Sine
INT-B 190 : Low Triangle
INT-B 191 : Low White NZ
INT-B 192 : Low Pink NZ
INT-B 193 : DC

5/98

®ÂØÒňÎ

®

AR Series
Compatible Media Guide
Current Operating Systems
AR-100 1.07 Flash RAM
AR-2000 1.19 Flash RAM

PC Cards
Manufacturer
SanDisk

Model

Capacity

SDP5-1.8
SDP3B-2
SDP5-2.5
SDP3B-4
SDP5-5
SDP3B-6
SDPB-8
SDP5-10
SDP5-20
SDP5A-40

1.8Mb
2.0Mb
2.5Mb
4Mb
5Mb
6Mb
8Mb
10Mb
20Mb
40Mb

Hewlett-Packard

F1012A
F1013A
F1014A

5Mb
10Mb
20Mb

Motorola

MCM390180ATA
MCM390250ATA
MCM390500ATA
MCM391000ATA
MCM392000ATA
MCM394000ATA

1.8Mb
2.5Mb
5Mb
10Mb
20Mb
40Mb

Verbatim

89759
89760
89761
090655

5Mb
10Mb
20Mb
40Mb

H Co Computer Products

PCMCIA-ATA2
PCMCIA/2BN

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S.

AR Series Compatible Media Guide— 5/97 SN69 Faxback#21038

2Mb
2Mb SRAM

Page 1 of 2

Fixed Hard Drives
Manufacturer

Model

Capacity

H Co

HD 260

260Mb

Contact Sources
PCMCIA Flash RAM and SRAM Cards and PCMCA type III Hard Drives
HCo Computer Products

(800) 726-2477

Prima International

(800) 737-7462

AV Labs

(818) 293-8822

Essex

(408) 229-8035

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S. AR Series Compatible Media Guide — 5/97 SN69 Faxback#21038

Page 2 of 2

®ÂØÒňÎ

®

DM-80/800 Multi Track Disk Recorder
Compatibility Guide
DM-80
Current Operating System

DM-800
Current Operating System

E-PROM 2.23

E-PROM 2.10

Track Manager Software

DIF-800

ver. 2.04

ver. 1.20

Most SCSI hard drives that adhere to “AV” specifications will work with the DM-80/800. Keep in mind,
drives that do not meet AV specs are often still reliable for data storage – but we don’t recommend them
for recording. In the following charts, we’ve made a distinction as to the reliability of each drive for both
storage and recording/playback.
The DM-800 can format a compatible drive with a capacity of up to 4 GB per SCSI buss (A and B) –
including the internal drive. If you’re using multiple external drives, the DM-800 is capable of cascading
up to six SCSI devices per buss with the same 4 GB per buss limit. Again, any internal drive is included
in the 4 GB total. Rackmount drives are available from companies listed under Contact Sources.

Suggested specifications for recordable hard drives:
•
•
•
•
•
•

13ms Access Time
No or Intelligent Recalibration
Active Termination
1:1 Interleave
Slip Sectoring
Macintosh Compatible

Fixed Hard Drives
Manufacturer
Quantum
Quantum
Quantum

Model
Trailblazer
Fireball
Atlas

Seagate

ST15150N

Capacity
850 MB
1 GB
4.3 GB

Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes

Record/Playback
Yes
Yes
Yes

4 GB

Yes

Yes

XP34300W

Removable Media Drives
Winchester Mechanism
Manufacturer
Nomai *
Syquest**
Syquest**

Model
M540 MCD
230
SyJet

Capacity
540 MB*
230 MB
1.5 GB`

Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes

Record/Playback
Yes
No
Yes

*Cannot do Physical Format – Initialize Only
** These drives should be physically formatted before use.

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S. DM-800 Media Compatibility Guide — 5/97 SN64 Faxback#21031

Page 1 of 2

Optical (MO) Drives*
Manufacturer
Olympus
Sony
Fujitsu**

Model
2.6GB MO
Vertex 2.6GB
640/230

Capacity
2.3 GB
2.3 GB
540/230 MB

Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes

Record/Playback
No
No
Yes

*Can format 512KB sector optical media only.
**Record/Playback depends on disc’s filled capacity and fragmentation of files.

RGB Monitors
These monitors require special adapter cables. See the Contact Sources list for suppliers.

Manufacturer
Atari SC-1224
Atari
Commodore
Darius
Magnavox

Manufacturer
Mitsubishi
NEC
Sony
Sony
Taxan
Zenith

Model
SC-1435
1080 & 1084
TSM 1431
8762

Model
Diamondscan
3D
PVM
KV 1311
610/420
ZVM 133

S-Video
The Roland DM-800 can be used with TV monitors, A/V Computers and Computer Video capture boards
(Mac & IBM compatible) to display their output. The DM-800 can supply either S-Video or Color
Composite signals. See the Contact Sources list for companies that sell these monitors and boards.

SCSI DAT Drives
Manufacturer
Wang
Archive
APS
Dynatek
Teac

Model
Data DAT 1300
Python Data DAT 4360XT
Call for current drive
Call for current drive
Data Cassette MT-2St/F50

Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Record/Playback
No
No
No
No
No

Contact Sources
Desktop SCSI Drives:
APS
(800) 354-1213
Dynatek
(902) 832-3000
Nomai
(888) 996-6624
Pacific Coast Technologies (PCT)(619) 693-0209
Rackmount SCSI Drives:
Pacific Coast Technologies
Dynatek
RAMTEK
SoundLogic
Glyph Technologies
Rorke Data

(619) 693-0209
(902) 832-3000
(313) 513-7440
(619) 789-6558
(800) 335-0345
(800) 328-8147

Monitor Cables:
Redmond Cable (WA)
Redmond Cable (TN)

(206) 882-2009
(423) 478-5760

RGB Monitors:
Direction Sound & Vision
SoundLogic

(310) 276-2063
(619) 789-6558

Monitors (S-Video):
AVVID

(800) 924-2932

Computer Video Capture
Cards (S-Video and Composite)
MacWarehouse (MAC)
Tiger Software (IBM)

(800) 255-6227
(800) 888-4437

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S. DM-800 Media Compatibility Guide — 5/97 faxback#21031

Page 2 of 2

®ÂØÒňÎ

®

VS-Series Digital Studio Workstation
Compatible Media Guide
Current Operating Systems
VS-840 1.02
VS-880 3.100
VS-1680 1.014
If a drive is not listed in this guide, it does not necessarily mean that it is not compatible. To make
suggestions for future compatibility testing, please contact Roland at (323) 685-5141 ext. 482.
The VS-880 can format a compatible drive in either 512 MB or 1 GB (1000 MB) partitions. For drives
larger than 1 GB, the VS-880 is capable of addressing up to four 1 GB partitions per SCSI I.D. Therefore,
drives with up to 4 gigabytes can be fully utilized by the VS-880. Drives smaller than 500 MB will automatically be formatted to their fullest capacity in a single partition.
The VS-1680 can format a compatible drive in either 1 GB or 2 GB partitions and can also access up to
four partitions. Therefore, drives with up to 8 gigabytes can be fully utilized by the VS-1680.
Most SCSI hard drives that adhere to “AV” specifications will work with the VS-880 and VS-1680. Keep
in mind, drives that do not meet AV specs, though not recommended for recording and playback, are
often still reliable for data storage. In the following charts, we’ve made a distinction as to the reliability of
each drive for both storage and recording/playback.

Suggested specifications for recordable hard drives:
•
•
•
•
•
•

13ms Access Time
No or Intelligent Recalibration
Active Termination
1:1 Interleave
Slip Sectoring
Macintosh Compatible

Fixed Hard Drives (VS-880/1680)
Internal -IDE
Manufacturer

Model

IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
Hitachi
Hitachi
Hitachi
Hitachi
Hitachi
Hitachi
Hitachi
Quantum
Quantum
Toshiba
Toshiba
Toshiba

DBOA-2540, DHAA-2540
DPRA-20810, DSOA-20810
DSOA-21080 Travelstar 2LP, DMCA-21080
DMCA-21440
DTNA-22160
DK222A-54
DK212A-81, DK223A-81
DK212A-10
DK 223A-11
DK 213A-13
DK224A-14, DK225A-14
DK225A-21, DK226A-21
Europa 540AT
Europa 810AT
HDD2731 or MK-1002 MAV
HDD2716 or MK-2103 MAV
HDD2619 or MK-3003 MAV

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

VS-880 Media Compatibility Guide — 6/98 SN65 Faxback # 21032

Capacity
540MB
810MB
1GB
1.44GB
2.1GB
540MB
810MB
1GB
1.1GB
1.3GB
1.4GB
2.1GB
540MB
810MB
1GB
2GB
3GB
Page 1 of 2

Fixed Hard Drives cont. (VS-880/1680)
External - SCSI
Manufacturer
Quantum

Model

Capacity

Storage

Record/Playback

Atlas

4.3 GB

Yes

Yes

4.3 GB

Yes

Yes

XP34300W

Quantum

Atlas
XP34550W

Removable Media Drives (VS-840/880/1680)
Winchester Mechanism
Note: The VS-1680 is currently recommended for backup only with these drives. Also, the VS-840 is
currently only compatible with the IoMega ZIP-100 drive for backup only.
Manufacturer
Syquest
Syquest **
Nomai
Syquest **
IoMega

Model
135
SyJet
M540 MCD
230
ZIP-100

Capacity
135 MB
1.5 GB
540 MB*
230 MB
100MB

Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Record/Playback
Yes (VS-880 only)
Yes (VS-880 only)
Yes (VS-880 only)
Yes (VS-880 only)
Yes (VS-880 only)

*Cannot do Physical Format – Initialize Only
** Should be physically formatted before use.

Magneto Optical Drives*
Manufacturer
Olympus
Sony
Fujitsu**

Model
2.6GB MO
Vertex 2.6GB
640/230

Capacity
2.3 GB
2.3 GB
540/230 MB

Storage
Yes
Yes
Yes

Record/Playback
No
No
Yes

*Can format 512KB sector optical media only
**Record/Playback depends on disc’s filled capacity and fragmentation of files.

Note: These drives have not yet been tested with the VS-1680.

Contact Sources
Rackmount SCSI Drives:
RAMTEK
SoundLogic
Glyph Technologies
Rorke Data

(313) 513-7440
(619) 789-6558
(800) 335-0345
(800) 328-8147

Internal IDE Drives
HCo Computer Products

(800) 726-2477

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

Desktop SCSI Drives:
APS
Dynatek
Nomai

VS-880 Media Compatibility Guide — 6/98 SN65 Faxback # 21032

(800) 354-1213
(902) 832-3000
(888) 996-6624

Page 2 of 2

NQPSMTR

®

'FC3@&E2CE
=:DE:?8

June 25, 1998
The following is a listing of the TurboStarts contained in this book. TurboStarts are arranged alphabetically by
model number.
A-30/AX-1
A-33
A-70
A-80
A-90/EX
DJ-70mkII
DR-5
DR-550mkII
DR-660
DS-330
E-66
FC-200
G-600
G-800
GP-100
GR-09
GR-1
GR-30
GT-5
GX-700
JD-800
JD-990
JP-8000
JS-30
JX-305
JV-35
JV-50
JV-90
JV-880
JV-1000
JV-1080
JV-2080
MC-50mkII
MC-303
MC-505
ME-6
ME-8
ME-8B

MIDI Keyboard Controller
MIDI Keyboard Controller
Expandable Controller
MIDI Keyboard Controller
Expandable Controller
Sampling Workstation
Dr. Rhythm Section
Dr. Rhythm
Dr. Rhythm
Dr. SoundCanvas
Intelligent Synthesizer
Foot Controller
Arranger Workstation
Arranger Workstation
Guitar Preamp/Processor
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Synthesizer
Guitar Effects Processor
Guitar Effects Processor
Programmable Synthesizer
Super JD Synthesizer
Music Synthesizer
Sampling Workstation
Groove Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Expandable Synthesizer
Multitimbral Synth Module
Music Workstation
Multitimbral Synth Module
Multitimbral Synth Module
Microcomposer
Groove Box
Groove Box
Guitar Multi-Effects
Guitar Multi Effects
Bass Multi Effects

© 1998 Roland Corporation U.S.

ME-10
ME-30
MS-1
MSD
PMA-5
R-8mkII
R-70
RA-90
RA-95
RA-800
RD-500
RD-600
SC-33
SC-88
SC-880
SD-35
SES
SP-202
SP-808
SPD-11
SPD-20
SX-700
TD-5K
TDE-7K
TD-7T
TD-10
VG-8
VG8S-1
VK-7
VS-1680
VS-840
VS-880
VS-880-S1
VS-CDR-S2
XP-10
XP-50
XP-60
XP-80

625/98

Guitar Multi Effects
Guitar Multi-Effects
Micro Sampler
Music Style Disks
Personal Music Assistant
Human Rhythm Composer
Human Rhythm Composer
Intelligent Arranger
Intelligent Arranger
Realtime Arranger
Digital Stage Piano
Digital Stage Piano
SoundCanvas
SoundCanvas
64-Voice Synthesizer Module
SoundCanvas
Sound Expansion Series Modules
Dr. Sample
Groove Sampler
Total Percussion Pad
Total Percussion Pad
Studio Effects Processor
Compact Drum System
Compact Drum System
TD-7 Turbo Version
V Drums
V Guitar System
VG-8 System Expansion
Combo Organ
24-bit Digital Studio Workstation
Digital Studio Workstation
Digital Studio Workstation
VS-880 System Expansion
CD Recorder System for the VS-880
Multitimbral Synthesizer
Music Workstation
Music Workstation
Music Workstation

Page 1 of 1

2

NQPSMTR

®

+

<6J3@2C5 4@?EC@==6CD
••• ROLAND A-30/AX-1 TURBO FACTS •••

Perfect for playing sounds from a GS/GM sound module,
these MIDI keyboard controllers can transmit on two MIDI
channels simultaneously, create splits and layers, and can
Start/Stop a sequencer from the front panel.

• Initializing
To restore the original factory settings, hold down the
WRITE button and then turn the power on.
• Selecting Patches
1) Press the PATCH button so the LED is lit.
2) Use the numbered buttons to select patches 116 (The numbers ABOVE the buttons indicate
the patch number).
3) To select patches 17-32, press the boxed-in “1732” button, then press the patch button (now the
boxed-in numbers above the buttons indicate the
patch number).
• Editing
You can transmit on two MIDI channels
simultaneously (upper and lower) with completely
programmable split points. KBD MODE allows you to
enable the lower part, the upper part or both parts.
The SPLIT LEDs will indicate your choice. The EDIT
buttons allow you to select which of the two parts you
wish to edit. Again, an LED will indicate your choice.
You can avoid much confusion by making sure that
the part you are editing is the same as the part you
have enabled under KBD Mode. The procedures
described in the following sections concern editing
patches. To properly edit a patch:
1) Make sure PATCH LED is OFF (Press PATCH
button if necessary).
2) Use the SPLIT buttons to choose which part you
are listening to (Upper or Lower).
3) Use the EDIT buttons to choose the part to be
edited (Upper or Lower).
To write a patch, press and hold down WRITE, then
push the patch button corresponding to the patch
location desired. When writing a patch, the
information remembered will include:
-

Data Entry assignment.
Value of Beats Per Minute.
Values of CC00, CC32 and Program Change.
Effects settings.
CC07 (volume) settings.
MIDI channel assignments.
Splits and parts enabled.
Octave assignments.

•
-

Editing (cont.)
Filters for control messages (Pitch Bender,
Modulation, Sustain)
Assignment of Expression Lever
(Modulation/Aftertouch)

• Setting Split Point
There are three different keyboard modes: Single
(Upper or Lower alone), Split (Upper on right
keyboard side, Lower on left), and Layer (two sounds
overlapping). To configure your keyboard into one of
these modes, you will need to set the upper limit of
the Lower part and the lower limit of the Upper part
like this:
1) Make sure the PATCH LED is OFF.
2) Press and hold the LOWER button under KBD
Mode until the LED begins flashing.
3) Now press the key that corresponds to your
desired limit point.
4) Repeat this process with the UPPER button.
• Sending Program Changes
To send a program change message (which will callup the Capital Tones on a GS instrument):
1) Make sure the PATCH LED is OFF.
2) Press the PROGRAM CHANGE button.
3) Now use the buttons numbered 1-0 (underneath
the buttons) to select your Program Change
number.
4) Press ENTER to send the message.
Each factory patch (1-32) is programmed to send a
program change number corresponding to a specific
instrument belonging to a family of instruments that
is listed in blue above the numerical buttons (Piano,
Chromatic Percussion, Guitar, etc.) Each of these
instrument families consists of several sounds of a
similar type.
•
1)
2)
3)

4)
5)
6)

Sending a Bank Select message to access a
Variation (Sub-Capital) Tone
Press the PATCH button if necessary (the LED
should be OFF).
Press the CC00 button.
Now use the buttons numbered 1-0 to enter the
Bank value (usually either 8 or 127 on GS
products).
Press ENTER.
Now use the buttons numbered 1-0 to select
your Program Change number.
Press ENTER to send the message.

TBS01© 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20001 12/95

NQPSMTR

®


 6J3@2C5 @?EC@==6C
••• ROLAND A-33 TURBO FACTS •••
The A-33 is a versatile 76-note master keyboard which
combines advanced MIDI control with user-friendly
functions. This professional quality controller can run on
batteries or AC power. It offers a semi-weighted action,
two key zones for creating layers and splits, dedicated
buttons for changing octaves, programmable
transposition, and 64 Patch locations (32 user and 32
preset). In addition to the new preset Patches, the A-33
also has several new features including keyboard
velocity scaling, external inputs for both sustain and
expression pedals, and two selectable MIDI outputs. It
has a new button layout which makes it easy to use and
it comes in an attractive black finish.
• Initialize
1) Hold WRITE and turn the power on.
• Selecting Patches
1) Connect a MIDI cable from the A-33’s MIDI OUT to
the MIDI IN of a sound module (preferably a GM/GS
module such as the MGS-64).
2) Press PATCH A and use the PATCH buttons to
select Patches 1-16 (The Patch numbers are labeled
above the buttons).
3) To select the second set of 16 Patches, press
PATCH B, and use the PATCH buttons 1-16.
• Creating a Layer or Split
1) Select Patch A-1. KBD MODE/UPPER will light and a
program change message for a Piano (if your module
is General MIDI compatible) will be assigned to
channel 1.
2) Press KBD MODE/LOWER to layer a Bass (GM), on
channel 2, with the Piano.
3) Press KBD MODE/SPLIT to split the UPPER and
LOWER. The Piano and Bass will split between the
E and F below middle C.
• Changing the Split Point
1) Using the same Patch, hold SPLIT.
2) While holding SPLIT, press the key where you want
the split point.
• Changing Octaves & Transposition
1) Press SELECT/UPPER and use the OCTAVE UP
and DOWN buttons to change the octave of the
Piano Part. (There is a five octave range available).
2) Press SELECT/LOWER and repeat this procedure
for the lower Part.
3) Pressing TRANSPOSE will transpose the entire
keyboard up a half step.
4) To set the transpose to a different interval, hold
TRANSPOSE and press a key up to an octave
above or below middle C.

•
1)
2)
3)

Selecting Tones with Program Change
Press EDIT followed by SELECT/LOWER if it is not lit.
Press PROGRAM CHANGE (also labeled 15).
Use the buttons numbered 1 through 0 (labeled under
the buttons) to select your Program Change number.
To call up Synth Strings, press 5 followed by 1.
4) Press ENTER to send the message.
5) Activate the KBD MODE/ UPPER and LOWER
buttons to create a layer of Piano and Strings.
•
1)
2)
3)

Selecting Variation Tones with Bank Select
Press EDIT followed by SELECT/LOWER if it is not lit.
Press CC00 (also labeled 13).
Use the buttons numbered 1 through 0 to select your
Bank value. (Depending on the sound module,
variations of Synth Strings are found using a bank
select 0 value of 8, 64, and 65).
4) Press 8 followed by ENTER to send the bank select
message.
5) Press ENTER again to re-send program change 51,
or select a new Program Change number and press
ENTER to send the message.
• Data Entry Slider
1) The Data Entry Slider can be assigned to any of the
127 Controllers. Currently it controls volume for the
lower Strings Part.
2) Press EDIT followed by SELECT/LOWER.
3) Press DATA ENTRY ASSIGN.
4) Use the buttons numbered 1-0 to select the desired
controller number. For example, 91 will control
Reverb level.
5) Press ENTER. The Data Entry Slider will now send
the controller information over the selected Part’s
MIDI channel.
• Writing Patches
1) Press PATCH A or B (under Mode) to select the
desired Patch group.
2) Hold WRITE.
3) Press the desired Patch button (1-16).
• Sequencer Start/Stop
The A-33 can START/STOP and control the tempo of an
external MIDI sequencer.
1) Connect the MIDI OUT of the A-33 to the MIDI IN of
the sequencer. Set your sequencer to sync to MIDI
Clock.
2) Assign the Data Entry Slider to #129. The slider will
now control the tempo of your sequencer (the default
tempo is 120 BPM).
3) START/STOP will start and stop your sequencer and
the tempo setting can be stored as part of the Patch.

TBS50 © 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20044

9/96

NQPSMTR®

2
6IA2?523=6 4@?EC@==6C
••• Roland A-70 TURBO FACTS •••
The A-70 is an expandable keyboard controller that offers
extensive MIDI control combined with simple, one-touch
operation. Here are a few of the features:
• 76 note partially weighted keyboard with aftertouch
• 4 independent MIDI outputs and 8 zones allow control of
up to 64 channels
• 64 Programmable Performances
• 15 Assignable controllers (sliders, buttons, pedals)
• External Sequencer Control (Tempo, Start, Stop, Reset,
Song Select)
• Expandable with the VE-RD1,VE-GS1 or the VE-JV1
Voice Expansion Boards
• Displays Patch names with a built-in database containing
preset Patch lists for many sound sources as well as 4
user-definable Patch lists

• Setting up a Split
Use the following procedure to create a split on the A-70:

• Initializing
Use the following procedure to restore the factory settings:

• Controlling an External Sequencer
1) Set the external sequencer to MIDI sync.
2) Press TEMPO and use the SONG SELECT
LEFT/RIGHT buttons to select a song on the
external sequencer.
3) Use the DATA ENTRY slider to adjust the tempo of
your sequencer.
4) Press START to start the song.
5) Press RESET to return to the beginning of the song.

1) Hold MANUAL and turn the power on.
2) Press ENTER.
• Selecting a Performance
Use the following procedure to select a Performance:
1) Make sure that the EDIT button as well as the INT
and EXT buttons are not lit.
2) Use the INC/DEC buttons, or type a number
(01-64) on the 10 Key Pad and press ENTER to
select a Performance.
• Selecting a V-EXP Tone
Use the following procedure to select a tone from a
Roland Voice Expansion Board that has been installed in
the A-70:
1)
2)
3)
4)

Under ZONE, Press INT A so it is lit.
Under DESTINATIONS, Press INT so it is lit.
Under PARAMETER SELECT, press PATCH.
Use the INC/DEC buttons to select the desired Patch.

• Layering Sounds
Use the following procedure to layer two sounds:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)

Under ZONE, press INT A so it is lit.
Under DESTINATIONS, press INT so it is lit.
Under PARAMETER SELECT, press PATCH.
CURSOR LEFT to select the first number, which
corresponds to Zone A.
Use the INC/DEC buttons to select the desired sound.
Under ZONE, press INT B so it is lit.
CURSOR RIGHT to select the next number, which
corresponds to Zone B.
Use the INC/DEC buttons to select the desired
sound.

1) Assign a Tone to Zones A and B as described in the
previous section.
2) Under DESTINATIONS, press INT so it is lit.
3) Under PARAMETER SELECT, press KEY RANGE.
4) CURSOR UP to Key Range Lower.
5) CURSOR LEFT to select the first number, which
corresponds to Zone A.
6) Hold ENTER, and press C3 on the keyboard.
7) CURSOR DOWN to Key Range Upper.
8) CURSOR RIGHT to select the second number,
which corresponds to Zone B.
9) Hold ENTER and press C#3 on the keyboard. Zone
A should now play above C3 and Zone B should play
below.

• Viewing Patch Names of External Devices
The A-70 allows you to display Patch Names for many
devices using bank select MSB and LSB messages.
Use the following procedure to display the Patch Names
for the Roland SC-55:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)

Double click the EDIT button.
Type 0,2 on the 10 key pad and press ENTER.
Under ZONE, press EXT A so that it is lit.
Use the INC/DEC buttons to select #6 (SC-55).
Press EDIT so it is off.
Under DESTINATIONS, press EXT.
Under PARAMETER SELECT, press BANK SELECT.
CURSOR UP to display BM in upper the left corner.
CURSOR LEFT to select ZONE A.
Press 0 on the 10 Key pad.
CURSOR DOWN to display BL in the upper left corner.
Press 0 on the 10 Key pad.
Under PARAMETER SELECT, press PGM CHANGE.
Use the INC/DEC buttons to select the desired
Tones. The Tone names will be displayed.

• Soloing Zones / Outputs
Use the following procedure solo a Zone or Output:
1) Double click the desired ZONE or OUTPUT button.
2) Double click a second time to return to the previous
settings.

TBS71 © 1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20068 1/98

NQPSMTR

®

2
 <6J3@2C5 4@?EC@==6C
••• ROLAND A-80 TURBO FACTS •••
The A-80 is a powerful 88-note, MIDI controller
keyboard with the key range and feel of a concert
grand piano. System Exclusive information can be
stored in a Patch which can also transmit on four
independent MIDI Zones.
• Initializing
1) Hold down the 1st, 3rd & 4th buttons under the
display screen and the CHANNEL button.
2) Press any cursor button.
Before using the A-80, you may wish to plug a
footswitch into the pedal 3 jack. It is set (by default)
for sustain on all Zones.
• Selecting Patches
To select patches on the A-80:
1) Press the PATCH button (if it is not already lit)
2) Select bank and number of the desired patch
using PATCH BANK and PATCH NUMBER
buttons
• Muting and Soloing Zones or Outputs
The 4 MIDI outputs from the A-80 carry identical
information. This allows different modules (or banks
of modules) to be easily muted or soloed.
To mute an output:
1) Press the OUTPUT button (if it is not already lit)
2) Press the MUTE button (if it is not already lit)
3) To mute an output, press the corresponding
output button until it is unlit. Active tracks are lit,
muted tracks are unlit
4) To solo any output, press the solo button &
corresponding output button
To mute a zone:
1) Press the ZONE button
2) Press the MUTE button
3) Active zones are lit, muted zones are unlit
4) To solo any zone, press the solo button &
corresponding zone button
• Setting Zone MIDI channels
Before doing any editing on the A-80, it is important
to understand that the A-80 has no buffer memory.
Therefore, any edits are made directly on a patch,
and take effect immediately. For this reason, you
should only turn the EDIT light on when making a
change, then immediately turn it off.

• Setting Zone MIDI Channels (cont.)
To simplify this procedure, let’s begin by working on
one zone.
1) From the main screen, press View, then press
Zone
2) Select the zone you wish to set by first pressing
the ZONE button, then turn off SOLO and MUTE
buttons.
3) Now select zone to be edited (using A, B, C or D
buttons)
4) Press the EDIT button and use slider 3 to set the
MIDI channel. Notice that there will be MIDI
channels that cannot be assigned. This is
because the A-80 will not let you assign the
same MIDI channel to more than one zone.
• Setting Key Zone Limits
The A-80 can transmit on 4 separate zones, each
with its own upper and lower keyboard limits. To set
the key limits of the 4 zones:
1) From the main screen, press View, then press
Zone
2) Select the zone you wish to set by first pressing
the ZONE button, then turn off SOLO and MUTE
buttons.
3) Now select zone to be edited (using A, B, C or D
buttons)
2) Press the EDIT button and use sliders 1 and 2 to
set the lower and upper key zone limits
• Assigning Program Changes
The A-80 will transmit a program change for each
zone when a Patch is selected. To set the program
number sent by each zone:
1) From the main screen, press View, then press
the ZONE button.
2) Select the zone you wish to set by first pressing
the ZONE button, then turn off SOLO and MUTE
buttons.
3) Now select zone to be edited (using A, B, C or D
buttons)
4) Press PrgmCh and make sure the Zone light is
on.
5) Turn-on the Edit light and use the Bank and
Number buttons to set the desired program
number.
6) Turn off the Edit light.
7) This program change message is now
incorporated into the Zone you chose on this
Patch. Repeat this process for any other Zone
you wish to incorporate a Program Change
message into.

TBS02 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20002 12/95

NQPSMTR®

2

6I

IA2?523=6 4@?EC@==6C
••• ROLAND A-90 TURBO FACTS •••
The A-90 is a comprehensive, expandable keyboard
controller that offers simple, one-touch operation.
Roland’s proprietary PA-4 hammer-action provides
the natural resistance and rebound of a fine acoustic
grand. The A-90 has 4 independent MIDI outputs,
can control up to 8 Zones, stores 64 User
Performances, and displays patch names with a
built-in database containing patch lists for many
Roland sound sources. The A-90EX (A-90 with the
VE-RD1 installed) becomes a 64-voice, 4-part
multitimbral digital piano/synthesizer with 128
Tones, true stereo piano samples, and built-in
effects. The A-90 is also compatible with the VEGS1 and VE-JV1 Expansion Boards.
• Initializing
To restore the factory settings:
1) Hold CHAIN and turn the power on.
2) Press ENTER.
• Listen to the A-90EX Demo Songs
1) Press PGM CHANGE and AUX2 simultaneously.
2) Use SONG SELECT to choose a demo song.
3) Press START.
4) To stop playing, press STOP.
5) Press EXIT to return to the previous mode.
• Selecting a Performance
Performances contain up to 4 Tones, the effect and
editing (Attack, Release, Decay, etc.) parameters for
the Internal and External Zones. Disable all
FUNCTION and ZONE buttons.
1) Use the INC/DEC buttons to select a Performance.
You can also type in the desired PATCH number
on the keypad and press ENTER.
• Selecting an Internal Tone
Disable all FUNCTION and ZONE buttons.
1) Under ZONE, Press INT A
2) Under DESTINATIONS, Press INT.
3) Under PARAMETERS, press PATCH.
4) Use INC/DEC to change the Patch.

Note: When changing Tones of a Performance,
the parameters of that Performance (like Attack
and Decay) are still active.
• Layering Sounds
Disable all FUNCTION and DESTINATION buttons.
1) Use INC/DEC to select St. Concert 1.
2) Press ZONE INT B. The indicator will light.
3) Press INT under DESTINATIONS.
4) Press PATCH so that it is lit.
5) Cursor right to select Zone A or B.
6) Use INC/DEC to select the desired sound.
7) Use the same procedure to layer additional
internal or external zones.

• Setting up a Split
1) Assign a Tone to Zones 1 and 2. See “Layering
Sounds”
2) Press INT under Destinations so that it is lit.
3) Press KEY RANGE under Parameter Select.
4) Cursor up to Key Range Lower.
5) Cursor left or right to select the desired Zone.
6) Hold ENTER, and press the key on the keyboard
you wish to be the lowest key in this Zone.
7) Cursor down and repeat steps 5 & 6 to set the
Upper Key Range.
•
1)
2)
3)

Controller Assignment
Press EDIT.
Move the controller or slider to activate.
Use the CURSOR and INC/DEC to choose the
type and specific controller.
4) Cursor right twice and use INC/DEC to change
the controller range.
5) Press EDIT again to return to previous mode.
• Controlling an External Sequencer
1) Set the external sequencer to MIDI sync.
2) Use the SONG SELECT LEFT & RIGHT to
select a song on an external sequencer.
3) Press TEMPO and use the DATA ENTRY slider
to adjust the tempo of your sequencer.
4) Press RESET to go to the beginning of the song.
5) Press START to start the song.
• Viewing Patch Names of External Devices
Disable all FUNCTION and DESTINATION buttons.
1) Press EDIT.
2) Cursor to select SYS, then press Enter
3) Cursor down to display N-MAP Assign.
4) Press ZONE EXT A so that it is lit.
5) Use INC/DEC to select the desired Patch Map.
6) Press EDIT.
7) Under DESTINATIONS, press EXT.
8) Press BANK SELECT.
9) Cursor up to display BM in upper left corner.
10) Cursor left to select ZONE A.
11) Use the Ten-Key pad to Enter MSB/CC 0 value (i.e. 81).
12) Cursor down to display BL in upper left corner.
13) Use the Ten-Key pad to Enter LSB/CC 32 value (i.e. 0).
14) Under PARAMETER SELECT, press PGM CHANGE.
15) Use the INC/DEC to select the desired Tones.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Writing a Performance to Memory
Press UTILITY.
Cursor to WRITE and press ENTER.
Use INC/DEC to select the memory location.
Press ENTER twice.

TBS39 © 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20035 10/96

NQPSMTR®


><
:8:E2= &2>A=6C
••• ROLAND DJ-70MkII TURBO FACTS •••
The DJ-70MkII 16 bit Stereo Sampler provides
everything users need to create hot mixes with
professional sound quality. New features include
memory expansion of up to 32Mbytes using
standard 4x16 72-pin SIMMs chips and a built-in
SCSI interface for saving and loading sounds. The
DJ-70MkII can read the Roland S-700 Series and
Akai S-1000/1100 CD Rom sample libraries. It
offers additional unique features such as a large
graphic display, a Scratch Wheel, 8 play pads, a
37-note keyboard, and an 8 track Realtime Phrase
Sequencer. The DJ-70mkII will even let you
synchronize tempos of multiple drum loops with its
BPM Adjust function and it also lets you load
samples while playing. These innovative features
and more make the DJ-70MkII a powerful remix
and sampling workstation.
• Playing the Demo Song
1) Turn the power off and insert the factory demo disk.
2) Turn the power on and the demo song will
automatically load.
3) Press START/STOP (under SEQUENCER) to
hear the demo. Notice that you can play along
with the demo using the samples assigned to the
keys, pads, and Scratch Dial.
• Loading a Patch
1) Make sure that the demo disk is still in the drive
and press DISK.
2) Cursor up to Target and use the VALUE dial to
select Patch.
3) Use the CURSOR buttons to highlight the
desired Patch. Press F1 followed by S1.
4) The Patch is now loaded into memory. Press
PLAY and use the VALUE dial to select the
Patch. Now you can play it from the keyboard.
• Recording a Realtime Phrase Sequence (RPS)
After you have loaded the Demo song, the DJ-70MkII
will have several sounds already available to use with
the RPS sequencer.
1) Press RPS.
2) Check to see if there are any tracks currently
recorded (indicated by the ‘•’ under Rec). If so,
you can erase them by highlighting the track with
the cursor arrows and pressing F4 (ERASE).
3) Press REC when you are ready to record.
4) Play the keys, Scratch Dial, or user pads to start
recording. In addition to the key and pad
presses, the sequencer will record pitch bend,
modulation, and even Scratch Dial movements.
5) Press START/STOP to stop recording.
6) Press START/STOP to hear your RPS
sequence.

• Sampling from a CD
1) Plug a CD player into the stereo inputs on the
back of the DJ-70MkII.
2) Press PLAY on the DJ-70mkII.
3) Press F5 (SAMPLE) followed by F1 (READY).
4) Play your CD and use the Sampling Level knob
to adjust the input level so that the LCD peaks at
about 3/4 of the way up the meter.
5) To start or stop sampling, press SAMPLE
START/END. If you are sampling a drum loop,
start sampling at the beginning of the first bar
and stop sampling after one or two complete
bars by pressing SAMPLE START/END again.
6) Your sample is now complete, and has been
automatically made into a Patch and assigned to
the Scratch Dial. You can play it by pressing F4
(the middle F) on the keyboard.
7) If you want to retry sampling, press F1 (READY).
Press F1 again(YES), then repeat step 5.
8) Once you have a sample that you're satisfied
with, press PLAY. The sample will be assigned
to the Scratch Dial, on pad H, and on the first
key on the keyboard.
• Using the BPM Adjust Function
This function allows you to match the tempo of
multiple drum loops.
1) After creating your sample, hold the H pad and
press HOLD. You should hear your sample
playback continuously without holding the pad.
2) Press F3 to get to the BPM Tap screen.
3) Tap CUE/TAP at the same tempo as your drum
loop. You will hear a beep sound each time you
press the button.
4) After matching the tempo, press F1 (SET).
5) Press PLAY (under MODE).
6) Repeat steps 1-5 to assign a tempo to additional
samples.
7) Hold the H pad and press HOLD. You should
hear your sample playback continuously.
Depending on the Performance tempo setting,
your sample may be faster or slower than when
you originally recorded it.
8) From the Performance Play screen, use the
CURSOR ARROWS to select the BPM display.
9) Use the VALUE dial to increase or decrease the
tempo. All samples that were assigned tempos will
now play back at the Performance tempo.

TBS51© 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20045

9/96

%
C

%9JE9>

&64E:@?

••• BOSS DR-5 TURBO FACTS •••
The DR-5 Dr. Rhythm Section is a programmable
backing section including drum, bass and keyboard
sounds. It uses "fret-board" buttons and guitar chord
macros to program its 4-track sequencer. The DR-5
includes 256 CD-quality sounds, 64 rhythm kits, 200
preset and 200 user patterns of up to 4 bars each,
each pattern with three instrument tracks and a drum
track. There are 20 song locations with up to 250
parts per song. It has a guitar-in jack with speaker
simulation, a tuner, and the ability to program
instrument lines from guitar, and single or double
footswitch options for live performance.

•

Playing Rhythm Kits

1)
2)
3)

Press the button labeled KIT.
Use the DATA DIAL to select one of the 64 kits.
The TRACK SEL button switches between the
drum track and 3 instrument tracks. Play the
pads to hear the sounds.

•

Playing Chords from Pads

1)
2)

Press TRACK SEL until TRACK 1 is selected.
Press CHORD ON to the right of the instrument
pads. CHORD will appear in the display.
Select a chord root by holding down a note letter
pad on the bottom three rows of pads.
Now tap on the different chord type pads on the
top three rows and you will hear the chords.

3)

•

Initializing

4)

1)
2)

Hold down both FRET keys while powering on.
Press ENTER twice.

•

•

Playing the Demo Song

1)
2)

Turn the DATA dial to CIRCUS.
Press START to hear the Demo Song.
(Press STOP and use FWD or BWD to select
specific demo parts, press START to resume.)

•

Playing Preset Patterns

1)
2)
3)

Hold the SHIFT button and press PTN.
Press START.
Turn the dial to select additional patterns.

•

One-Button Fill and Variation

The BOSS DR-5 can play a pattern, fill to variation,
and fill to the original pattern—each with the press of
a single button. Each pattern is normally four bars
long, placing 16 bars in your control with no repeats
or programming! Note: preset patterns are named in
sets of four by bank and number, i.e. Rock11,
Rock12, Rock13, Rock14, to group them for this
feature.
1)
2)
3)
4)

Press STOP, then hold SHIFT and press PTN.
Turn the dial to select number1 in any pattern
group (such as Pattern 004 is Rock21).
Press START and pattern will begin to play.
Use VAR, FTO, and FTV buttons to choose
between the four patterns in the group.
START/VAR toggles between the Original
pattern (#1) and the Variation pattern (#3). FTV
(pattern #2) is Fill To Variation. FTO (pattern
#4) is Fill To Original.

Creating a Song

1)
2)
3)

Hold the SHIFT button and press SONG.
Use the DATA DIAL to select song number 01.
Press the red REAL/STEP button two times to
enter recording standby for step time write.
4) If the PART display does not say PTN use the
CURSOR to select it and use the DATA DIAL to
change it to PTN.
5) Now use the CURSOR > button to select a
pattern, then use the DATA DIAL to select the
first pattern that you want to use for your song.*
6) Once you have selected the pattern press
ENTER. The upper number in the PART display
will advance to 002?, and wait for a second part.
7) Repeat steps 5) and 6) several more times
adding more pattern parts to your song.
9) Press REAL/STEP to exit record mode, then
press the START button to hear your
masterpiece.
*HOT TIP - when the pattern number on the top line
ends in a question mark you can experiment with
different patterns without recording them - use the
Start and Stop buttons to hear parts before
pressing Enter.
•

Amp Simulation and Tuner

The DR-5 has a Guitar In Jack with a built in
speaker simulator and a tuner.
1) Plug a guitar into BOSS distortion pedal, then
into the back of the DR-5.
3) Hold SHIFT and press the GTR IN pad.
4) Use the DATA Dial to select AMPSIM.
5) To tune guitar, hold SHIFT and press TUNER.

TBS04 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20004

12/95

%
C

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)

13)
•

%9JE9>

&64E:@?

Selecting & Editing Sounds
Press KIT button and use the DATA DIAL and
scroll to user kit number U15 Orchestra.
Press and hold the SHIFT key and press PAD
pad.
Press TRACK SEL until is says DRUM in display
If it does not also say Inst in the display, then
CURSOR < to call up instrument assign
parameters.
Use the DATA DIAL to scroll through all 174
drum and percussion sounds.
Use the CURSOR buttons to access editing
parameter: Pitch, Decay, Pan and Volume.
Use the DATA DIAL to alter the setting.
Now press TRACK SEL to select TRACK1
Use the CURSOR < button to call up the
instrument assign parameter.
You can hear the sound by playing the pads
which are laid out like a guitar fretboard.
Use the DATA DIAL to scroll through 82
instrument sounds .
Use the CURSOR buttons to access the edit
parameters available: Pitch, Decay, Pan,
Volume and OctaveShift.
Select an edit parameter and use the DATA
DIAL to alter its setting.
The Footswitch Jack

The DR-5 has a footswitch jack that will
accommodate up to two momentary footswitches at
the same time. If you only need one footswitch
function, plug a sustain pedal directly into the
footswitch jack on the back - the default function is
Start/Stop (S/S). If you want to use two
footswitches, you need a PCS-31 stereo insert
cable and two FS-5U footswitches.
1) Connect footswitches to the back of the DR-5.
2) Press and hold the SHIFT key and press the
UTIL button on the top row of the Pads.
3) Use the CURSOR to select between Foot1 and
Foot2 and the DATA DIAL to select the value for
each footswitch - there are many options!
•

Writing Multi-track User Patterns

1)
2)

Hold the SHIFT button and press PTN.
Use the DATA DIAL to select any User pattern
200 through 399.
Press the CURSOR > button until you access
the Time Signature parameter (T.Sign) and use
the DATA DIAL to set pattern length. Example for a four bar 4/4 pattern set 16/4.

3)

• Writing Multi-track User Patterns (cont.)
4) Press KIT and select one using the DATA DIAL.
5) If the display says KitSelect, press Exit. Press
TRACK SEL and select the DRUM Track.
7) Press the Red REAL/STEP button.
Note: The DR-5 loop-records. During recording the
pattern will repeat every 16 metronome ticks. The
first tick will be louder that the other 15.

8)

9)
10)
11)
12)

13)

14)

15)
16)
17)
18)
19)

20)
21)

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)

Press the START button to begin recording.
Tap on drum pads to make a drum pattern.
Holding ERASE and a specific drum pad will
delete mistakes for that drum.
Press the STOP button to end Recording.
Press TRACK SEL to select TRACK 1.
Press CHORD (the word Chord will appear).
Select the chord root by holding down one of the
note letter pads on the bottom three rows of
pads. Tap on the different chord quality pads on
the top three rows to hear chords.
Press START to play your drum pattern and
experiment with different chord progressions
until you get something that you like.
Press STOP so that the DR-5 is not playing.
Press REAL/STEP followed by START. Record
you chord progression.
Press the STOP button to end Recording.
Press TRACK SEL to select TRACK 2.
Press CHORD and OFF (the word CHORD will
no longer be in the display).
There will be a bass sound with a different pitch
on each pad. Press START and practice.
Press STOP to stop the pattern playback. Now
press the Red REAL/STEP button which will
activate the REC function and press START.
Perform the bass line you have been practicing.
When you have your bass line recorded to your
satisfaction press the STOP button and move on
to the next Track if necessary.
Programming A Part From Guitar
Hold SHIFT and press the EXT PITCH pad.
Rotate the Data Dial to ON.
Hold SHIFT and press the GUITAR IN pad.
Rotate the Data Dial to Mix Off.
Return to Pattern Mode by holding SHIFT and
pressing the PTN pad.
Press the TRACK SEL pad to choose the part
you wish to play.
You can now record a monophonic part from
guitar instead of the pads.

HOT TIP: Tune carefully and adjust the guitar input
volume knob on the back for optimum tracking.

TBS04 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20004

12/95

%
%



><

C9JE9>

••• BOSS DR-550mkII TURBO FACTS •••
The DR-550mkII Dr. Rhythm is a powerful rhythm
composer with a wide variety of percussion sounds
and effects. This affordable unit is ideal for home
studio and live performance applications featuring 91
16-bit sounds, extensive sound editing parameters
and four user-programmable pad banks.
• Initializing
Hold the -1/< and >/+1 buttons while powering up.
This will restore the factory demonstration song, the
factory patterns, sound edits and note number
assignments.
• Playing Sounds
1) Press the Drum Pads 1-12 to play the sounds.
2) Press BANK to move between the four pad
Banks, A,B,C, and D.
• Assigning Sounds to Pads
1) Press SHIFT and Pad 7 to enter Pad Edit.
2) Touch any pad, then use the -1/< and >/+1
buttons to assign any sound to that pad.
3) Press BANK to move between Pad Banks to
choose additional Pads to edit.
• Playing Patterns
The DR-550mkII comes with 64 Preset Patterns in
Bank B, and an additional 64 User-programmable
Patterns in Bank A. To play a Preset Pattern B11:
1) Hold SHIFT and press Pad 5 to select Pattern
Play.
2) Hold SHIFT and press BANK to select Pattern
Bank B.
3) Press 1 twice to select Pattern 11.
4) Press START.
5) Press any two number buttons to select another
pattern.
• Playing a User Pattern
1) Hold SHIFT and press BANK to select Pattern
Bank A.
2) Press 3 and 8 to select Pattern A38.
3) Press START.
4) Press any two number buttons to select another
pattern.
• Creating Rhythm Patterns
Bank A contains the 64 user-programmable patterns.
Patterns A11-A48 contain factory demo patterns, so
let's record Pattern A51.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Real-time Record
Press SHIFT and Pad 6 to enter Pattern Edit.
Press 5 and 1 to select pattern A51.
Press START.
Press TEMPO and the -1/< or >/+1 buttons to
set the tempo. Press TEMPO again to return to
recording.
5) Press BANK to select the Pad Bank you wish to
play. You can change Pad Banks while
recording to select additional sounds.
6) Play the Pads!
7) Press STOP when finished.
•
1)
2)
3)

Step-time Recording
Press SHIFT and Pad 6 to enter Pattern Edit.
Press 5 and 2 twice to select pattern A52.
Use the >/+1 button to select the Step you wish
to enter.
4) Tap the Pad you wish to play on the current
Step.
5) The Step will increment, and you can tap the
Pad or >/+1 for the next Step.
6) Repeat steps 4 and 5 to complete the Pattern.
• Creating Songs
The DR-550mkII's contains 8 Song locations. Like
most other drum machines, Songs are built by
linking Patterns together. Before creating a new
Song, you will probably want to Clear the existing
Song data:
1) Press SHIFT and Pad 2 to enter Song Edit.
2) Press Number 1- 8 to select a Song.
3) While holding SHIFT, press CLEAR and
ENTER.
• Inputing new Patterns into the Song
1) Press SHIFT and Pad 2 to enter Song Edit.
2) Press SHIFT and BANK to select the Bank for
the first Pattern.
3) Press the number buttons to select a Pattern
number.
4) Press ENTER. The DR-550mkII will move to the
next measure, and you can repeat steps 2-4 to
select the next pattern.
5) Press SHIFT and Pad 1 to enter Song Play when
all your patterns have been entered into the
Song.
6) Press START to play your Song

TBS03 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20003 12/95

%
% C9JE9>
••• BOSS DR-660 TURBO FACTS •••
The DR-660 Dr. Rhythm is a professional quality
rhythm composer with 255 editable sounds. Each of
the 16 pads is touch and velocity sensitive providing
expressive control. Digital reverb and chorus and
four assignable audio outputs make this affordable
instrument ideal for both studio and live applications.
•
1)
2)
3)

Initializing
With the power on, press UTILITY.
Cursor right > to 8 INIT.
Press ENTER twice.

• Playing the Demo Song
1) Press SONG so the display indicates Song
Mode.
2) Scroll the Data Wheel past Song 99 to "Arsenal".
3) Press Play.
• Playing Preset Patterns
1) Press PATTERN/SONG so that the display
indicates Pattern Mode.
2) Select Pattern P00 8Beat 1 using the Data
Wheel or the 10-Key.
3) Press TEMPO. Use the Wheel to set the desired
Tempo. Press TEMPO to return to Play mode.
4) Press START.
5) Select new Patterns using the Wheel.
• Playing Realtime Pattern Change
1) Press SONG to select Pattern Mode.
2) Select Pattern P00 8Beat 1 using the Data
Wheel or the 10-Key.
3) Press START.
4) Press FWD for the Fill-to-Variation.
5) Press BWD for the Fill-to-Original.
6) Press START while the pattern is running to
alternate between the Original and Variation
Pattern.
• Play Drum Kits
1) Press DRUM KIT.
2) Play the Pads then, scroll the Data Wheel to
select Power 1. Play the Pads.
3) Use the Data Wheel to choose the TR808,
Brush 1, Cheap, and Bass Kits and X Fade kit as
you play the Pads.
4) Choose X Fade kit. Hold roll and show cross
fading with ride cymbal and snare.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Demonstrating A/B banks and layering
Play the Pads with various velocity levels.
Press Pad Bank to select Bank B.
Press Pad Bank again to Layer A and B.
Hold the ROLL button while applying aftertouch
to a pad to control the roll volume.

•
1)
2)
3)

Using Effects
Press REVERB or CHORUS.
Tap the Pad you want to edit.
Use the Data Wheel to set the amount of Effect
for this Pad.
4) Press EFFECT.
5) Cursor right to select the Effect parameter, and
use the Data Wheel to set its value.
For an example of these effects in action, press
DRUM KIT and select Kits 29-31, Chorus, Delay,
and Vrb&Dly.
• Sound Editing
1) Press PAD.
2) Cursor right to the desired parameter, such as
Nuance.
3) Tap the Pad you wish to edit. Ride Cymbal
works well.
4) Use the Data Wheel to set the value.
5) Press SONG to return to Song or Pattern mode.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Assigning sounds to Pads
Press the pad button.
Assign? will show, press ENTER (yes).
Tap a pad.
Use arrow up and down keys to change sound.

• Real-time pattern write
1) Press SONG and REAL so that Pattern Real
Mode is displayed.
2) Use the Wheel to select a User Patter, numbers
100-249.
3) Press DRUM KIT and use the wheel to select a
Kit for your pattern.
4) Press REC.
5) Press START and play the pads into your
pattern.

TBS05 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20005 12/95

D
%

&J?E9

@5=6

••• BOSS DS-330 TURBO FACTS •••
The perfect sound module to supplement a digital
piano or MIDI studio, the desktop DS-330 Dr. Synth
offers 156 CD-quality sounds with onboard digital
effects and complete tone editing.
• Initializing
1) Hold down the REVERB and SPLIT buttons
while powering-up.
2) Press the up arrow/YES button.
• Playing the Demo Song
1) Hold down the DRUMS and ((•)) buttons while
powering-up.
2) Press the up arrow/YES button.
3) Press the down arrow/NO button to stop the
demo song.
4) Press EXIT to return to single play mode.
• Selecting an instrument in single mode
1) Simply press any of the 16 tone bank buttons to
select a instrument group of your choice.
2) Upon selecting a bank, use the NUMBER up and
down buttons to select individual instruments.
3) Depending upon the instrument, you can press
the VALUE/VARIATION up and down buttons to
select variation tones.
4) Any of these sounds can be heard by pressing
the ((•)) button.
• Selecting a drum kit
1) Press the DRUMS button.
2) Use the VALUE/VARIATION up and down
buttons to select any of the 8 drum kits.
3) The sounds in each kit can now be played
directly from the 16 instrument buttons, which
are now drum pads.
4) To exit DRUMS mode, press the DRUMS button.
•
1)
2)
3)

Creating a split patch
Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
Press the SPLIT button.
Now, any note below F3 will be Acoustic Bass 51 and the upper part will be Piano 1-1.
4) To alter the split point or change the lower
instrument, press the LOW/SUB> button and
continue pressing it to go through the
parameters.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Creating a layer patch
Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
Press the DUAL button.
Now, Piano 1-1 will be layered with Strings 7-1.
To change the layer instrument and its level,
press the LOW/SUB> button and continue
pressing it to go through the parameters.

•
1)
2)
3)

Fattening the sound
Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
Press the FAT button.
Playing a note now, will actually trigger two notes
– the one played and the octave below it.

• Changing the default patch
When a bank is selected, the first tone in that bank is
automatically is selected. To change to default tone
to your preference, follow these steps:
1) Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
2) Press the NUMBER up button to select E.Piano 2
1-6.
3) At this point, the "6" should be blinking. Press
the PIANO button again.
4) Press the ORGAN button and then go back to
the PIANO bank. It should register as E.Piano 2
1-6.
• Creating a multitimbral setup.
1) Press the UTILITY button until you see SINGLE
Mode.
2) Use the VALUE/VARIATION up button to select
MULTI Mode.
3) Press EXIT.
4) You will see the Part/MIDI channel displayed on
the lower-right of the screen.
5) To change Parts, press the PART (CH) up and
down buttons.
6) Instruments can be selected for each Part by
pressing the bank and number buttons.
7) To change MIDI channels for a given Part, press
the PART EDIT button until you see Part:Ch, and
use the VALUE/VARIATION up and down
buttons to select any of the 16 MIDI channels.
8) Press EXIT to return normal Multi play mode

TBS06 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20006 12/95

NQPSMTR

®



?E6==:86?E DJ?E96D:K6C

••• ROLAND E-66 TURBO FACTS •••
The E-66 Intelligent Synthesizer offers Intelligent Arranger
features with an 18 bit quality JV-type sound source, 28
note polyphony and both General MIDI and GS
compatibility. It has on-board reverb and chorus effects,
241 tones, 56 internal styles, and a 3.5 inch floppy disk
drive to provide access to a growing library of Roland
Music Style Disks (MSD) and can play Standard MIDI
Files (SMF) directly from disk, without lengthy load times.

•

Initializing

1)

Press and hold the REC button (in the display
section) during 'power up'.

•
1)

Playing the Demo Songs

2)
3)

•

Press and hold the blue DEMO button in the Music
Style section, then press the #5 button in the
MUSIC STYLE section to listen to Demo Song #1.
Press the DEMO button to stop the Demo.
Repeat steps 1 and 2 with Music Style #6 for Demo
2, or Music Style #7 for Demo 3.

Playing Styles

Under 'Key Mode' press the 'Arranger', Arranger 'Hold',
'Sync Start' and 'Split Upper' buttons so that their LEDs
are lit. This gives us a common start point.
1)
Select a Style - in the Music Style section, press the
number '1', then the number '7' to call up Style 17 Funk 1 (see the reference list at the top left of the E66).
2)
Press the Intro button if you would like to begin with
a preset four bar intro.
3)
Play a major chord at the lower end of the keyboard
to start a major arrangement. Try switching to a
minor chord - most arrangments will change subtly.
You may try a wide variety of chords, or even a
single key or two note interval to change the
harmony and arrangement.
4)
Experiment with 'Fill-in To Variation', 'Fill-in To
Original', and 'Advanced Arranger' (below).
5)
Press Start/Stop to stop, or press Ending for a four
bar pre-programmed ending.

• Fill-in Buttons & Advanced Arranger
The Roland E-66 can play a fill-to-variation or fill-tooriginal pattern, each with the press of one dedicated
button. Each fill is up to one bar long.
Just press the appropriate 'fill to...' button during the bar
before the new version is desired.
The 'Advanced' Arranger button can be selected at any
time to increase the complexity of the arrangement
without interruption of the beat.

•

Muting or Changing Volume of Parts

You can mute or adjust the volume of the arrangement
parts in the BALANCE section.
1)
Use the left and right buttons to decrease or
increase the volume of each part.
2)
To mute a selected part, simply press the left and
right buttons simultaneously.

•

Playing a Standard MIDI File from disk

1)

Insert a floppy disk with prerecorded SMFs and wait
for the disk light to go out (about 5 sec.).
2)
Press the SONG SELECT button located in the
display area - the display will read "01", confirming
that the first song is selected.
3)
Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to scroll through
all the songs available on the disk.
4)
To play SMF songs, press the white PLAY button
located in the display section.
To switch from SMF to Music Style play, see below.

•
1)

Playing Along with a Standard MIDI File

To play along with most SMFs, mute the Upper part
in the BALANCE section (see instructions for muting
and volume changing of parts).
2)
Any sound chosen in the Tone section will be
assigned to the upper part of the keyboard.
To switch from SMF to Music Style play, see below.

•

Formatting a Floppy Disk

1)

Insert a DD or HD floppy disk with the protection tab
set to WRITE position (down).
Hold the FUNCTION button and press REC.
Display reads "SUr", asking if you are sure you want
to format the disk. Press the REC buton again to
answer 'yes', or press any other button to exit the
operation.

2)
3)

•

Recording a Song to Disk

1)
2)

Insert a disk into the disk drive.
Press the REC button and the REC indicator will
light and the display will show the number of the
song being recorded.
3)
To start recording, press the PLAY button, or to start
recording with the Arranger, press the white
Start/Stop button.
4)
To stop recording press the STOP button in the
display section.
*To switch from SMF to Music Style play, see below.
*NOTE: To switch back to playing Styles instead of
Standard MIDI Files, hold the Reverb and Chorus buttons
down at the same time for several seconds - the red
Tempo light will return to flashing the tempo.

TBS07 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20007 12/95

NQPSMTR

®



@@E@?EC@==6C

••• ROLAND FC-200 TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland FC-200 MIDI Foot Controller is the perfect
companion for the Roland GP-100 and BOSS GX-700.
This powerful MIDI foot pedal can call up patches and
send MIDI controller messages to other devices right
from the floor. There is even a built-in expression pedal.
In addition, up to 6 expression and/or foot pedals can
be used for additional realtime control. It can also send
MIDI notes, MIDI Start/Continue/Stop, and even MIDI
Machine Control messages. The FC-200 can send
system exclusive messages for ‘no hands’ editing of the
GP-100 and GX-700. These features and more make
the FC-200 the best choice in MIDI foot controllers.
• Initialize
1) Hold the 10 foot switch and turn the power on.
2) Press CTL.
• Selecting Patches
1) Connect a MIDI cable from the FC-200’s MIDI OUT
to MIDI IN of a Roland GP-100 or BOSS GX-700.
2) The foot switches (1-10) will change Patches. Use
BANK UP and DOWN to change to the next bank of
10 Patches.

Note: If the FC-200 is not changing patches on the
GP-100 or GX-700, make sure that it is in Program
Change Mode (press MODE until 0 is displayed). If a
problem continues, make sure that the GP-100 or
GX-700 is set to receive on MIDI channel 1.
• Using the Built-in Expression Pedal
The FC-200 comes with a built-in expression pedal. It
defaults to MIDI controller 7 (volume). The factory
patches in the GP-100 and GX-700 are programmed to
respond to controller 7.
1) Select Patch 1 STUDIO SPACE on the GX-700, or
Patch 001 CLASSIC STACK on the GP-100.
2) Play your guitar and use the expression pedal on the
FC-200. It will function as a volume pedal.

Note: This function will work with any MIDI device
that is set to respond to controller 7. This may
require some additional setup depending on the MIDI
device you are using. If you have a device that uses
a controller other than 7, the FC-200’s expression
pedal can be set to transmit a variety of MIDI
controllers.
The FC-200 has jacks for adding up to six more
expression or foot pedals. The default controller
messages sent from these inputs are listed under the
inputs. There is also a jack for changing modes with a
foot switch.

• Using Manual Mode with the GX-700
When using an FC-200 with a GX-700, it is possible to use
the foot switches to turn effects on and off in a patch.
1) Press MODE until SE appears in the display.
2) Use the foot switches (1-10) to turn the GX-700’s
effects on or off.
• No Hands Editing on the GX-700
Using an FC-200 with a GX-700, it is possible to do ‘no
hands’ editing. This requires connecting additional foot
switches to the back of the FC-200. Make sure that the
FC-200 is in Exclusive Mode (SE) and use the following
procedure for ‘no hands’ editing:
1) Use external foot switches 5 and 6 to control the
PARAMETER LEFT and RIGHT commands.
2) Use external foot switch 4 to return to PLAY MODE.
3) External foot switches connected to jacks 1, 2, and 3
will control the LEVEL/CHAIN, BYPASS, and
TUNER/UTILITY commands respectively.
4) Use the built-in foot switches (1-10) as you would
use the EFFECTS SELECT button on the GX-700.
Pressing a foot switch enters the edit mode for each
effect, and the external foot switches select the
various parameters.
5) Use the expression pedal to change the value.
• No Hands Editing on the GP-100
It is also possible to do ‘no hands’ editing with the GP-100.
As with the GX-700, this requires connecting additional foot
switches to the back of the FC-200. Make sure that the FC200 is in Exclusive Mode (SE) and use the following
procedure for ‘no hands’ editing:
1) Use the FC-200’s built-in foot switches 4 and 5 as you
would use the PARAMETER knob on the GP-100.
2) Use the built-in foot switch 1 for the WRITE command.
3) Use the built-in foot switch 2 for the EXIT command.
4) Use the BANK DOWN and CTL foot switches on the
FC-200 as you would use the NUMBER/VALUE knob
on the GP-100 (the built-in expression pedal will change
values quickly).
5) External foot switches connected to the FOOT SW/EXP
jacks 1-6 will access the VOLUME, BASS, MIDDLE,
TREBLE, PRESENCE, and MASTER parameters
respectively.
• Control Mode and Note Mode
Control and Note modes allow you to assign different
controllers or note numbers to each of the FC-200’s foot
switches (external foot switches can be assigned as
well). These modes do not apply to the GP-100 or GX700, but they are extremely useful when using a MIDI
sequencer, sound module, or Intelligent Arranger. You
can use the Control mode to start or stop your sequencer
from the FC-200. You can use Note mode to trigger
sounds in your sound module or to change chords on an
Intelligent Arranger, as you would with MIDI bass pedals.

TBS52 ©1996 Roland Corporation U.S. , 7200 Dominion Circle , Los Angeles , CA 90040 Faxback # 20046 09/96

NQPSMTR

®

8

%%!% *"%&''"!
••• ROLAND G-600 TURBO FACTS •••
The G-600 is part of a new generation of Roland Arranger
Workstations. It is ideal for one-man bands, songwriters, and is
perfect to enjoy a wide variety of Music Styles and Standard MIDI
Files at home. The G-600 features 689 Tones, 64-notes polyphony,
128 Music Styles, 192 Performance Setups, and a 61-note
keyboard. The 8-Track Music Style Recorder lets you create your
own Music Styles, and it also features direct-to-disk recording and
playback of SMFs. The G-600 is 16 part multi-timbral, and features
built-in reverb, chorus, delay and EQ. Operation is made easy
thanks, in part, to the large 240 x 64 pixel display.

• Initializing
Use the following procedure to restore the factory settings:
1) Hold WRITE, and turn the power on.
• Playing the Demo Songs
The G-600 comes with 2 floppy disks containing demo songs.
Use the following procedure to listen to all of the demo songs:
1) Simultaneously press [ ] DOWN and [ ] UP (under
Performance Memory) so that “ 00 Free Pnl” is displayed.
2) Insert one of the demo disks into the disk drive.
3) Press PLAY/STOP (under Recorder) to start playback
and adjust the VOLUME slider as desired.
4) Press PLAY/STOP again to stop playback.





NOTE: To play a specific song, press SONG SELECT so
it is lit and use the PREVIOUS and NEXT buttons to
select the desired song after step 2 above. Then proceed
with the remaining steps.
• Selecting Tones
The G-600 features 689 high quality, PCM sampled Tones.
Use the following procedure to select Tones:
1) Press UPPER 1 (under the display) so it is lit.
2) Press GROUP A-D, (in the Tone area) to select the
desired group of instruments.
3) Use the [1]-[8] buttons to select the desired Bank.
4) Use the [1]-[8] buttons again to select the Tone from within
that Bank.
5) Press VARIATION to select a variation Tone.
• Selecting Music Styles
The professional quality of the G-600 is evident in the 128
built-in Music Styles. Additional styles are available on MSA /
MSD series floppy disks. Use the following procedure:
1) Press GROUP (under Music Style / MIDI Set) to select
Group A, B, or USER as desired.
2) Use the [1]-[8] buttons (under Music Style / MIDI Set) to
select the desired bank.
3) Use the [1]-[8] buttons again to select a Music Style from
within that bank.
4) Press SYNCHRO START so it is lit.
5) Play a chord on the keyboard below middle C.
6) Press START/STOP to stop the arranger.

TBS63

• Setting Split Points - Up to 3 Zones
The G-600 can have up to three instruments assigned to
different sections of the keyboard.
1) Press SYNCHRO START so it is not lit.
2) Press SPLIT.
3) Press UPPER1, LOWER, and UP2 SPLIT (under
Keyboard Mode) so they are lit. This will divide the
keyboard into 3 independent sections.
4) Press F2.
5) Press PAGE down to select page #2.
6) Use the DRUMS/PART [ ] buttons (under the display) to
adjust the split point between the Upper and Lower zones.
7) Use the ACCOMP/GROUP [ ] buttons (under the
display) to adjust the split point between the Upper 1 and
Upper 2 zones.

!

!

• Layering Tones
Use the following procedure to layer two Tones across the
whole keyboard:
1) Press UPPER1 (under Keyboard Mode) so it is lit.
2) Press UPPER2 (under Keyboard Mode) so it is lit.
3) Press WHOLE RIGHT.
• Playing Standard MIDI Files
The G-600 features direct-from-disk playback of Standard
MIDI Files, giving you access to the thousands of MIDI files
available from various manufacturers at the touch of a button.
Use the following procedure:
1) Insert a disk containing a Standard MIDI File.
2) Press GM/GS so it is lit.
3) Press SONG SELECT so it is lit.
4) Use the PREVIOUS and NEXT buttons to select the
desired song title and press PLAY.
5) If the SMF includes lyrics, press F4 to view the lyrics in
the display.
• Using the G-600 with the LVC-1N
The Roland LVC-1N Lyrics Converter allows you to project
the lyrics being read by the G-600 onto a video monitor. Use
the following procedure to setup the G-600 for use with the
LVC-1N and Standard MIDI Files containing lyric information:
1) Press F3 (MIDI).
2) Hold SHIFT and press F1 (BASIC).
3) Use the PAGE DOWN button to access the “TX” display.
4) Use the LOWER [ ] (under the display) to select “Lyrics”
and press UPPER 2 (under the display) to select “ON” (if
necessary).
5) Play the Standard MIDI File (as previously described).

!

••• Options •••
FC-7 MIDI Foot Controller, PK-5 Dynamic MIDI Pedal, FV300L Expression Pedal, DP-6/2 Pedal Switch, MSD/MSASeries Style Disks, LVC-1N Lyrics Converter.

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040

Faxback # 20060

5/97

NQPSMTR

®

8

%%!% *"%&''"!
••• ROLAND G-800 TURBO FACTS •••
The G-800 is the first of a new generation of Roland
Arranger Workstations. It is ideal for one-man bands,
songwriters, and is perfect to enjoy a wide variety of
Music Styles and Standard MIDI Files at home. The
G-800 features 689 Tones, 64-notes polyphony, 128
Music Styles, 192 Performance Setups and a new
76-note keyboard. The 8-Track Music Style
Recorder lets you create your own Music Styles, and
it also features direct-to-disk recording/playback of
SMFs. The G-800 is 32 part multi-timbral with two
MIDI ports, and features built-in reverb, chorus,
delay and EQ.
• Initializing
1) Hold WRITE, and turn the power on.
• Selecting Tones
1) Press UPPER 1 under the display.
2) Press GROUP A-D, (in the Tone area) to select
the desired group of the instruments.
3) Press Bank and Tone 1-8 to select the Bank.
4) Press Tone 1-8 again to select the Tone.
5) Press VARIATION to select a variation Tone.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Selecting Music Styles
Press GROUP A-B in the Music Style area.
Press BANK.
Press Music Style 1-8 to select a Bank.
Press Music Style 1-8 to select a Music Style.

• Setting Split Points - Up to 3 Zones
The G-800 can have up to three key zones and
transmit on three MIDI channels simultaneously.
1) Press SPLIT.
2) Press UPPER1 and UPPER2 (under Keyboard
Mode) for two zones; also press LOWER for
three zone split. The buttons will be lit.
3) Press F2.
4) Press PAGE down to select page #2.
5) Use DRUMS rotary knob to choose split point.
For three zone split, use the ACCOMP rotary
knob to choose the additional split point.
• Layering Tones
To layer two Tones across the whole keyboard:
1) Press UPPER1 under Keyboard Mode.
2) Press UPPER2 under Keyboard Mode.
3) Press WHOLE RIGHT.
4) Press SYNCHRO START so it is off.

• Storing Performances in Memory
You can save selected and edited Tones, Music
Styles, Split Points, and Effect Settings into a
Performance Memory.To store your setup:
1) Press WRITE.
2) Press UPPER1 (under the display) to turn the
memory protect OFF, if it is on.
3) Hold WRITE and press GROUP A-C in the
Performance Memory area.
4) Continue to hold WRITE and press BANK.
5) Press PERFORMANCE MEMORY 1-8 for the
Bank value.
6) Press PERFORMANCE MEMORY 1-8 for the
Number value.
• Saving and Loading data to Disk
You can save created Music Styles, Style Sets, MIDI
Sets, Chord Sequences and Performances on the
floppy disk.
1) Press F5.
2) Press F1 for Load or F2 for Save.
3) Press PAGE to select the type of data to
Load/Save.
4) Press UPPER1 in the display area to Load;
press MBASS to Save.
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing Standard MIDI Files
Insert the disk.
Press GM/GS.
Press SONG SELECT Previous or Next to select
the desired song title.
4) Press PLAY.
5) If the SMF includes lyrics, press F4 to view the
lyrics in the display.
• Editing Tones
You can edit the tones of the RealTime Parts
as Upper, Upper2, Lower, M.Bass or M. Drums:
1) Press Tone in the display area.
2) Press F4 Edit.
3) Select the Part with the DRUM rotary knob.
4) Select the parameter with the ACCOMP knob.
5) Adjust the value of the parameter with the
UPPER rotary knob.

••• Options •••
FC-7 MIDI Foot Controller, PK-5 Dynamic MIDI
Pedal, FV-300L Expression Pedal, DP-6/2 Pedal
Switch, MSD-Series Style Disks.

TBS36© 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20008 12/95

N QPSMTR®

#
#C62>A #C@46DD@C
••• Roland GP-100 TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland GP-100 Guitar Preamp/Processor is the
first rack mount effects processor to use Composite
Object Sound Modeling (COSM). This new
technology allows the GP-100 to accurately
reproduce classic guitar amps, a large selection of
speaker cabinets and several different microphones.
Dedicated knobs are provided to allow you to easily
change the preamp settings of the GP-100. The
GP-100 can produce up to 16 effects simultaneously
which can be arranged in any order. These include a
wide variety of effects like ducking delay, tap delay,
noise suppressor, phaser, reverb, slow gear,
tremolo/pan, chorus, compressor /limiter, equalizer
and intelligent pitch shifting. The 200 Preset and 200
User Patches include 16 realtime controllers,
selectable stereo outputs, two programmable effects
loops and two external control switches. The system
can be set up with a guitar amp or direct to the board
for recording. The GP-100 also includes a built in
chromatic guitar tuner.
• Initializing the GP-100
1) Hold the PARAMETER knob while powering on.
2) Press WRITE.
• Connecting the GP-100 to a Sound System
Both pair of stereo outputs can be individually setup
to work with a standard guitar amp or direct into a full
range PA or recording system. The factory presets
are setup to use the OUTPUT A L(MONO) and R
connections. Connect a set of cables from these
outputs.
1) Press GLOBAL.
2) Rotate PARAMETER to Amp Being Used:A.
3) Rotate VALUE to select Solid State or Tube to
determine the amplifier you are using.
4) Dial PARAMETER to SP(eakers) Being Used:A.
VALUE to the appropriate cabinet type - Built In
for combo amps or stack for separated.
5) Dial PARAMETER to SP(eaker) Color:A. Dial
VALUE to Adjust for guitar amp.
6) Press EXIT to return to play mode.
• Tuning the Guitar
1) Connect a guitar to the INPUT on the front
panel.
2) Press the TUNER button and play each string.
3) Adjust the tuning of each string to the center
position of the meter.
4) Press EXIT to return to play mode.

• Auditioning Patches
The GP-100 has 200 user programmable (001 to
200) and 200 preset patches (201 to 400). To scroll
through patches one at a time, rotate the NUMBER
knob. Pressing the NUMBER knob in while rotating it
will change patches in increments of 10. Check out
the following patches:
1) 001 CLASSIC STACK - 1959 Marshal stack with
realistic dynamic control.
2) 002 JC-120 Clean - Original sound of the Roland
JC-120 Jazz Chorus amplifier.
3) 007 5VOICE HARMONY - Thick harmony in the
key of C.
4) 011 BOOGIE LEAD - Mesa Boogie Lead
channel with stack.
5) 012 VINTAGE TWIN - Classic Fender Twin with
2 x 12” speakers.
• Editing Sounds
The PREAMP knobs are similar to knobs on a
standard guitar amplifier. Rotate the knob past the
original value so that it catches the number, then
continue to rotate to change the value of the selected
parameter.
1) Select any patch as a starting point.
2) Rotate the PARAMETER knob. The effects will
be abbreviated with two letters.
3) Press the VALUE knob to turn effects ON or
OFF. Rotate VALUE to change the placement of
the selected effect in the chain. (The DUAL
algorithm can not reorder the effects).
4) Continue rotating PARAMETER to access the
parameters of each effect. Press and rotate
PARAMETER to skip through each effect
quickly.
5) Rotate VALUE to change effects settings. Press
and rotate VALUE knob to change values
quickly.
• Writing a Patch
Once you have edited a sound you can write it to any
of the 200 user programmable memory locations.
1) Press WRITE. The number of the PATCH will
flash.
2) Use the VALUE dial to select the location in
which you want to store your Patch.
3) Press WRITE again.

TBS38 © 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20009 12/95

N QPSMTR®

#
#C62>A #C@46DD@C
• Realtime Control
With an FC-200 MIDI Foot Controller, expression
pedal, or foot switch, it is possible to control up to 16
parameters of the GP-100 in realtime - 8 continuous
and 8 effects on/off. Connect the FC-200 to the MIDI
IN and an expression pedal to the EXP Pedal jack on
the back. The CONTROL 1/2 jack can be used with
a PCS-31 insert cable and two FS-5U foot pedals to
turn effects on and off without changing a patch. To
program the GP-100 to respond to the expression
and control pedal on the FC-200:
1) Rotate PARAMETER until the screen reads
[Assign 2 Target]. Rotate VALUE to select
parameters. (Assign 1 can only be used for
volume or wah. Assign 2 through 8 can target
any parameter).
2) Rotate PARAMETER to [Assign 2 Min] and use
VALUE to set the range. Repeat for [Assign 2
Max].
3) Rotate PARAMETER to [Assign 2 Source] and
VALUE to [MIDI CTL #7] for FC pedal, [MIDI
CTL #80] for FC switch, [EXP PEDAL] or
[CONTROL 1/2] for pedals.
4) Experiment with the pedal to see how it controls
the sound parameters in realtime.
• Understanding Algorithms
The top row of the display screen shows the Patch
number and Algorithm name. Algorithms are a
collection of effects with the parameters available for
each effect. The GP-100 has five algorithms: BASIC,
DELAY, HARMONY, VINTAGE and DUAL.
BASIC: A set of effects that are quick and easy
to program, including Compressor,
Wah, EQ, Noise Suppressor,
Harmonist, Delay, Chorus and Reverb.
DELAY: All the effects available in BASIC plus
Phase, Flange and a more powerful 4
tap ducking delay.
HARMONY: The BASIC effects with an impressive
intelligent pitch-shifter.
VINTAGE: The BASIC effects along with some
unique BOSS pedals including
Tremolo/Pan, Vibrato, Auto Wah, Slow
Gear and Feedbacker.
DUAL: Two chains of effects which include the
Preamp along with EQ, Delay, Chorus
and Reverb. These chains can be
layered, switched or morphed in
realtime with a foot pedal or other
controller.

••• GP-100 COSM Models* •••
Amplifiers
Roland JC-120
Fender Twin
Matchless (Vox AC-30 clone)
Mesa Boogie Lead
Marshall 1959
Soldano
Peavey 5150 Rhythm
Peavey 5150 Lead
Pedals
OD-1 Overdrive
OD-2 Turbo Overdrive
DS-1 Distortion
FZ-2 Fuzz pedal
Speaker Cabinets
Small open-back enclosure - 1 x 10”
Open-back enclosure - 1 x 12”
Open-back enclosure - 2 x 12”
Large sealed enclosure - 4 x 12”
Large dual stack - 4 x 12”
Microphones
SM-57
Electro Voice RE-20
U-87 condenser mic
* All products are trademarks of their respective
companies.

TBS38 © 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20009 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

%

F:E2C &J?E96D:K6C
••• GR-09 GUITAR SYNTH TURBO FACTS •••
The new Roland GR-09 is an inexpensive Guitar
Synthesizer featuring 180 high quality tones, 128
patches, 2 independent effects processors and Roland's
exclusive high speed tracking technology. The 180 tones
(2 megabytes) have been hand-picked from Roland's
extensive sample library. The operations of the GR-09
have been consolidated to 2 easy to use dials to choose
various parameters. Assignable expression pedal per
patch and multiple pedal operations make the GR-09
suitable for live applications. The GR-09's 28 notes of
polyphony accomodate even the most extensive sounds
like layers and splits. The sounds of the GR-09 can be
expanded to 360 tones with the optional GR9E-1 4
megabyte expansion board.
• Initializing
1) While holding PEDAL 2, turn on the GR-09.
2) Press + followed by EDIT/PLAY.
• ROM Play
1) While holding PEDAL 1, turn on the GR-09.
2) Press EDIT/PLAY.
3) Press EDIT/PLAY again to stop.
4) Turn the unit off and on to return it to its normal
state.
• Tuning your Guitar
The GR-09 uses high speed pitch conversion to activate
its internal sounds. It is for this reason, that proper guitar
tuning is essential.
1) Hold down the S1 button on the GK-2 or GK-2A,
press PEDAL 1.
2) Play each individual string. The left of the display will
indicate what string number you have played.
3) Tune your guitar to the display using the group of five
LED lights and display as your guide.
4) The right of the display indicates the current pitch.
The middle light of these five LED's indicates proper
tuning.
5) Tune all your strings to the GR-09 using this method.
• Playing Patches
There are two methods used to change patches on the
GR-09: from the front panel switches and with the foot
switches.
• Front Panel method
1) Use the +/- value buttons to select various patches.

TBS09

• Playing Patches (cont.)
• Changing patches with the footswitches:
1) Hold the S1 button on the GK-2 or GK-2A and press
Pedal 2 entitled NEXT GROUP to change the group
(A,b,C,d)
2) Hold the S1 button on the GK-2 or GK-2A and press
Pedal 3 (BANK DOWN) or Pedal 4 (BANK UP) .
3) Release the S1 button and press Pedals 1-4 to
choose the desired Patch.
• Using Pedals for Pitch Bend or Modulation
The Pedals can be used to control Pitch Shift,
Modulation, Hold 1 and Hold 2. Pitch Shift will raise or
lower the pitch of the synth sound. Modulation adds
vibrato to the current synth sound. Both the Hold 1 and 2
functions are used for sustaining the synth sound of the
GR-09. The Hold 1 function will sustain currently active
synth notes and let you play the guitar sound on top. The
Hold 2 function will sustain only the currently held strings
and let you play guitar or synth sound on top.
1) Press the S2 button on the GK-2 or GK-2A.
2) 'Pdl' will appear in the display.
3) Pedals 1 thru 4 will now function as Pitch Shift,
Modulation, Hold 1 and Hold 2.
4) Press the S2 button to return to normal play mode.
• Creating Custom Sounds on the GR-09
The GR-09 contains 128 patches, the first 64 of which
are pre-programmed from the factory with various
sounds. The last 64 sounds are initialized settings
available for you to edit and change. A patch is made up
of up to two samples called Tones. Patches also control
various editing parameters involved with the Tones.
Choosing new Tones
1) Choose Patch C11.
2) Press EDIT/PLAY.
3) Turn the MODE knob to PATCH EDIT 1.
4) Turn the PATCH PARAMATER knob to MAIN
TONE#.
5) Select the new Tone (1-180) with the VALUE +/buttons.
6) Press EDIT/PLAY when completed.
Modifying Other Parameters
1) Turn PATCH PARAMETER to the desired parameter
for example - ATTACK.The ATTACK parameter
controls how fast the sounds come in.
2) Modify values with the VALUE +/- buttons.
Saving the Changes
1) Turn the MODE knob to WRITE.
2) Press VALUE + and - simultaneously.

© 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20010 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

%

8F:E2CDJ?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND GR-1 TURBO FACTS •••
The revolutionary GR-1 is the guitarist's guitar
synthesizer. The user-friendly, floor-module design
with lightning-fast tracking allows performers to take
advantage of the 200 CD-quality sounds – designed
exclusively for guitarists. The onboard digital reverb
and chorus add the professional touch whether
playing live or using the 2,000 note sequencer.
•
1)
2)
3)

Initializing
Turn power off.
Hold WRITE/COPY while turning on.
Press ENTER/YES.

•
1)
2)
3)

Playing patches
Press BANK footswitch (bank number flashes).
Press footswitches 1 through 4.
Press GROUP UP, and repeat above to access
the second group of 32 patches.

Note: The first eight patches (bank 1-1 through bank
2-4) are demo patches of the quickest tracking
sounds and give an idea of the GR-1 sonic
capabilities.
•
1)
2)
3)

Auditioning Tones
Choose patch 1-1.
Press 1ST TONE.
Use DEC/INC buttons or VALUE knob (vibrato
rate) to choose any of the 200 tones.
4) Press EXIT when done.
• Layering Tones
1) Choose patch 3-1 “GRAND.”
2) Press string mode select CHANGE until 1ST and
2ND both appear.
3) Strings are automatically selected. Press 2ND
TONE and use INC/DEC to choose new 2nd
tones.
4) Press EXIT when done.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Layering Guitar
Choose patch 1-4 (group 1) “SCATIN.”
Put GK-2 switch on MIX and play jazzy riffs.
Choose patch 4-2 “BIG STGS.”
Layer clean guitar sound and play chords.
Choose patch 2-1 “FEEDBACKER.”
Layer metal guitar sound with it.

•
1)
2)
3)

Quick edit-tones
Choose patch 2-4 “GIT+STGS.”
Put TARGET knob on 2ND.
Turn ATTACK slightly counterclockwise to speed
it up.

• Quick edit-effects
1) Put TARGET knob on COMMON.
2) Turn LEVEL and TIME clockwise to hear more
reverb.
•
1)
2)
3)

Show splits and v-switch/v-mix modes
Choose patch 6-1 in GROUP 2 “BEAT KIT.”
Choose patch 7-3 in GROUP 2 “BASS>PNO.”
Choose patch 4-1 in GROUP 1 “V-SW STNGS.”

• Playing the Sequencer demo
1) Press START/STOP
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing along with the sequencer
Let sequencer continue after demo song.
Choose patch 3-4 “ROCK BEE.”
Play along with demo.

• Recording a quick sequence
1) Turn unit off.
2) Press and hold EXIT/NO while turning on (song
init OK ?).
3) Press ENTER (reboots).
4) Press RECORDER/PART.
5) Press ENTER/YES, the display reads “1-2-3-D-.”
These are the 3 parts and drums.
The part with the flashing underline is the one
selected to record. The CURSOR takes you to other
parts.
6) Press ENTER/YES.
7) Press REC.
8) Press START/STOP. You’ll hear 2 bars in and
the recording begins at the 3rd bar.
9) Press START/STOP when you done recording.
10) To play, press START/STOP.
By pressing EXIT, you will be returned to the track
select screen to select another part by cursoring to it.

TBS08 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20011 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

%

8F:E2C DJ?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND GR-30 TURBO FACTS •••
The GR-30 is the newest guitar synthesizer from Roland. It
features 8 megabytes of ROM waveform data, 256
Patches (128 Preset and 128 User) and 384 high quality
tones such as Pianos, Violins, Organs, Drums, and
Percussion. The GR-30 includes an impressive
Arpeggiator that allows you to create independent string
sequences of various finger picking patterns. The GR-30
also includes Intelligent Pitch Shifting, Reverb, Chorus,
Delay, Wah, Whammy Effects, and a Chromatic Tuner.
• Initialization
To reset the factory settings:
1) Power on while holding down Pedal 2.
2) Press PATCH [+] to select the type of initialization
(“PAt” intializes Patches, “SyS” initializes system
settings, and “ini” initializes all settings).
3) Press EDIT/PLAY.
4) Press the PATCH +/- buttons simultaneously
• Setting String Sensitivity
Setting the string sensitivity is critical for obtaining
maximum performance from your GR-30. Use the
following procedure:
1) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to select
PICKUP SENS (1-6).
2) Press EDIT/PLAY, then play a string.
3) Use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to set the level.
Turn the level up until the red light appears, then back
off the level by one.
4) Press EDIT/PLAY to return to Play Mode.
• Using The Guitar Tuner
Use the following procedure to tune your guitar:
1) While pressing the S1 button on GK-2A, press Pedal 1
(or press PATCH [-] while holding EDIT/PLAY.
2) Play a string and tune accordingly. When the light in the
center turns from green to red you are in tune.
3) Press any pedal or the S2 button to return to Play
Mode.
• Auditioning Patches and Tones
The GR-30 includes 128 Preset and 128 User Patches
that allow you to combine two of the 384 tones. Use the
following procedure to access the patches using the GK2A pickup:
1) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to select
PATCH INC/DEC BY S1/S2 Guitar Select.
2) Use the S1/S2 buttons on the GK-2A to change
patches up and down.
To access Tones:
1) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to A.
st
nd
2) Turn the EDIT TARGET knob to 1 or 2 TONE.
3) Use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to change
Tones.

• Selecting Arpeggiator Patches
The GR-30 allows you to create individual string
sequences similar to finger picking styles. The
following Patches use the Arpeggiator:
Patch A11
Try some different chords.
Patch A14
Try a few chords, be sure to let arpeggio play out.
Patch A21
Try the chord sequence Am, E, G, D, F, C, Dm, E.
Patch A31
Play strings 2 and 6 simultaneously.
• Using The Harmonist
The Harmonist feature allows you to add harmonies
that intelligently follow your notes in the selected
key. Use the following procedure:
1) Select Patch A81 and press EDIT/PLAY.
2) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to A.
3) Turn the EDIT TARGET knob to ARPEGGIO/harmony.
5) Use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select h-1.
6) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to B.
7) Use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select
Harmony Interval.
8) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to C.
9) Use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select Key.
10) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to WRITE TO
and use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select a
Patch location.
11) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to WRITE PATCH.
12) Press thePATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons simultaneously to
permanently save the new Patch.
• Effects
The GR-30 offers several effects such as Reverb
and Chorus. Use the following procedure to select
the desired effect:
1) Press EDIT/PLAY.
2) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to A.
3) Turn the EDIT TARGET knob to EFFECT.
4) Use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select Reverb Type.
5) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to B, and use the
PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to adjust Reverb Level.
6) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to C, and use
the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to adjust Reverb Time.
7) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to D, and use
the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select the type of
CHORUS or FLANGE.
8) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to WRITE TO
and use the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons to select a
Patch location.
9) Turn the PARAMETER SELECT knob to WRITE
PATCH and press the PATCH (VALUE) +/- buttons
simultaneously to permanently save the new Patch.

TBS56 © 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20055 1/97

E
F:E2C 67764ED AC@46DD@C
••• BOSS GT-5 TURBO FACTS •••
The BOSS GT-5 is the first pedal board style Guitar Multi
Effects Processor to incorporate Composite Object Sound
Modeling (COSM ).This technology allows the GT-5 to
emulate several of the world’s most popular guitar amps and
speaker cabinets. The GT-5 includes 28 digital effects and 11
BOSS Overdrive and Distortion pedals. There’s a wide variety
of Modulation, Delay, and Reverb Effects such as the
Humanizer, Harmonist, Trem/Pan, Sound On Sound Delay,
and Reverb. The new Acoustic Guitar Simulator and HRM
Guitar Synth Waveforms make the GT-5 extremely versatile.
Up to 10 controllers can be assigned per patch and they can
be controlled by the built-in control or expression pedals,
external pedals or assignable MIDI controllers. Manual Mode
allows you to turn effects On and Off with the pedal board.
The built-in effects loop of the GT-5 allows you to add
additional pedals and effects. A chromatic guitar tuner is also
included in the GT-5.

• Initialization
The GT-5 allows you to select which areas of the system
to initialize. Use the following procedure to return the
entire system back to it’s factory settings:
1) Turn the Power ON while holding down the MOD and
FEEDBACKER/SLOW GEAR buttons.
2) Use the VALUE DIAL to select System and #4-5-5.
3) Press WRITE.
• Connecting the GT-5 to an Amp or PA System
The GT-5 can be used with a guitar amp or full range PA.
You can specify the type of amp being used such as
Tube or Solid State. Connect two audio cables from the
Stereo Outputs to the L & R Inputs of your sound system.
1) Press UTILITY.
2) Use the VALUE DIAL to select the type of amp.
3) Press the PARAMETER RIGHT button to select
SPEAKER SIMULATOR. Use VALUE to select PATCH
DATA (speaker simulator on/off is determined by the
Patch), ALWAYS ON, or ALWAYS OFF.
4) Press EXIT.
5) Connect your guitar cable to the back panel INPUT.
6) Use the INPUT MIN/MAX Volume Knob to adjust the
input level, so the Overload Light does not light up.
• Tuning the Guitar
The Chromatic Tuner allows you to tune your guitar to
normal pitch, or you can set it to display a half or whole
step below normal tuning.
1) Press TUNER/BYPASS and play each string.
2) Adjust the pitch of each string to the center position
on the meter.
3) Use the PARAMETER buttons to access additional
tuning options, if desired.
4) Press EXIT.

• Selecting Patches
The GT-5 includes 250 Patches that are organized by
Group, Bank, and Number. There are 4 User Groups
and 6 Preset Groups. The Preset Numbers are
highlighted in the LCD Display. The Patches can be
switched by pressing the appropriate foot pedal.
1) Press the GROUP button to select the GROUP.
2) Press the FOOT PEDAL marked B to change
BANKS followed by one of the five pedals. The
Bank Number in the LCD will blink until you press a
number pedal.
3) Press Pedals 1-5 for Patches. The red light on the
pedal will be lit when the Patch is being used.
• Editing Patches
The GT-5 has 16 buttons that correspond with the 28
effects that can be individually edited. When the
corresponding red light is ON, the effect is being used.
1) Press the desired Effect Button.
2) Turn the VALUE DIAL so that the Effect is ON or to
select the desired User (U) or Preset (P).
3) Use the PARAMETER buttons and the VALUE DIAL
to select the Effect Parameters.
4) Press WRITE to save the settings.
5) Use the VALUE DIAL to select a Patch Location.
6) Press WRITE to complete.
• Real Time Control
The pedal board on the GT-5 includes a built-in Control
and Expression Pedal which can be used to control up
to 10 parameters at once, per patch. You can also
assign real time controllers to external foot pedals or
MIDI controllers.
1) Press PEDAL/ASSIGN.
2) Turn the VALUE DIAL to select Expression Pedal
ON, or to choose between User (U) and Preset (P).
3) Use the PARAMETER RIGHT button to select
Target, and use the VALUE DIAL to choose the
desired Target.
4) Use the PARAMETER buttons and VALUE DIAL to
select and change the MIN and MAX assign
settings.
5) Press WRITE to save to the desired Patch location.
• Manual Mode
Manual Mode allows you to use Pedals 1-5 as ON and
OFF switches for selected Effects. It is not necessary to
change patch numbers to enter Manual Mode.
1) Press MANUAL.
2) Use the PARAMETER buttons to select the Effect
Type and the VALUE DIAL to make a selection.

TBS47 ©1996 Roland Corporation U.S. , 7200 Dominion Circle , Los Angeles , CA 90040 Faxback # 20040

6/96

NQPSMTR

+
F:E2C 7764ED #C@46DD@C
••• BOSS GX-700 TURBO FACTS •••
The GX-700 Guitar Effects Processor is a single rack
space preamp/processor which combines 21 highly
sophisticated guitar effects with unprecedented
operational ease. Up to 13 effects, including intelligent
pitch shifting, can be used simultaneously and the
connection order is user assignable.The GX-700 uses
Roland's proprietary Composite Object Sound
Modeling(COSM) technology and offers the flexibility of
a built-in preamp and speaker simulator.
•
Auditioning Patches
The GX-700 has 100 user programmable Patches in
memory locations 1 to 100, and 100 preset patches in
101 to 200. To scroll through patches, simply rotate
the NUMBER knob. Pressing the NUMBER knob in
and rotating it will change patches in increments of 10.
•
1)
2)
3)
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

•
1)
2)

3)
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

The Tuner
Connect a guitar to the INPUT.
Press the TUNER button (it can also be assigned
to a foot pedal) and tune each string.
Press PLAY to return to play mode.
Effects On/Off & Editing Parameters
VALUE knob to select preset patch [101].
Press the EFFECT SELECT button of your choice
to access the parameters.
Pressing the button again toggles effect on/off.
PARAMETER buttons to scroll through the
parameters in the selected effect.
VALUE knob to change the selected effects setting
in single increments. Press and rotate VALUE
knob to change in increment of 10.
The Order Of Effects
Press LEVEL/CHAIN to access edit mode.
PARAMETER right to the effects list. Move the
cursor (a little man) to the position where you want
to move an effect. For example, move the man in
between the WAH and OD/DS effect.
To move effect into new location press the
EFFECT SELECT button with effect.
The Preamp
Select any patch as a starting point.
Press the EFFECT SELECT PREAMP button.
Use the PARAMETER buttons to select [Type] and
pick an amp with the VALUE knob.
Continue using the PARAMETER buttons and the
VALUE knob to program the amp settings.
Repeat the same procedure with EFFECT
SELECT SP.SIM for selecting and programming a
speaker cabinet to go with the preamp.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
•
1)
2)
4)
5)

The Effects Loop
Press EFFECT SELECT PREAMP to turn off.
Press EFFECT SELECT LOOP until it turns on. If
your guitar preamp is in the loop you should hear it.
Make the setting in your normal guitar amp to your
liking. Don't worry about volume.
PARAMETER right to access the [Level] of the
loop and VALUE it to a good setting.
The Harmonist
The Harmonist is one of the MOD effects. Press
the EFFECT SELECT MOD button to on.
PARAMETER right one time to [Mode] and VALUE
to [Harmonist].
PARAMETER to [Key] and select one.
PARAMETER to [Harmony 1], VALUE to [+3rd].
Play a scales in your selected key. You will
discover the pitch shifted interval changes from a
major to minor 3rds.

•
Real Time Control Assign:
With an FC-200 MIDI Foot Controller, and/or an
expression pedal and foot switches plugged into back,
it's possible to control up to seven parameters in real
time, three preset & four user programmable. Connect
FC-200 to MIDI In and/or the expression pedal and
momentary foot switch (FS-5U or DP-2).
(The FC200's Expression and Controller foot switch transmit
MIDI CTL# 7 and 80).
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

5)
•
1)

Volume Pedal
Press EFFECT SELECT LEVEL/CHAIN button and
PARAMETER right to [Assign 1 Target].
Rotate VALUE knob to select [FV : Level] for foot
volume control before the delay.
PARAMETER to [Assign 1 Min] / [Assign 1 Max].
VALUE to appropriate settings.
PARAMETER to [Assign 1 Source], VALUE to
[MIDI CTL #7] for FC-200 expression pedal or
[EXP PEDAL] for an expression pedal in back.
Experiment with the pedal to see how it controls
the sound parameter in real time.
Naming The Patch
PARAMETER right until you reach [Name Edit].

2) Use VALUE to select letters and PARAMETER
to move the cursor left and right. Press VALUE
to toggle between CAPITOL and small letters.
•
1)
2)
3)

Writing The Patch
Press WRITE, The PATCH number will flash.
VALUE to select a different location (optional).
Press WRITE again

TBS41 © 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20036 2/96

NQPSMTR

®


#C@8C2>>23=6 DJ?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND JD-800 TURBO FACTS •••
The JD-800 is Roland’s preeminent synthesizer,
featuring CD-quality waveforms with incredible
dynamic range, dedicated front panel controls for
patch editing or performance nuances, and a multieffects processor capable of producing up to eight
effects at once.
• Initializing
1) Press DATA TRANSFER.
2) Use the cursor buttons to select [FACTORY
RESET].
3) Choose YES.
•

Selecting Patches

Single Mode
1) Press SINGLE.
2) Press a Bank and Number key.
Multi Mode
1) Press MULTI.
2) Press PART < > to select your Part.
3) Press a Bank and Number key.
• Editing Patches
Patches can be edited in either Single or Multi mode.
Each Patch contains up to four Tones, A-D. Active
Tones are indicated for each Patch by the Tone
LEDs under the Patch block.
1) If you’re in MULTI mode, press PART < > to
select which Part you wish to edit.
2) Press ACTIVE.
3) Press Tone A-D button to select which Tone to
edit. You can edit all four Tones at once if they’re
all selected. If none are selected, use the Tone
Palette sliders to edit the Tones.
4) Move any slider, knob or button to edit the Tone.
5) Press LAYER and a Tone button to activate/deactivate additional Tones.
•

Using the JD-800 to edit a JD-990

From Single mode on the JD-800:
1) Connect the MIDI Out of the JD-800 to the MIDI
In of the JD-990.
2) Press the MIDI button.
3) Use the Cursor arrows to find “TX edit data.”
4) Use the Value buttons to turn this parameter ON.
From Patch mode on the JD-990:
1) Press the System Setup button.
2) Press the F4 button, “MIDI RX”
3) Cursor to RX Exclusive and turn it to “ON-2.”

• Sequencing
The JD-800 is 6-Part multitimbral for sequencing
applications, including 5 Patches and a Special
Setup for drum, percussion or special effects. It must
be in Multi Mode in order to play multiple Patches
simultaneously.
Setting the Transmit channel:
1) Press MIDI.
2) PAGE Up to “MIDI Tx Channel”.
3) Use the Value slider to set it to PART.
4) Press EXIT.
Setting the Part Parameters:
1) Press PART EDIT.
2) Use the PART < > and the Value slider to set the
Receive Channel for each Part.
3) PAGE Up to additional Part Parameters like
Level, Pan, Output Assign, etc.
4) Press EXIT.
Selecting Patches:
The JD-800 will now automatically transmit on the
channel of the current Part.
1) Press PART < > to select a Part.
2) Press a Bank and Number key.
• Splitting the Keyboard
Each Tone within a Patch has its own key range. To
Split the keyboard, you must assign each Tone the
appropriate zone.
1) In Single Mode, press COMMON.
2) Press PAGE Up until the display reads Range A.
3) Set the Low and High Range for Tone A using
the Value slider and cursor.
4) PAGE Up for Tones B, C, and D.
• Sound Card Library for the JD-800
1) SL-JD80 Series:
A diverse library of Waveforms and Patches
ranging from Acoustic, Dance and Rock drums
to Strings, Brass, Pianos and even Accordian.
Each set contains both a Waveform card and a
Data card with 64 patches which utilize the
sounds on the Waveform card.
2) SO-PCM Series:
These cards contain new Waveforms for use
with either the JV or JD-series synthesizers. The
JD-800 can use these Waveforms to enhance its
internal library and allow users to build new
Patches.

TBS10 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20012 12/95

NQPSMTR

®


&FA6C &J?E96D:K6C @5F=6
••• ROLAND JD-990 TURBO FACTS •••
The JD-990 Super JD is Roland's most powerful and
programmable synthesizer ever. It features 6 Mb of our
highest quality 44.1kHz waveforms, a powerful and
flexible synthesizer architecture with extensive real-time
control, 4 pairs of stereo outputs, and a dynamic multieffects processor for creating stunning synth textures, as
well as expressive acoustic instruments.

•

Initializing

To return the Super JD to its factory setup:
1) Hold EXIT and press UTILITY.
2) Press F6 EXECUTE.

•

ROM Demo

To play the Super JD's demo songs:
1) Press EXIT and CURSOR DOWN simultaneously.
2) Press F5 START to play the chain of songs. Or,
CURSOR DOWN to any of the songs and press F5
START.

•

Selecting Patches

The Super JD features 192 Patches – 128 Preset
Patches (A/B), and 64 User Patches (I). An M-256E
card can hold an additional 64 User Patches (C).
1) Press PATCH.
2) Press A, B, or INT to select a Patch bank.
3) Use the VALUE dial to select new Patches.
4) Press the VALUE dial to open a window of the current
Patch bank.
5) Use the VALUE dial, or use the cursors, to move
among the Patches.
6) Press the VALUE dial again to move to the next patch
bank.

•

Using Controllers with Patches

Most of the Patches in the Internal Bank are setup to
respond to controllers "4 "and "1" or "11" for realtime control of various parameters. Use a controller
keyboard or sequencer that can transmit one or both
of these controllers to shape the sound of the
JD-990 Tones in real-time.
Patch I-11 DeepSEAmphony is a good example of
how these controllers can be used. Controllers can
be assigned to control a wide range of parameters
including pitch, cutoff, resonance, level, and LFOs.
Two controllers can be assigned for each Tone.

•

Editing Patch Parameters

The JD-990 features extensive Patch editing
capabilities. In the Patch mode, you can easily
move to these parameters using the F keys.

•

Patch Parameter Edits (cont.)

1)
2)

Press F5 LFO&CTL.
Press F5 to toggle between individual Tone view
and Palette view. For now go to Tone view.
Press F2 LFO1. The LFO structure is displayed for
the active Tone.
Cursor to each parameter and use the VALUE
dial to change the values. The graphic display shows
your changes as you make them.
Use the F keys to select other parameters and their
graphic displays.

3)
4)
5)

•

Sequencing

The Super JD is 8-part multitimbral in Performance mode.
To quickly get started sequencing with the Super JD,
choose one of the Preset Performances B-09 through B16. These Performances are already configured for
multitimbral setup on channels 1-7 with Rhythm on 10.
1) Press PERFORM.
2) Press B.
3) Press the VALUE dial until the bank of Performances
Pop Kit through Ethnic Kit appears.
4) Select a Performance for sequencing.
To select sounds, levels, panning and other parameters
for each Part:
1) Press F2 PART.
2) Press F6 Palette.
3) Cursor to your desired parameter.
4) Use the VALUE dial or INC/DEC buttons to make
your changes.

•

Using Expansion Boards & PCM Cards

The Super JD's 6 Mb of memory can be user-expanded to
16 Mb using the SR-JV80 Series Expansion Boards, and
SO-JD80 and SO-PCM1 Waveform Cards. Both the SRJV80 Boards and SO-PCM1 Cards also contain Patches.
These Patches must be loaded into User Memory
locations before they can be played normally.
1) Install the Expansion Board, or insert an
SO-PCM1 Card.
2) Press PATCH.
3) Press UTILITY.
4) Press F4 CARD.
5) Press F5 LD PRM.
6) Use the Data Wheel to select either PCM Card or
EXP Board.
7) Cursor to the right, and use the Data Wheel to select
a Patch.
8) Press F6 EXECUTE.
The Patch is now in temporary memory. You can use the
WRITE procedure (UTILITY, F1) to store it in any User
Patch location.

TBS11 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20013 12/95

NQPSMTR

®


&FA6C &J?E96D:K6C @5F=6
•

Using the Effects

An integral part of the Super JD's sound is its tremendous
multi-effects processor. Any Patch can use up to 8 effects
at one time. The effects are divided in to two Groups, A
and B. Group A includes Distortion, Phaser, Spectrum
EQ, and an Enhancer. Group B features Chorus, a
Stereo Multi-Tap Delay, and Reverb. The delay has been
expanded to 3000ms, and will sync to MIDI clock. Two
effect Parameters can be controlled in real-time via MIDI.
To setup Effect control via MIDI:
1) Press PATCH.
2) Select PATCH I-15 DistSynChorus.
3) Press EFFECTS.
4) Press F2 FX Control.
5) Choose your control Source. This is the controller you
will transmit from your keyboard or sequencer.
6) Choose a Destination for your controller.
7) Set the desired depth of effect.
Note: Your destination Effect must be enabled
under F4 Group A and F5 Group B.

•

Assigning Outputs

The JD-990 has four pairs of stereo outputs to which any
of the eight multitimbral parts can be assigned in
Performance mode. By panning a Part all the way to the
left or the right, you can effectively assign each Part to its
own output.
To assign a Part to a Stereo Pair:
1) Press PERFORM.
2) Press F4 Out & FX.
3) Cursor down to bottom row.
4) Cursor left or right to the desired Part.
5) Turn dial to select D-1, D-2 or D-3.
Now pan the Part hard right or left within the stereo
pair for individual outputs.
6) Press F2 (Part).
7) Press F6 Palette.
8) Cursor to Pan for the desired Part.
9) Dial to L50 for “hard left” or R50 for “hard right".
If you are using a stereo Patch, each Tone must be
panned to the center for these settings to take
effect. From the Patch mode, press F4, cursor to
Pan, and set all 4 Tones to "0".

•

Using the Oscillator Sync Function

This function lets you create interesting effects by forcing
any waveform to be “slaved” to any other waveform in a
Patch. Any Tone (waveform) within a Patch can be
designated the “master.” Each remaining Tone can then
be slaved to the frequency of the "master". Pitch
envelopes can be applied to the "slave" Tone(s) to try to
force them out of tune, creating new harmonics and
resulting in the characteristic Sync sound. This effect only
works when Solo is ON. Also, the Tone switch for the
selected Master Tone must be turned ON.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)

In Patch Play mode, select a Patch to edit.
Press F1 COMMON.
Press F2 Key FX.
Press CURSOR DOWN to  Switch.
Use the VALUE dial to turn SOLO Switch ON.
Press CURSOR DOWN to Sync Master.
Use the VALUE dial to select a master Tone.
Press EXIT.
Press F2 WG.
Press F1 Wave.
Press CURSOR DOWN to Sync Slave SW.
Press TONE SELECT to select a Slave Tone.
Use the VALUE dial to turn the Sync Slave Switch
ON.
12) Repeat steps 10 and 11 for the remaining Tones as
desired.
13) Press EXIT.

•

Use a JD-800 to edit Patches

Each of the edit sliders on the front panel of the
JD-800 can be used to edit the Tones in the JD-990
in real-time.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Press SYSTEM.
Press F4 RX MIDI.
CURSOR to RX EXCLUSIVE.
Use the VALUE dial to select ON-2.
Turn on the TX EDIT function in the JD-800 MIDI
Menu.
Use the edit Sliders on the JD-800 to alter the JD-990
Tones in real-time.

If the appropriate edit window is open in the JD-990,
the graphic display will show your changes as you
make them. Make sure the correct Tone Switch
is enabled for the parameter you are editing.

TBS11 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20013 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

A

>FD:4&J?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND JP-8000 TURBO FACTS •••

The JP-8000 is a new generation synthesizer, bridging the gap
between analog and digital synths. It uses Roland’s Analog
Modeling technology, instead of sampled waveforms, in
combination with front panel knob and sliders to create incredible
new sounds.
DSP Oscillators simulate 7 different analog waveforms
•
8 voice polyphony
•
Keyboard layers & splits
•
Oscillator Sync, Cross & Ring Modulation
•
48 Arpeggiator styles
•
48 recordable RPS patterns
•
EQ, Chorus, Flanger, Phaser & Delay
•
Sliders and knobs transmit MIDI data
•
Arpeggiator, LFOs, & effects sync to MIDI
•
256 Patches & 128 Performances
•
New Super Saw waveform that models 7 saw waves using
•
just one voice of polyphony.

• Initialize
Use the following procedure to restore the factory settings:
1) Hold SHIFT and press INIT/UTIL.
2) Press INIT/UTIL until “Initialize [WRITE]” is displayed.
3) Use the DOWN/UP buttons to select “FACTORY
PRESET.”
4) Press WRITE.
• Play the ROM Demos
1) Press ARP HOLD and REC simultaneously. Song 1 will
begin to play.
2) Use the [1]-[8] buttons to select a different song.
3) Press EXIT to return to the previous screen.
• Selecting Sounds
On the JP-8000, each musical sound that you play is called
a Performance. There are always 2 Patches selected
(Upper and Lower) in each Performance and you can play
either one or both. Patch selections for the Upper and
Lower parts, front panel settings, arpeggiator/RPS settings,
and a variety of other settings are stored with each
Performance. Use the following procedure to listen to
Performances:
1) Press PERFORM/PATCH until “PERFORM” is displayed.
2) Use the BANK/VALUE buttons to select the desired bank
(each bank contains 8 Performances).
3) Use the [1]-[8] buttons to select the desired Performance.
•
1)
2)
3)

• Playing RPS Patterns
RPS Patterns are short sequences (1 to 4 bars) that are
assigned to various notes on the keyboard. There are 48
Preset RPS Patterns that you can choose from or you can
create your own. RPS settings such as ON/OFF and
TEMPO can be stored in each Performance.
To play an RPS Pattern:
1) Select the desired sound.
2) Press ON/OFF (under Arpeggiator/RPS) so that it is lit.
3) Press MODE until all three indicators (UP,DOWN, and
RND) are lit.
4) Play the keyboard to hear the RPS patterns.
To record an RPS Pattern:
1) Hold REC and press the C4 key.
2) Press CLEAR [6] followed by WRITE.
3) Press REC and play the keyboard when “M=1 B=1” is
displayed.
4) Press REC when finished.
5) Make sure that ON/OFF is lit and press the C4 key to
hear your new RPS Pattern.
• Recording a Motion Control
The Motion Control function allows you to store multiple
slider and knob movements as a ‘Motion’ for automated
playback. Up to 4 different ‘Motions’ can be stored in
memory and you can activate them by pressing the
MOTION CONTROL [1] or [2] buttons. Before recording a
new ‘Motion’ you must first clear any existing ones:
1) Hold REC and press MOTION CONTROL [2].
2) Press CLEAR [6].
3) Press WRITE followed by EXIT.
To record a new ‘Motion’:
1) Select Performance P:88 Template6.
2) Press LOWER.
3) Hold REC and press MOTION CONTROL [2].
4) Press LOOP LENGTH [1] and use the DOWN/UP
buttons to select “4.” Press EXIT.
5) Adjust the sliders and/or knobs as desired, then press REC.
6) Hold a note(s) on the keyboard to hear the effect of the
‘Motion’ you created.
• Assigning the Ribbon Controller
The ribbon controller allows you to control the movements
of multiple sliders and/or knobs with a single control. Use
the following procedure to assign the slider/knob functions
to the ribbon controller:
1) Select the desired Performance.
2) Press RIBBON ASSIGN.
3) Press WRITE. “Ribbon Assign (Not Assigned)” will be
displayed.
4) Adjust sliders and/or knobs as desired (try CUTOFF
FREQ and RESONANCE).
5) Press RIBBON ASSIGN.
6) While playing the keyboard, press the center of the
ribbon controller and slide your finger to the right. The
sound will change as it it did previously when the
sliders and knobs were adjusted.

Using the Arpeggiator
Select a Performance.
Hold SHIFT and press PFM COMMON [1].
Press PFM COMMON [1] until “Arpeggio Dest” is
displayed. Use the DOWN/UP buttons to select LOWER
& UPPER (if it is not already selected).
4) Press PFM COMMON until “ARP BEAT PATTERN” is
displayed. Use the DOWN/UP buttons to select the
desired arpeggio pattern.
5) Press ON/OFF (under Arpeggiator/RPS) so that it is lit.
6) Play the keyboard to hear the arpeggio.
7) Use the TEMPO knob to adjust the tempo as desired.
8) Press ON/OFF to turn the arpeggiator off.
TBS57 © 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20057 1/97

NQPSMTR

®

&
&2>A=:?8 *@C buttons to select “FACTORY
PRESET,” and press ENTER.
3) Use the PAGE  buttons to select “ALL.”
4) Press ENTER twice.

Note: Initialization will take several minutes.
• Playing the Demo Songs
The JX-305 has 8 demo songs. Use the following
procedure to listen to the demo songs:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Simultaneously press EXIT and ENTER.
Use the VALUE dial to select the desired demo song.
Press STOP/PLAY to begin playback
Press STOP/PLAY to halt playback.
Press EXIT to return to play mode.

• Muting Parts in a Pattern
Use the following procedure to mute parts of a Pattern:
1)
2)
3)
4)

Select Pattern “P A:11 Psy Trance 1” (see above).
Press STOP/PLAY to begin playback.
Press PART MUTE so it is lit.
Use the Bank 1-8 buttons to mute parts. Note that
when a button is blinking, it is muted.
5) Press STOP/PLAY to halt playback.
• Auditioning Sounds
Use the following procedure to audition Patches and
Effects together:
1)
2)
3)
4)

Press PART SELECT so it is lit, then press PART 1.
Press PART SELECT so it is not lit.
While holding SHIFT, press PATCH.
Press the Bank 1 button to select a Piano sound
with Reverb and play the keyboard.
5) Try the following sounds:
Bank 3 - an Electric Piano sound with Auto Pan
Number 1 - a String sound with EQ
Number 8 - a Synth sound with the Slicer effect.
• Using the Arpeggiator
The Arpeggiator sequentially triggers notes that are
held on the keyboard in time with the current Pattern.
The JX-305 has 43 preset and 10 user arpeggio styles.
Use the following procedure:
1) Press ARP so it is lit.
2) Hold several keys down on the keyboard.
3) Hold the ARP button and use the VALUE DIAL to
select other arpeggio styles.

• Using RPS
RPS allows you to trigger patterns from the keyboard.
There are 60 RPS sets, each containing 16 patterns.
• Selecting Patterns
Like the Arpeggiator, RPS patterns are played back in
Use the following procedure to select a pattern for playback: sync with the internal Patterns. Use the following
procedure:
1) Press MODE so it is not lit.
2) Press PTN/SONG in the Display section.
1) Press RPS SET so it is lit.
3) Press PRESET/USER/CARD several times to
2) Use the VALUE DIAL to select “U:13 NU NRG.”
select PRESET and use the VALUE DIAL to select
3) Press RPS so it is lit.
“P A:22 Psy Trance 10.”
4) Press the bottom 17 keys to trigger the selected
4) Press STOP/PLAY to begin playback.
patterns.
5) Press STOP/PLAY to halt playback.
6) Use the above steps to try the following Patterns:
The SmartMedia Cards are available in 2 and 4
megabyte versions; SM-2 ($35.00 retail) and SM-4
P B:28 Rock 6
P B:78 Tech Step 1
($60.00 retail). Contact your local Authorized Roland
P C:15 Hip Hop East 1
P D:41 Funk 1
dealer to order these cards.
P D:57 Dance Hall 3
P D:66 Salsa 1

TBS77 ©1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20075 5/98

NQPSMTR

®

)

IA2?523=6 &J?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND JV-35 TURBO FACTS •••
The JV-35 is a 16-Part multitimbral, 28-voice
polyphonic, GS/GM compatible synthesizer, with 226
Tones and 9 Drum Sets. An additional 256 User
Tones and 9 User Drum Sets can be customized
and stored by the user. It can be expanded to 56voice polyphony by installing the VE-JV1 or the VEGS1 Voice Expansion Boards.

•

Initializing
1) Press CONTROL and MASTER.
2) Press VALUE UP to restore the original settings.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

ROM Play
Press LEVEL and PAN.
Use PARAMETER UP/DOWN to select the
desired song.
Press VALUE UP to start song playback.
Press VALUE DOWN to stop playback.
To exit ROM Play mode, press LEVEL and PAN.

•

Auditioning Sounds
The JV-35's 16 Preset Banks are stenciled on the
upper right corner for easy location of the Tones.
1) Press Bank 1, Number 1: Piano 1
2) Press Bank 4, Number 1: Nylon Str-Gtr
3) Press Bank 3, Number 1: Organ1
4) Press Bank 5, Number 7: Synth Bass 1
5) Press Bank 12, Number 2: Warm Pad
Some Tones will have Variations as well. Press
VARIATION to hear them.

•

Customizing Tones
1) Select a Tone.
2) Press Envelope, then move the corresponding
slider to alter the Attack, Decay or Release time.
3) Press Filter, then edit the Cutoff and Resonance.
4) Press Vibrato, then ease the Depth slider up to
add vibrato.
5) To store an edited Tone, hold WRITE, toggle
VARIATION to specify the User Tone Map 1 or
2, then press the flashing number button.

•

Selecting Drum Sets
Two of the JV-35's 16 Parts can contain Drum Kits.
Part 10 defaults as Drum 1. Any other Part can be
assigned Drum 2 by pressing the DRUM 2 button.
1) Press DRUM 2 to make the selected Part Drum
2, or press PART <> to move to Part 10.
2) Press Number 1: Standard
3) Press Number 3: Power
4) Press Number 7: Brush
5) Press Number 8: Orchestra
6) Press Variation: SFX

•

Drum Set Editing
1) While in a Drum Kit, press both PARAMETER
UP/DOWN simultaneously.
2) Use the Value Slider to change the Pitch.
3) Press PARAMETER UP to access LEVEL,
PANNING, PITCH, and the REVERB DEPTH.

•

Splitting the Keyboard
1) Select the sound for the upper range of the
keyboard.
2) Press the SPLIT button.
3) Move the cursor to the bottom of the display
using the PARAMETER DOWN button.
4) Use Bank and Number to select a sound for the
lower range of the keyboard.
5) To set the Split Point: Hold SPLIT, use the Value
Slider to set the split point.

•

Layering Sounds
1) Select a sound, then press DUAL.
2) Move the cursor to the bottom of the display by
using the PARAMETER DOWN button.
3) Use Bank and Number to select a second
sound.
4) Use LEVEL to balance the volume of each
sound.

•

Performances
The JV-35 has 8 Performances which store the
entire16-Part multitimbral setup, plus Key Modes
such as Split and Layer.
1) To recall a Performance, hold PERFORMANCE
and press a Number button, 1 thru 8.
2) To store a Performance, hold WRITE and
PERFORMANCE, and press a Number button, 1
thru 8.

•

Using an External Sequencer
When initialized, each Part 1-16 transmits and
receives on its respective MIDI channel.
1) Use PART <> to select a Part.
2) Use Bank and Number to select a sound.
3) Record your track.
4) Use PART <> to select a new Part.
5) Repeat steps 2-4.

•

Using a Voice Expander
When installed, the VE-JV1 or VE-GS1 can increase
polyphony for sequencing or layering sounds. The
VE-JV1 will also add 512 new sounds. To use a
Voice Expander sound, press EXPANSION then
Bank and Number.

TBS12 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20014 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

)
IA2?523=6 &J?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND JV-50 TURBO FACTS •••

•

The JV-50 is a 16-Part multitimbral, 28-voice polyphonic,
GS/GM compatible synthesizer, with 226 Tones and 9
Drum Sets and a Direct from Disk SMF Player. An
additional 256 User Tones and 9 User Drum Sets can be
customized and stored by the user. It can be expanded to
56-voice polyphony by installing the VE-JV1 or the VE-GS1
Voice Expansion Boards.

1)

•

5)

Initializing
1) Press CONTROL and MASTER.
2) Press VALUE UP to restore the original settings.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

ROM Play
Press LEVEL and PAN.
Use PARAMETER UP/DOWN to select the
desired song.
Press VALUE UP to start song playback.
Press VALUE DOWN to stop playback.
To exit ROM Play mode, press LEVEL and PAN.

•

Auditioning Sounds
The JV-50's 16 Preset Banks are stenciled on the
upper right corner for easy location of the Tones.
1) Press Bank 1, Number 1: Piano 1
2) Press Bank 4, Number 1: Nylon Str-Gtr
3) Press Bank 3, Number 1: Organ1
4) Press Bank 5, Number 7: Synth Bass 1
5) Press Bank 12, Number 2: Warm Pad
Some Tones will have Variations as well. Press
VARIATION to hear them.
• Customizing Tones
1) Select a Tone.
2) Press Envelope, then move the corresponding
slider to alter the Attack, Decay or Release time.
3) Press Filter, then edit the Cutoff and Resonance.
4) Press Vibrato, then ease the Depth slider up to
add vibrato.
5) To store an edited Tone, hold WRITE, toggle
VARIATION to specify the User Tone Map 1 or 2,
then press the flashing number button.

•

Selecting Drum Sets
Two of the JV-50's 16 Parts can contain Drum Kits.
Part 10 defaults as Drum 1. Any other Part can be
assigned to Drum 2 by pressing the DRUM 2 button.
1) Press DRUM 2 to make the selected Part Drum
2, or press PART <> to move to Part 10.
2) Press Number 1: Standard
3) Press Number 3: Power
4) Press Number 7: Brush
5) Press Number 8: Orchestra
6) Press Variation: SFX

2)
3)
4)

Splitting the Keyboard
Select the sound for the upper range of the
keyboard.
Press the SPLIT button.
Move the cursor to the bottom of the display by
using the PARAMETER DOWN button.
Use Bank and Number to select a sound for the
lower range of the keyboard.
To set the Split Point: Hold SPLIT, use the
Value Slider to set the split point.

•

Layering Sounds
1) Select a sound, then press DUAL.
2) Move the cursor to the bottom of the display by
using the PARAMETER DOWN button.
3) Use Bank and Number to select a second sound.
4) Use LEVEL to balance the volume of each sound.

•

Performances
The JV-50 has 8 Performances which store the entire
16-Part multitimbral setup, plus Key Modes such as
Split and Layer.
1) To recall a Performance, hold PERFORMANCE
and press a Number button, 1 thru 8.
2) To store a Performance, hold WRITE and
PERFORMANCE, and press a Number button, 1
thru 8.

•

Using an External Sequencer
When initialized, each Part 1-16 transmits and
receives on its respective MIDI channel.
1) Use PART <> to select a Part.
2) Use Bank and Number to select a sound.
3) Record your track.
4) Use PART <> to select a new Part.
5) Repeat steps 2-4.

•

Using Standard MIDI Files
The onboard disk drive accepts 720K DOS-format
Standard MIDI Files (SMF). SMFs created on a PC
or MC-50mkII can be saved to floppy disk then played
on the JV-50. Macintosh SMFs can be converted to
DOS SMFs via Apple File Exchange.
1) Press DISPLAY to show Title, Measure & Tempo.
2) Press PLAY.

•

Using a Voice Expander
When installed, the VE-JV1 or VE-GS1 can increase
polyphony for sequencing or layering sounds. The
VE-JV1 will also add 512 new sounds. To use a Voice
Expander sound, press EXPANSION then Bank and
Number.

TBS13 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20015 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

)
IA2?523=6 &J?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND JV-90 TURBO FACTS •••
The JV-90 is an 8-Part multitimbral, 28-voice polyphonic,
fully programmable synthesizer, with complete MIDI
controller functions and a 76-note keyboard. It can be
expanded to 56-voice polyphony by installing the VE-JV1
or the VE-GS1 Voice Expansion Boards. The JV-90
sound library can also be enhanced by the SR-JV80
series of 8MB expansion boards as well as SO-PCM
sound cards and PN-JV80 parameter cards.

•

Initializing
1) Hold CAPS, and POWER ON.
2) Press ENTER.
3) Press WRITE.

•

ROM Play
1) Press the LEVEL and WAVE buttons under the
EDIT PALETTE.
2) Press ENTER.

•

Auditioning Sounds
The JV-90 has four Preset Patch Groups, A, B, C, D,
and one User-programmable Patch Group I, each
with 64 Patches, for a total of 320 on board Patches.
An M-256E or PN-JV80 Card can hold an additional
64 User Patches. The JV-90 can also directly access
Patches on any SR-JV80 Expansion Board or SOPCM1 Card, providing immediate access to over 600
Patches.
1) Press PATCH.
2) In the PATCH GROUP buttons select USER,
PRESET or W–EXP.
3) For Preset Patches:
Select A, B, C, or D from the PATCH GROUP
buttons.
For User Patches:
Select INT or CARD from the PATCH GROUP
buttons.
For Expansion Board Patches,:
Select A, B, C, or D from the PATCH GROUP
buttons.
For SO-PCM1 Card Patches:
Select PCM CARD A from the PATCH GROUP
buttons.
4) After selecting your Group, use the eight BANK
and NUMBER buttons to select Patches within
that Group.

•

Customizing Patches
The Edit Palette provides a quick and intuitive
method for mastering the JV-90’s powerful
synthesizer controls, allowing you to customize your
Patches. Each Patch combines 1–4 Tones, indicated
by the Tone Switch LEDs.

Customizing Patches (cont.)
1) Press PATCH.
2) Press LEVEL in the Edit Palette.
3) Use Sliders 1–4 to remix the Levels of the
enabled Tones.
4) Press the other Edit Palette controls, PAN,
TUNE, WAVE, CUTOFF, RESONANCE,
ATTACK or RELEASE, and use the sliders to
change the sound.
5) The s and t in the display indicate you can
CURSOR to related parameters from any of the
eight Edit Palette screens.

•

Writing a new Patch in memory
1) Press WRITE.
2) Cursor to Write and press ENTER.
3) Select a User Patch location using the Patch
Group, Bank and Number buttons, or Slider 1.
4) Press ENTER.

•

Performances
Like Patches, there are both Preset and User
Performances in the JV-90. There are three types of
Performances:
LAYER:
ZONE:

for layering Patches.
for splitting Patches across
keyboard.
SINGLE : for multitimbral sequencing.

the

To set the Performance mode:
1) Press PERFORMANCE.
2) Press EDIT.
3) Cursor down to KEY MODE.
4) Use INC/DEC or Slider 1 to set the desired
Mode.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Using the JV-90 with a sequencer
Select Preset Performance A16 “PopOrchestra”.
Cursor right to listen to the patches in this
Performance.
Cursor right to the Rhythm Part.
Record on track one on your Sequencer.
To listen to your Track, press PLAY.

To record additional Tracks:
1) Cursor to your next instrument.
2) Repeat steps 4 and 5, selecting a new Track
each time.
To select new Patches:
1) Press PATCH on the Edit Palette.
2) Use the Group, Bank and Number buttons, or
Sliders, to select Patches for each Part.

TBS14 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20017 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

)
IA2?523=6 &J?E96D:K6C
•

Compu-Mixing
Compu–Mixing turns the JV-90’s sliders into an
automated MIDI mixer, controlling the volume and
pan information of your sequence tracks.
1) Record a sequence, as above.
2) Press TX VOL on the Edit Palette.
3) Press REC and select an empty Track for
recording.
4) Press PLAY to start recording, and move the
sliders to mix the volume levels.
5) Press STOP and RESET.
6) The sequencer will play back your volume
changes.
7) You can do the same with TX PAN, to move the
sounds throughout the stereo field.

•

VE-JV/GS Voice Expanders
In addition to SR-JV80 Expansion Boards, the JV-90
can be expanded with the VE-GS1 and VE-JV1
Voice Expanders, which provide additional polyphony
and multitimbral parts.
To select Voice Expander sounds:
1) Press V-EXP.
2) Press V-EXP and A in the Patch Group buttons.
3) Use the BANK and NUMBER buttons to select
the sounds.
4) Use PART SEL (under Edit Palette) to toggle
between Parts 1–8 and 9–16. Cursor between
individual Parts.
To select GS Variation Tones: (VE-GS1 only)
1) Press BANK LOW in the Patch Group buttons.
2) Press BANK and NUMBER buttons to select a
new Bank. (Not all Banks contain Variations see a GS Tone Chart)

•

MIDI Internal/External Switch
In order to provide independent access to both the
internal sounds of the JV-90 and the V-EXP sounds
of either a VE-JV1 or VE-GS1 Voice Expansion
Board, there are two MIDI inputs. To allow the two
sound sources to be addressed separately the MIDI
switch must be set to External.
In External position, the JV-90 sound source will be
accessible from the JV-90 MIDI In and the Voice
Expansion Board will be addressed only from the
V-EXP MIDI In.
This concept has the following ramifications:
1) If you're addressing a sound source via the
JV-90 MIDI In, the internal processor will update
the display when MIDI data is received, i.e.

MIDI Internal/External Switch (cont.)
program changes, volume changes, etc.
2) Subsequently, when set to EXT, the V-EXP MIDI
In bypasses the JV-90 and the display is not
updated when MIDI data is received.
EXPANSION BOARDS
There are essentially two kinds of optional expansion
boards for the JV-90: Voice Expanders and
Waveform Expanders.
Voice Expansion Boards
These expansion boards increase the JV-90's
polyphony, multitimbral capability, the number of
sounds, and includes its own effects processor.
• The VE-GS1-01 General MIDI/GS compatible board
provides 226 new sounds, 28 additional voices of
polyphony and 16 more multitimbral parts.
• The VE-JV1 board provides 512 sounds (64 of which are
not in the internal JV-90 library), 28 additional JV-90
quality voices of polyphony and 8 more multitimbral parts.

Waveform Expansion Boards
The SR-JV series Sound Expansion Boards are 8
Megabyte libraries of new sounds. These sounds are
grouped by style. Currently, there are four libraries:
Pop, Orchestral, Piano, and Vintage Synth. In
addition to 8MB of new waveforms, these boards
also contain a large library of Patches that utilize the
waveforms on the Expansion Board.
• SR-JV80-01 Pop Expansion Board:
Pianos, organs, basses, synth pads and leads—the kinds
of sounds typically associated with Pop music.
• SR-JV80-02 Orchestral Expansion Board:
One of the most accurate collections of virtually every
orchestral instrument necessary for composing or
performing in this genre.
• SR-JV80-03 Piano Expansion Board:
Everything from classic Rhodes to stunning grand
pianos—Steinway to Bosendorfer. A "best of" collection
of the worlds best electric and acoustic pianos.
• SR-JV80-04 Vintage Synth Expansion Board:
An amazing collection of all the sounds that defined early
synthesis. Oberheim®, Moog®, Hammond®, Mellotron®,
and of course, Roland—they're all here with breathtaking
realism and playability.
• SR-JV80-05 World Expansion Board:
Over 255 waveforms that cover an extensive collection of
ethnic instruments from around the world. Includes 255
patches using internal and SR-JV80-05 waveforms.
• SR-JV80-06 Dance Expansion Board:
255 waveforms and 255 patches for dance music applications such as techno, industrial, acid-house, hip-hop,
trance, and more. Includes phrases, scratch noises,
human voice exclamations, beat-loops, vocal samples,
TR-808/909, TB-303, SH-101, and more.

TBS14 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20017 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

)
DJ?E96D:K6C >@5F=6
••• ROLAND JV-880 TURBO FACTS •••
The JV-880 puts the latest in Roland's leading-edge
sound technology in a single-space rack module. It's
incredible sounds – expandable to 14 Mbytes, 8-part
multitimbral capabilities and impressive sound editing
features make it an ideal instrument for any
professional or home studio environment.
•

Initializing

1) Press UTILITY.
2) Rotate the DATA dial to Factory Preset.
3) Press ENTER twice.
•

Playing the ROM demos

There are 3 ROM demos in the JV-880. To access
them:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Press UTILITY.
Rotate the DATA dial to ROM Play.
CURSOR to the bottom line of the display.
Rotate the DATA dial to select the desired song.
Press UTILITY to exit.

•

Selecting Patches

1) Press PATCH/PERFORMANCE so that it is lit.
2) Use the DATA dial to select the desired patch.
Press the DATA dial while turning it to select
Banks A, B, or I.
•

Sequencing with Performances

1) Press PATCH/PERFORMANCE so that it is unlit.
2) Rotate the DATA dial to select Performance
A-16 PopOrchestra. Press the dial to change
Banks A, B, or I.
3) Transmit MIDI channel 1 from your keyboard.
Part 1, Warm Vibe, will sound.
4) Cursor right once to display Warm Vibe.
5) Rotate the dial to select a different Patch for Part
1.
6) Cursor right to Part 2, Pick Bass.
7) Transmit MIDI channel 2 from your keyboard to
play Pick Bass.
8) Cursor right to Parts 3-8 and select Patches for
each Part, and a Rhythm Kit for Part 8.
Note: Part 8 is reserved for Rhythm Kits and
defaults to receive on MIDI channel 10.

•

Loading single patches from a PCM card or
Expansion Board

To load single patches from either a PCM card or
Expansion Board:
1) Press UTILITY.
2) Scroll to ‘Load patch single’.
3) Position the cursor in the bottom left corner of the
screen.
4) Select either PCM or EXP.
5) Press the right cursor button once.
6) Use DATA dial to select desired patch; notice that
as you change patches, you can audition them
immediately.
7) Press ENTER; this loads the selected patch into
the temporary patch buffer.
8) Now the patch can be written into internal
memory by using the Patch write command under
the UTILITY menu. Select desired memory
location and press ENTER.
•

Loading Patch groups from a PCM card or
Expansion Board

The JV-880 lets you load patches in groups, either
from PCM cards or Expansion Boards. To access this
function:
1) Press UTILITY.
2) Turn DATA dial until ‘Load patch group’ appears
in display.
3) Position the cursor in the bottom left corner of the
screen.
4) Select either PCM or EXP.
5) Press the right cursor button once.
6) Select the bank that you want to load into
memory.
7) Press ENTER.
8) Press UTILITY to exit back to normal operation.
•

Using Multiple Outputs

The JV-880 can operate in either 2 or 4 Output
Modes. When the 4 output mode is used, all internal
effects are disabled at all outputs.
To select the Output Mode:
1) Press SYSTEM.
2) Turn the DATA dial until the display reads ‘Output
Mode’.
3) Cursor right and select either 2 or 4 Output mode.

TBS15 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20016 12/95

NQPSMTR®

)
FD:4 *@CA@D6C



••• ROLAND MC-50mkII TURBO FACTS •••
The MC-50mkII Micro Composer is a dedicated
sequencer featuring professional-level sequencing
(S-MRC), MIDI data storage (40,000 events), live
performance capabilities (S-MRP) and tape sync, all
in one compact unit. Each of it’s 8 tracks holds 16
MIDI channels for a total of 128 parts. It can output
32 channels simultaneously, via it’s two MIDI OUT
connections. It can load and save Standard MIDI
Files and uses a 3.5” disk drive for storage.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Formatting a Disk
Insert a 3.5” Double Density disk.
Hold SHIFT, press MODE, then #4.
Press ENTER three times.
When completed, press STOP.
Hold SHIFT, press MODE, then ENTER.

•
1)
2)

Realtime Recording
Press REC, then PLAY.
After the two measure count-in, start playing.
When finished, press STOP, then RESET.
To record another track, press REC then any
TRACK button 2-8 (since you’ve already
recorded on Track 1).

3)

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

7)
8)
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Creating an Individual Event
Press MICROSCOPE.
Press a TRACK button to select a track.
Select the measure-beat-clock position where
the event will go (ex. 1-1-000), then ENTER.
Press EDIT, #3, then ENTER.
Dial the event type (ex. NOTE), then ENTER.
Select the value for each section, then ENTER.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Editing an Individual Event
Follow the above steps 1-2.
Hold SHIFT and dial to an event.
Press EDIT, then ENTER.
Select the value for each section, then ENTER.

•
Tempo Settings
To set a song’s Basic Tempo:
1) Press FUNC, #9, then ENTER.
2) Dial the Basic Tempo for the song.
To insert individual tempo changes:
1) Press MICROSCOPE, then TEMPO.
2) Press EDIT.
3) Dial [CREATE EVENT], then ENTER.
4) Dial the tempo, then ENTER.

Quantizing
Press EDIT, #9, then ENTER.
Use the DIAL to select the track to be
quantized, then ENTER.
Use the DIAL to select which track the
quantized data will go to, then ENTER.
Select the data’s MIDI channel, then ENTER.
Select a Quantize Resolution, then ENTER.
Select a Quantize Rate, to set how close a note
is pulled to the point of resolution (the normal
setting is 1.0), then ENTER.
Select the measure you want to start at, then
the number of measures you want to quantize.
Press ENTER, then REC.

To record tempo changes in real-time:
1) Press REC, then TEMPO.
2) Press PLAY to begin recording.
3) Dial tempo changes while the music is playing.

Erasing measures
Press EDIT, then ENTER.
Select the track, then ENTER.
Select the MIDI channel, then ENTER.
Select the events (ex. ALL), then ENTER.
Select first measure to be erased, then ENTER.
Select total amount of measures to be erased,
then ENTER.
Press REC.

•
1)
2)
3)

•
1)
2)
3)

4)
5)

4)
5)
6)

Loading Files: S-MRC or Standard MIDI Files
Insert DOS- or S-MRC-formatted disk with
S-MRC Files or Standard MIDI Files (SMF).
Hold SHIFT, press MODE, #2, then ENTER.
S-MRC: Press ENTER two more times.
Standard MIDI Files: Dial LOAD [MIDI FILE],
then ENTER twice..
Dial a song, press ENTER, then LOAD.
Hold SHIFT, press MODE, then ENTER.
Saving Files: S-MRC or Standard MIDI Files
Insert DOS- or S-MRC-formatted disk.
Hold SHIFT, press MODE, #2, then ENTER.
S-MRC: Dial [SAVE], then ENTER twice.
Standard MIDI Files: Dial SAVE [MIDI FILE],
then ENTER twice.
Create song name with the DIAL or 10-key pad.
Press ENTER, then SAVE.
Hold SHIFT, press MODE, then ENTER.

TBS18 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20033 2/96

NQPSMTR®


C@@G63@I
••• ROLAND MC-303 TURBO FACTS •••
The MC-303 provides 448 dedicated Dance sounds,
including 40 synth basses, 35 synth leads, 33 synth pads
and 12 different rhythm kits. The sounds of the MC-303
are derived from classic analog products such as the TB303, SH-101, TR-808, and TR-909. It includes 133
preset patterns with 300 variations and 50 User patterns.
The MC-303 features a Real time Modify (RTM) function
that allows you to make changes to a sound during
playback with knobs and buttons. In addition, a Real time
Phrase Sequencer (RPS) allows simultaneous playback
of phrases triggered from front-panel buttons. Other
features include: Grid, Shuffle, and Groove Quantize and
built-in vintage synth arpeggios. A unique low-boost
circuit adds emphasis to the low frequencies, providing a
powerful sound.
• Restoring Factory Settings
1) Hold SHIFT and power on.
2) Press ENTER.
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing the Demo Song
Hold SHIFT and press PLAY MODE.
Press PLAY.
Press STOP to end playback. Press EXIT to leave
the Demo Mode.

• Playing Patterns
The MC-303 contains 133 preset patterns with 300
variations. In addition, it includes 50 user patterns. Use
the following procedure to play these patterns.
1) Press PLAY MODE to make the PATTERN indicator
light (lower left corner of display).
2) Use the SELECT buttons to make the PTN/SONG
indicator light.
3) Use the VALUE-DIAL to select a pattern.
Hold SHIFT and rotate the VALUE-DIAL, to change
patterns in increments of ten.
4) Press PLAY. Rotate the VALUE-DIAL to select a
new pattern. The new Pattern number will appear
under NEXT in the display and will play after the
current Pattern finishes.
5) You can adjust the tempo of the Pattern by pressing
TAP three times at the desired tempo.
6) Press STOP to end playback.
• Playing Rhythm Sets
1) Press the PTN SET and RPS SET buttons so their
indicators are off.
2) Press the PART SELECT button to make the
indicator light.
3) Press PART R to select the Rhythm Part.

• Playing Rhythm Sets (cont.)
4) Use SELECT buttons to make the TONE
indicator light.
5) Rotate the VALUE-DIAL to select the desired
rhythm set.
6) Play the built-in keyboard to hear the instruments.
Use the Octave - or + buttons to access all of the
instruments in a rhythm set.
• Modifying the Sounds in Realtime
1) Press PLAY MODE to make the PATTERN
indicator light.
2) Use the SELECT buttons to make PTN/SONG light.
3) Rotate the VALUE-DIAL to select pattern A11.
4) Press PART SELECT to make the indicator light.
5) Press the PART 4 button, then press PLAY.
6) Rotate the RESONANCE knob all the way to the right.
Change the sound by rotating the CUTOFF knob.

Note: LFO and ENVELOPE can also be edited in
realtime.
• Using the Arpeggiator
1) Press the PTN SET and RPS SET buttons so their
indicators are off.
2) Press PART SELECT to make the indicator light.
3) Press a PART button (1-7).
4) Press ARPEGGIO ON to make the indicator light.
5) Play a few chords on the Keyboard pad.
6) Adjust the emphasis of the arpeggio by rotating the
ACCENT RATE knob.
• Recording a Pattern
1) Select a User pattern (u01-u50). Refer to Playing
Patterns.
2) Press REC. The indicator will blink.
3) Press the desired PART button (R,1-7) to record.
4) Press PLAY. Recording will begin after the selected
Count-In measure(s).
5) Press STOP when finished.
Note: While recording, you can erase previously played
data. Hold SHIFT and press ERASE to enter Erase
Mode (Ers). Hold the Keyboard Pad that corresponds
to the note/instrument you wish to erase (hold REC to
erase all notes/instruments).
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing RPS Phrases
Press RPS SET to make the indicator light.
Use the SELECT buttons to make RPS SET light.
Play the keyboard. Layer phrases by pressing keys
simultaneously.
4) Rotate the VALUE-DIAL to change the RPS SET
(there are 30 RPS Sets to choose from).
5) Press the RPS SET button to stop this function.

TBS48 ©1996 Roland Corporation U.S. , 7200 Dominion Circle , Los Angeles , CA 90040 Faxback # 20042

6/96

NQPSMTR®



C@@G63@I
••• ROLAND MC-505 TURBO FACTS •••
The MC-505 Groovebox builds upon the successfulMC-303 as a
self-contained, retro-styled dance music sequencer and sound
module with powerful new sounds and realtime controls.
Features include:
• High performance sound engine with 64 voice polyphony
• Multi-mode resonant filters
• Front panel ADSR envelope controls
• Revolutionary D-Beam Controller for effects and sound/note
control via hand movement over an infrared light beam
• 714 onboard dance music Patterns
• 512 built-in sounds and 26 rhythm sets.
• 3 independent effects processors
• MEGAMIX function allows for intuitive pattern creation by
combining rhythms and Parts of one Pattern with another
• Enhanced MIDI implementation
• 6 Audio Outputs
• Low Boost circuit with octave control provides low end punch
• Uses Smart Media cards for external Pattern and Patch
storage (512 Patches/200 Patterns on a single card).
• Onboard sequencer capacity increased to 95,000 notes
(up to 480,000 notes on a 4MB Smart Media card).

• Restoring Factory Settings
1) Hold SHIFT and turn the power on.
2) Press ENTER.

Note: The procedure takes approximately 4 minutes
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Playing the Demo Songs
If the MC-505 is playing, press STOP.
Simultaneously press EXIT and ENTER.
Use the VALUE DIAL to select a demo song.
Press PLAY to start playback.
Press STOP to end playback. Press EXIT to leave the
Demo Mode.

• Playing Patterns
The MC-505 contains 714 onboard preset Patterns. Use
the following procedure to play these Patterns.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Press MODE so that the PTN indicator lights.
Press PTN/SONG in the DISPLAY section.
Press PRESET in the BANK section.
Use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired Pattern.
Press PLAY. While the Pattern is playing, you can use
the VALUE DIAL to select the next Pattern.
6) Press STOP to halt playback.
• Using the Mute Function
Use the following procedure to mute any Part of a Pattern
while it is playing back:
1) Select a Pattern and press PLAY.
2) Press PART MUTE so it is lit.
3) Press the PART BUTTONS (R-7) to Mute the
selected Part. The PART BUTTON will blink.
4) Press the PART BUTTONS (R-7) again to activate the
selected Part.

TBS72

• Modifying Sounds in Realtime
Use the following procedure to modify the sound you are
currently playing using the front panel controls:
1) Press PART SELECT so it is lit.
2) Use the PART BUTTONS (R-7) to select a Part.
3) Play the keyboard pads and the selected Patch will
sound. Use the OCTAVE -/+ buttons to shift the Patch
down or up.
4) Rotate the CUTOFF knob as you play the keyboard pads.
5) Experiment with the RESONANCE, LFO DEPTH, and
PORTAMENTO knobs.
6) Now try changing the ENVELOPE A, D, S and R sliders.

Note: You can use the same controls to modify a Part
that is playing back in a Pattern.
• Using the Arpeggiator
Use the following procedure to activate the Arpeggiator:
1) Use PART SELECT and the PART BUTTONS (R-7)
to select a Part.
2) Press ON (in the arpeggiator section) so it is lit.
3) Hold down several keyboard pads and the sound will
cycle between them.
4) Hold SHIFT and press keyboard pad #1.
5) Use the VALUE DIAL to select other arpeggio styles.
6) Press EXIT to return to the main screen.
• Using MegaMix
MegaMix allows you to select Parts from different Patterns
and combine them in realtime. Use the following procedure:
1) Select Pattern ”P:133 HipHop East 1” (as described
previously) and press PLAY to begin playback.
2) Press MIXER SELECT (above MUTE CTRL)
repeatedly until the MEGAMIX indicator is lit.
3) Press PART SELECT so it is lit.
4) Use the PART BUTTONS (R-7) to select a Part and
the VALUE DIAL to select the desired Pattern. You
can have up to 8 tracks playing musical information
from different Patterns.
• Using the D-Beam
Use the following procedure to activate the D-Beam:
1)
2)
3)
4)

Select a Pattern and press PLAY to begin playback.
Press ON in the D-Beam section so it is lit.
Use the D-Beam select button to select “TURNTABLE.”
With the Pattern running, slowly lower and raise your
hand above the D-Beam lens.
5) Hold down the D-Beam select button and use the
VALUE DIAL to select other options.
6) Press STOP when you are finished.

Note: Some DBeam settings will affect only the currently
selected Part and some will affect the whole Pattern.
* D-Beam controller technology has been licensed from
Interactive Light, Inc.

©1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20070

1/98

>6

8F:E2C >F=E:67764ED

••• BOSS ME-6 TURBO FACTS •••
The ME-6 is a versatile effects processor featuring a
user-friendly, floor-pedal design and six popular
effects that can be combined simultaneously with
noise-free performance. It has real analog distortion
and overdrive which can be configured and saved to
15 patch locations.

•

1) Turn COMPRESSOR on by pressing footswitch
#1.
2) Cursor over to COMPRESSOR SUSTAIN.
3) Set to 10 using VALUE.
•

•

Reverb

Initializing

1)
2)
3)
4)

Turn power off.
Press and hold CURSOR DOWN and LEFT.
Turn power on.
Press WRITE.

•

Choosing Patches

1) Press bank (B) footswitch and choose bank 2
with #2 footswitch. Choose patch 4 Mega Stack.
2) Choose patch 5 (in bank 2) Chorus Distortion.
3) Press bank (B) footswitch and choose bank 3
with #3 footswitch. Choose patch 3 Clean
Chorus.
4) Choose patch 1 (in bank 3) Sweet Overdrive.
•

Compressor

1) Turn Reverb on by pressing footswitch #6.
2) Cursor over to REVERB MODE.
3) Set the MODE to 1-4.
•

Writing to Manual Memory

1) Press WRITE.
2) Press MANUAL twice.
3) Press WRITE again.
•

Manual Mode

Manual mode can be used to turn on and off
individual effects with the pedals of the ME-6. This
allows a user to treat the ME-6 as 6 separate effects
pedals.

Audition Distortions

1) Choose patch bank 2, number 4.
2) Press EDIT/ESC (you are now in edit mode).
3) Press the left/right cursors until
OVERDRIVE/DISTORTION flashes.
4) The parameter LED (on the right) should
be on MODE, if not press the up cursor until
you’re at the top.
5) Use VALUE up/down to select modes.
1-Mild overdrive such as a BOSS OD-1.
2-High gain overdrive like a BOSS OD-2.
3-Distortion with a mid boost like a BOSS DS-2.
4-Distortion like a MT-2 Metal Zone with
enhanced low end.
5-OD-2 with EQ placed before the EQ.
•

Delay

1)
2)
3)
4)

Turn DELAY on by pressing footswitch #4.
Cursor over to DELAY TIME.
Set to 500 milliseconds (50.) with VALUE.
Adjust EFFECT LEVEL (3) and FEEDBACK (1).

1) Press MANUAL.
2) Individual effects can now be turned on/off at will
with the footswitches, just as if you had individual
BOSS compact pedals.
The correlation of footpedal-to-effect is as follows:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Compressor.
Overdrive/Distortion.
Equalizer.
Delay.
Chorus/Flanger.
Reverb.

•

Controlling the Volume of the ME-6 in Realtime

1) Connect a FV-300L, FV-300H or EV-5 to the
EXP Pedal with a stereo 1/4 inch cable.
2) The Volume of the ME-6 will be controlled
between the Noise Suppressor and the Delay
effects.

TBS19 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20018 12/95

NQPSMTR

F:E2C


F=E:A=6 7764ED

••• BOSS ME-8 TURBO FACTS •••
The ME-8 Guitar Multiple Effects is a BOSS pedal
board-style unit, which combines impressive proprietary
technology with the most popular BOSS effects. It has
100 Patches, 50 User and 50 Preset, plus an easy to
use manual mode and built in tuner.

•
Writing A Patch Into Memory
There are 100 patch location (plus one manual mode
patch). The first 50 are user programmable.
1) Make desired modification, then press WRITE.
2) You can write this patch into any user location.
3) Press WRITE again and the patch will be saved.

•
Selecting Patches
There are 4 Groups each with 5 Banks of 5 Patches.
Groups 1 & 2 are User, 3 & 4 are Presets.
1) Press GROUP.
2) Pressing a numbered pedal selects the GROUP.
3) Press the BANK foot switch.
4) Pressing a numbered pedal selects the BANK.
5) Pressing a numbered pedal selects the Patch.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

•
1)

•
1)
2)

The Noise Suppressor (EDIT Mode)
PARAMETER to select MASTER.
PARAMETER down to NS Threshold and use
VALUE up till the noise disappears.

•
1)

The Harmonist (EDIT Mode)
PARAMETER to 4:HARMONIST. Press pedal 4 to
activate it.
PARAMETER up/down to type and select [Hr].
PARAMETER down to KEY, VALUE to one you
are comfortable with.
To set the two intervals, PARAMETER up to
PITCH and VALUE up or down for two octaves.
(Use PARAMETER left/right to select between
PITCH 1 & 2. Selection will be indicated with the
LED at the top of the row).
Turn the OD/DS effect on/off to check out the
HARMONIST with clean and crunch settings.
Press pedal 4 to turn the HARMONIST off.

The Tuner
Press TUNER, or an FS-5U connected to TUNER
REMOTE.
2) Play a note, the letter will appear in the display.
3) Tune value will show up on the LED's.
Activating the tuner mutes the sound.
•
Manual Mode
There is one additional memory for manual mode.
1) Press MANUAL or an FS-5U connected to the
MANUAL REMOTE input.
2) Effects can be turned on/off with the pedals.
•
Delay Remain
Delay Remain makes transition between patch changes
smooth when the newly selected patch doesn't have
Delay and/or Reverb on.
1) Turn DELAY on. (If you're not in edit mode, press
EDIT and press the BANK pedal).
2) Press WRITE twice to write the patch into 1-1-1.
3) Patch 1-1-2 has DELAY off. Play staccato note or
chord and change to Patch 1-1-2 with out DELAY.
•
Patch Editing
Parameters are a matrix directly below effect type. Four
PARAMETER buttons select the parameters. The LED
on the right shows where you are. VALUE up and
down buttons change the value of the parameter and
foot pedals turn effects on/off.
1) Select patch 1-1-1. Press EDIT.
2) Use the foot switches to turn effects on or off.
3) PARAMETER to select the MASTER effects.
4) Use VALUE to modify the Level.
5) PARAMETER down twice to GUITAR AMP
SIMULATOR.
6) Use VALUE to select [S] or [L] cabinet sizes.

5)

2)
3)
4)

5)
6)

Programming the Crunch (EDIT Mode)
Press EDIT, use pedal 2 to turn the OD/DS on.
PARAMETER left/right to select 2: OD/DS.
VALUE up/down to TYPE and try them.
PARAMETER up/down to select other OD/DS
parameters including DRIVE, TREBLE, BASS &
LEVEL and set them to your liking.
ORDER swaps position of EQ and OD/DS.

•
Bells, Whistles & Real Time Effects
Programming unique effects and real time control to the
controller CTR pedal:
1) PARAMETER left/right to select MASTER.
2) PARAMETER to ASSIGN (CTR). VALUE to [2-1]
FEEDBACKER.
3) Try effect- play a note and step on the pedal.
4) VALUE to [2-3] RING MODULATOR, [2-4]
INTELLIGENT R.M., & [3] SLOW ATTACK. Try
these unique effects with the guitar.
5) VALUE to [5-1] ARM DOWN 1. Experiment with
the pressure sensitivity of the CTR pedal.
6) CTR pedal can do the same TEMPO function as
the TEMPO foot switch plugged in back.
7) CTR pedal can do REMOTE effects on/off.

TBS42 © 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20037 2/96

NQPSMTR

2DD


F=E:A=6 7764ED

••• BOSS ME-8B TURBO FACTS •••
The ME-8B is a tough floor type multiple effects unit
offering the extra expressiveness bassists need.
Maintaining the operational ease of the ME series, the
ME-8B is powerful enough to accommodate the sonic
requirements of any bass player, easily and affordably.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Initializing the ME-8B
Turn power off.
Press/hold CURSOR DOWN & LEFT buttons.
Turn power on.
Press WRITE.

•
Calling Up Patches
The ME-8B has 64 patches; four groups each with four
banks of four patches. Group 1 & 2 are user, 3 & 4 are
presets. Here is how you call up the patches:
1) Press the GROUP button.
2) Pressing a numbered pedal selects the GROUP.
3) Press the BANK foot switch.
4) Pressing a numbered pedals selects the BANK.
5) Pressing a numbered pedals selects the patch.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

The Tuner
Press the TUNER button or an FS-5U connected to
the TUNER REMOTE input.
Play a note, the letter will appear in the display.
Tune value will show up on the LED's.
Activating the tuner also mutes the sound.

•
Manual Mode
Like having BOSS pedals on the floor. There is one
additional memory for manual mode.
1) Press the MANUAL button or an FS-5U connected
to the MANUAL REMOTE input.
2) Effects can be turned on/off with the pedals.
•
Patch Editing
Parameters are a matrix directly below effect type. Four
PARAMETER buttons select the parameters. The LED
on the right shows where you are. VALUE up and
down buttons change the value of the parameter and
foot pedals turn effects on/off.
1) Select patch 1-1-1. Press the EDIT button.
2) Use the foot switches to turn effects on or off.
3) PARAMETER to select the MASTER effects.
4) Use the VALUE buttons to modify the Level.
•
Writing A Patch Into Memory
There are 64 patch location (plus one manual mode
patch). The first 32 are user programmable.
1) Make desired modification, then press WRITE.
2) You can write this patch into any user location.
3) Press WRITE again and the patch will be saved.

•
1)
2)
3)
.
•
1)
2)

3)

4)

5)

The Defretter (EDIT Mode)
Press EDIT, use the PARAMETER left/right to
select DEFRETTER.
VALUE up/down to select TYPE [dF].
PARAMETER up/down to select ATTACK, SENS,
DEPTH & LEVEL - set them to your liking
The Synth Bass (EDIT Mode)
PARAMETER to 4: SYNTH BASS. Turn on with pedal 4.
PARAMETER to WAVE and try the different
waveforms. (There are eight Synth Bass
waveforms. The ninth selection is Touch Wah.)
PARAMETER to select LEVEL and Direct LEVEL
and VALUE to set a balance between the normal
and synth bass sounds.
There are eight parameters for programming
SYNTH BASS. PARAMETER up/down and
left/right buttons to select them, and VALUE to set
them to your liking.
Press pedal 4 to turn the SYNTH BASS off.

•
Tap Tempo Modulation (EDIT Mode)
Program a patch using the Hi Band Flanger effect set
to respond to the TEMPO foot switch:
1) PARAMETER to BANK: FLANGER. Press the
BANK pedal to activate it.
2) PARAMETER to MODE and VALUE to [HFL].
3) PARAMETER to RATE and VALUE to [t-1].
4) PARAMETER to DEPTH and VALUE to [30].
5) PARAMETER to RESO and VALUE to [-90].
6) To set the rate, tap four times on the FS-5U foot
switch, connected to the TEMPO In.
7) Turn the OD/DS effect on and off to check out the
FLANGER with clean and crunch settings.
8) Press BANK pedal to turn the FLANGER off.
•
Bells, Whistles & Real Time Effects
Programming effects and control to the CTR pedal:
1) PARAMETER left/right to select MASTER.
2) PARAMETER to ASSIGN (CTR). VALUE to[1]
PEDAL WAH.
3) Try this unique effect by playing a note and
stepping on the pedal. Experiment with the
pressure sensitivity of the CTR pedal.
4) VALUE to [2-1] RING MODULATOR, [2-2]
INTELLIGENT R.M., & [3] SLOW ATTACK. Try
these unique effects with the bass.
5) VALUE to [5-1] ARM DOWN 1. Experiment with
the pressure sensitivity of the CTR pedal.
6) The CTR pedal can be set to SYNTH HOLD. Turn
the SYNTH BASS on and try this.
7) CTR pedal can do the same TEMPO function as
the TEMPO foot switch plugged in back.
8) CTR pedal can do REMOTE effects on/off.

TBS43 © 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20038 2/96

>6

8F:E2C >F=E:67764ED

••• BOSS ME-10 TURBO FACTS •••
The ME-10 is a fully integrated guitar effects
processor in a user-friendly floor-pedal configuration.
It features analog overdrive and 14 other effects –
nine of which can be used simultaneously. The ME10 has 128 memory locations, a built-in tuner and is
fully MIDI compatible.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Initializing
Turn power off.
Press and hold the BANK DOWN pedal.
Turn power on.
Press WRITE.

• Demo Patches
Like many other Roland and BOSS products the ME10 uses the Group/Bank/Number G-B-N counting
system. Here is the procedure for calling up Patches:
1) Press the GROUP button and the Group number
will change from 1 through 4.
2) Use the BANK UP and DOWN pedals and the
bank number will change from 1 through 8.
3) Use the 1, 2, 3 or 4 pedals to call up the
appropriate number.
Call up the following set of Patches to demonstrate
the versatility of the ME-10:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Select G-1, B-1, N-1 for a Monster Stack.
Select G-1, B-2, N-3 for Processed Metal.
Select G-1, B-3, N-2 for a Phunky Phaser.
Select G-1, B-4, N-4 for a Pitch Echo Effect.
Select G-2, B-1, N-4 for Flanging Metal.

• Using the Tuner
The tuner is fully chromatic and can mute the output
while tuning. An optional BOSS FS-5U footswitch can
also engage the tuner.
1) Press TUNER button.
2) Play each string and tune. Center LED is in tune.
• Turning Effects On and Off
1) Select G-1, B-1, N-1.
2) Turn the Chorus on and off by pressing the
STEREO CHORUS button.
3) Do the same thing with several other effects like
the DELAY, FLANGER and
DISTORTION/OVERDRIVE.

• Editing Sounds
Distortion/Overdrive:
1) Choose patch 1-1 (group 1).
2) Press MODE under distortion/overdrive.
3) Use the shuttle dial to hear the four modes as
follows:
OD 1-Mild overdrive such as a BOSS OD-1.
OD 2-High gain overdrive like a BOSS OD-2.
DS 1-Distortion like a MT-2 Metal Zone.
DS 2-Distortion with a mid boost like a BOSS DS-2.
Delay:
1) Press DELAY button to turn it on.
2) Press DELAY TIME to alter time.
3) Set to 600 milliseconds with shuttle dial.
4) Adjust FEEDBACK (6) and EFFECT LEVEL (14).
Chorus:
1) Press STEREO CHORUS button to turn it on.
2) Press EFFECT LEVEL under stereo chorus.
3) Set to 40 with shuttle dial.
4) Press RATE and adjust chorus rate with shuttle
dial.
5) Press DEPTH and adjust chorus depth with
shuttle dial.
• Writing Patches into Memory
Once you edit a sound, you can write it into any of the
128 memory locations. Lets write the edited patch into
a new location:
1) Press WRITE.
2) Choose G-1, B-1, N-4 by pressing footpedal #4.
(If you wanted a different Bank, simply press the
Bank up/down footswitches).
3) Press WRITE again.
• Real-Time effects parameter control
With a expression pedal, you can assign a effects
parameter to be controlled in real-time per each
patch. You can use a EV-5, EV-10, or FV-300L
connected to the expression pedal 1 input on the
back of the ME-10. Parameters such as reverb level,
delay time, chorus rate/depth, pitch shift tuning
(whammy bar effect), and wah wah are assignable to
an expression pedal.
Chorus depth and other parameters:
1) Choose patch 1-2.
2) Press ASSIGN.
3) Rotate the shuttle dial up until the light resides on
the DEPTH (stereo chorus) button.
4) Press MIN.

TBS20 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20019 12/95


8F:E2C F=E:A=6 7764ED
••• Boss ME-30 TURBO FACTS •••
The Boss ME-30 Guitar Multiple Effects processor is
a new pedalboard-style effects unit that combines
innovative features and an affordable price. The
ME-30 features include:
• 16 high-quality effects (9 available at once)
• Built-in expression pedal
• 60 Patch memories (30 User/30 Preset)
• Onboard Amp Simulator
• AC or battery power capability
• Easy to use icon-based display
• Phrase Trainer which allows you to record and loop
up to 12 seconds of a song and change the tempo
without affecting the pitch
• Initialization
Use the following procedure to restore the factory
settings:
1) Turn the power off.
2) Hold PARAMETER [] and VALUE [ - ] and turn
the power on.
3) Press WRITE/COPY.
• Tuning Your Guitar
The ME-30 features a built-in chromatic tuner. Use the
following procedure to tune your guitar:
1) Press TUNER.
2) Use the VALUE [ + ] or [ - ] buttons to select the
desired pitch standard.
3) Play a string on your guitar. The note value will
appear in the BANK display.
4) Tune the string until the correct note value
appears and the arrows in the center of the
display light up.
5) Repeat this process for each string.
6) Press TUNER to return to Play Mode.
• Manual Mode
Manual Mode allows you to turn individual effects on
and off using the pedals, as if you were using a
collection of individual pedals. Use the following
procedure to select Manual Mode:
1) Press MANUAL to enter Manual Mode. Each
pedal now controls individual effects as follows:
Pedal 1 - Overdrive/Distortion
Pedal 2 - Delay
Pedal 3 - Modulation
Bank Down (∇) - Compressor
Bank Up (∆) - Reverb
2) Press the desired pedal to switch effects on or off.
3) Press MANUAL to return to Play Mode.

• Selecting Patches
The ME-30 has 2 Patch groups; User and Preset.
Each group is divided into 10 banks of 3 Patches. Use
the following procedure to select a Patch:
1) Press USER/PRESET to select the desired group.
2) Use the BANK UP/ DOWN (pedals to select a
Bank (the pedal LEDs will flash).
3) Press a pedal (1-3) to select the desired Patch.
• Patch Editing
Within a Patch, effects can be turned on or off and
various parameters can be edited. Use the following
procedure to edit your selected Patch:
1) Press EDIT/ESC.
2) Use the EFFECT buttons to select the effect to
be edited.
3) Use the ON/OFF button to turn the effect on or
off. An icon will be displayed for each effect that
is turned on. Overdrive/Distortion, Compressor,
Delay, Reverb and Modulation can be turned on
or off using the pedals.
4) Use the PARAMETER buttons to select the
desired effect parameter. An icon will flash to
indicate the selected parameter and the current
value will be displayed.
5) Use the VALUE buttons to change settings.
• Using the Phrase Trainer
The Phrase Trainer is perfect for recording your
favorite solos and slowing them down to help you
learn. Use the following procedure:
1) Connect the output from your external sound
source (CD player, tape deck, etc.) to the AUX
IN of the ME-30.
2) Press PHRASE TRAINER ON/OFF to place the
ME-30 in standby mode. “REC” will be displayed
on the screen.
3) Press PLAY [ ] to begin recording and start the
audio from the sound source.
4) Press STOP [„] to end recording.
5) Press PLAY [ ] to listen to your recording.





Now that you have recorded your phrase, you can play it
back at a slower tempo without changing the pitch:
6)
7)
8)
9)

Use the PARAMETER buttons to select “PITCH.”
Use the VALUE buttons to select “FIXED.”
Use the PARAMETER buttons to select “SPEED.”
Use the VALUE buttons to slow the pitch down.

NOTE: You can use the Pedals to control playback
by pressing the pedal that corresponds to the
desired transport function.

TBS67 ©1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20065 10/97

NQPSMTR®

&
:4C@ &2>A=6C
••• ROLAND MS-1 TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland MS-1 Digital Sampler is a 16 bit stereo
Phrase sampler incorporating R-DAC (Roland Digital
Audio Coding). R-DAC provides maximum sampling
time without compromising sound quality. The MS-1
has built-in flash RAM memory to store samples,
even when the power is off. Memory can be
expanded using flash RAM cards. The MS-1 has 8
pads available in two internal and three external
banks, and RPS (Real Time Phrase Sequencer) to
playback the phrases assigned to the pads. Battery
power and a compact design make it perfect as a
portable sampler for multiple applications. A 74
minute Audio Sampling CD is included.

• Auto Mode Sampling (cont.)
8) Press REC the screen will display ìStandbyî.
When you speak into the microphone the MS-1
will automatically start recording. When you are
finished, press REC to stop sampling. (The
amount of sampling time available will be
graphically displayed.)

•

Sampling from a CD

1)

Use the bank A-D buttons to select the desired
pad bank for sampling. Pressing C and D
simultaneously will access pad bank E (Banks
C,D and E are available on a Flash RAM card
only)
Press REC. When the “Select Pad 1-8 display
appears, press the pad you wish to assign a
sample.
After you select the pad, the (Gain:) display will
appear. Start the CD player, and the sound will
be heard through the headphones or amplifier.
By using the +/ - buttons, set the level so that
the “*” in the meter lights up occasionally.
Press the REC button shortly before playing the
CD to begin sampling. When the sample is
finished, press REC to stop sampling.

1) After a sample has been recorded, press the
EDIT SAMPLE button. Press the > button to set
the desired loop parameter ( loop on S-E; will
loop from the start point to the end point; Loop
on L-E will loop from the loop point to the end
point. Loop OFF will play the sample as recorded
without looping.Use the “+and –” buttons to
switch between parameters.
2) After the loop has been set, press the > button to
get the loop start point display.
3) Press the < and> to go between the parameter
numbers for Loop Start (Loop P) and Loop end
(End P).
4) Use the “+ and –” buttons to change the value.
You can press the pad of the sample you are
editing and hear the changes for the loop
settings as you change the parameter settings.
5) You can vary between making large and small
edits on the parameters by moving the cursor to
the far left side of the parameter number for
major edits and to the far right side for minor
edits.

2)

3)

4)
5)

• Auto Mode Sampling from a Microphone
You can use the Auto mode to initiate sampling
when a sound is detected on the audio inputs.
1) Plug the mic into the MIC input.
2) Use the bank A-D buttons to select the desired
pad bank for sampling. ( Pressing C and D
simultaneously will access pad bank E).
3) Press the REC button. When the “Select Pad 18” display appears, press the pad you wish to
assign a sample.
4) When the “GAIN:” meter appears, press the>
button once. The display will read LINE MONO.
From this point, you can change from LINE to
MIC by pressing the “+” button once.
5) Press the > button two more times and you will
come to the Man/Auto settings.
6) Press the + button to set the MS-1 for L1 (Level 1)
7) Press the < button to return to the level display.
Use the + or -buttons to set the level so that the
“*” in the meter lights up occasionally.

• Turning Loop On/Off & Setting Loop Points
By setting the loop point, you can alter the way a
sample is played. Setting the loop to ON, the sample
will play as long as you hold down the pad. Setting
the loop to OFF, the sample will play only once,
regardless of how long you hold down the pad.

• Truncating a Sample
The Truncate function removes unwanted material
from the beginning and ending of a sample.
To truncate a sample:
1) First, set the loop settings using the previous
instructions on ìSetting the Loop Pointsî for the
sample.
2) Press the EDIT UTILITY button. Use the < and>
buttons to select the Truncate: display. Press the
pad you want to truncate.
3) Press the pad you wish to truncate.
4) Press the (REC) YES to execute the procedure.
NOTE: You can cancel the procedure by pressing
the EXIT/NO button.

TBS21 © 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20049 2/96

NQPSMTR®

&
:4C@ &2>A=6C
•

Recording a Phrase Sequence

1)

Press the FUNCTION (SEQ) button to enter the
sequence mode.
2) Press one of the four upper pads to select a
sequence.
3) Press the REC button to enter record mode
(recording will actually begin the moment a pad
is pressed).
4) Press the REC button, again, to stop recording.
•

Playback a Sequence

1) Press the FUNCTION (SEQ) button to enter
sequence mode.
2) Press one of the four upper pads( labeled Seq
1-4) to select a sequence for playback.
3) Press the PLAY pad to play the sequence.
4) The sequence will stop when it reaches the last
recorded bar, or you can press the STOP button.
5) Pressing the reset pad will return the sequence
to the beginning.
NOTE: When you press pad 8 ( the repeat pad), the
sequence will repeat until the STOP pad is pressed.
• Setting the Sample Grade
The Sample grade will affect audio quality and
sampling time length. You can select between High
(44.1Khz), Standard (32Khz), Long 1 (22.05Khz) and
Long 2 (16Khz). The higher the quality the shorter
the sampling time.

• Saving to a PCMCIA Flash RAM Card
Besides being able to sample directly to the Flash
RAM card, you can also store your internal sounds
and sequences to Back Up Files on the Flash RAM
card.
1) Press the EDIT UTILITY button. Use the 
buttons to select “Save? :BUF1.” This will save
what is currently in memory into the first back up
file location on the disk.
2) The “+ and —” buttons are used to select the
correct backup file.
3) Press the (REC) YES button to save the data.
•

Loading from a PCMCIA Flash RAM Card

1) Press the EDIT UTILITY button. Use the 
buttons to select “Load? :BUF1.”
2) The “+ and —” buttons are used to select the
correct backup file.
3) Press the (REC) YES button to load the data.
This will overwrite what is currently in the A and
B banks.
About Flash RAM
The MS-1 uses Flash RAM PCMCIA cards available
from SunDisk. Cards are available in 1.8 Mb, 2.5 Mb,
5 Mb, 10 Mb and 20 Mb sizes. Contact your local
Roland dealer, or Roland Corporation U.S., for
additional details. At STANDARD Sample Grade,
these cards will add about 75 seconds per Mb.

1)

Press the EDIT SYSTEM button. Use the
< and> to access the Grade parameter.
2) Press the +/– buttons to select the desired
grade of sampling.
3) Press EXIT to return to Pad Mode.
•

Formatting a Memory Card

1) With the power OFF, insert the card into the card
slot, and turn the power on.
2) Press the EDIT UTILITY button. Use the “+ and
–” buttons to access the “C. Format” display.
3) Press the > button to edit “backup files.” The +/–
buttons are used to change the value.
4) To initiate the formatting procedure, press the
REC button. The display will read: “Formatting.”
5) When the card is formatted, the display will read
“Completed.” The normal display will return
automatically.

TBS21 © 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20049 2/96

NQPSMTR



®

&

FD:4 DEJ=6 5:D<

9F>2? C9JE9> 4@>A@D6C
••• ROLAND R-8mkII TURBO FACTS •••
The R-8mkII is a professional rhythm composer that
features Roland’s proprietary Human Feel function,
eight individual outputs, and incredibly realistic
sounds. The R-8mkII is equipped with an expanded
selection of built-in sounds, increased pattern
memory and powerful editing capabilities.
• Initializing
1) Power-on holding the PAGE and
PARAM/SELECT buttons.
2) Press ENTER button two times.
• Playing the Demo Song
1) After initializing, the display will say:
[SONG 0 (HUNT OUT)].
2) To hear demo song, press the START/STOP
button.
• Playing the Sounds on the Pads
1) Play all of the sounds on the drum pads.
2) Use the PAD BANK buttons to select a new pad
bank between A and E.
3) Play all of the sounds in the remaining pad
banks.
• Realtime Pattern Write
1) Press the PATTERN button.
2) Select [REAL] by pressing 3 on the numeric
keypad.
3) Use the + & - buttons or the VALUE slider to
select an empty pattern above [44].
4) Press START and play the pads to create a new
pattern.
• Assigning a Sound to a Pad
1) There are 200 preset instrument sounds
available. To hear them, assign them to a pad.
To do this press the INST ASSIGN button.
2) Select number [1 INST] from the numeric
keypad..
3) Tap a pad.
4) Use the VALUE slider to change instrument
groups, ([K]=kicks, [[S]=snares, etc.).
5) Use the + & - buttons to select an individual
instrument within the selected group.

•
1)
2)
3)
3)

Sound Edit
Press the EDIT SOUND button.
Select [1 EDIT] on the numeric keypad.
Select a sound by playing a Pad.
Use the PARAM SELECT button to select an
edit parameter. (Pitch, Decay, Nuance, etc.)
4) While playing drum sound, use the +/ - buttons
or the VALUE slider to edit the selected
parameter.
4) Press F5: EXIT.
• Realtime Editing
1) Press PATTERN, select [3 REAL] on the
numeric keypad, and VALUE to a blank pattern.
2) Record a pattern using just the Snare sound.
3) Press the CURSOR PAGE button so the display
says [EDIT].
4) Use the PARAM SELECT button to select [PT]
pitch. (A good parameter to demonstrate
realtime editing.)
5) While holding the Snare Pad, move the VALUE
slider up and down to edit its pitch in real time.
• Great New Features
INST LIST & TEMP ASGN
1) The purpose of the Instrument List is to quickly
see the sounds used in a pattern.
2) Press the PATTERN button and press the
[1PLAY] button on the numeric keypad.
3) Select a preset pattern between [00 & 30].
4) Press the INST LIST button and use the + &buttons to see which instruments are used in the
pattern.
5) The purpose of the Temporary Assign button is
to quickly assign a selected instrument to all 16
pads for quick easy editing.
6) Select a drum sound from the instrument list
and press the TEMP ASGN button.
7) This sound will know be set to all 16 pads.
Press the EDIT SOUND button and edit the
sound.
• Additional Features
1) Double the pattern data memory of the original
R-8.
2) RAM and ROM card expandability for adding
sounds and storing song and pattern data.
3) External foot switch control.
4) 2 stereo and 8 individual outputs.

TBS23© 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20052 10/96

NQPSMTR®

%
9F>2? C9JE9> 4@>A@D6C
••• ROLAND R-70 TURBO FACTS •••
The R-70 is a professional rhythm composer that features
210 high-quality sounds, expansive editing and programming
capability, and built in digital effects. It also offers Roland’s
new Rhythm Expert System for automatic song and pattern
generation, along with the innovative Positional Pad and the
Human Feel function.

• Initializing
1) Power On while holding MIDI & ASSIGN.
2) Press YES twice.
• Playing the two demo songs
1) To play the ROM demo, hold down SHIFT and
press SONG/PLAY.
2) [ROM PLAY Gray Zone] will appear in the display.
Press START to hear the ROM demo song.
3) To hear the second demo song, press the + button
or use the VALUE slider to select [FAT CITY].
4) Press START/STOP.
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing the sounds on the Pads
Play all of the sounds on the drum pads.
Play from side to side on the POSITION PAD.
Use the PAD BANK button to select a new pad
bank between A and F.
4) There are 3 groups of 6 PAD BANKS. Hold SHIFT
and press the PAD BANK button. [Pad group: ?]
will appear in the display
• Real-time pattern write
1) Press PATTERN PLAY.
2) Use the +/- buttons or the VALUE slider to select a
blank pattern between 36 and 99.
3) Press REC and START and play the pads to create
a new pattern.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Assigning Sounds to a Pad
Press ASSIGN.
Select number [1 Pad assign] and press YES.
Tap a pad.
Use +/- buttons or the VALUE slider to change
sound while you tap it.

• Programming the POSITIONAL PAD
1) Hold down SHIFT and press the POSITIONAL
PAD.
2) Use the +/- buttons or the VALUE slider to change
sound while you tap it.
3) Use the CURSOR/PAGE buttons to select [Pitch]
and value it to [WIDE].
4) Play from side to side on the POSITIONAL PAD to
change the pitch.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Editing a Sound
Press the SOUND button.
Select [1 Edit] and press YES.
Select a sound by playing a Pad.
Use the left and right CURSOR/PAGE buttons to
select an edit parameter. (Pitch, Decay Nuance,
etc.)
5) While playing drum sound, use the +/ - buttons or
the VALUE slider to edit the selected parameter.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Real-time Editing
Press PATTERN/PLAY and select a blank pattern.
Record a pattern using just the Snare sound.
Press EDIT and CURSOR to [VL] volume.
Use the + button to select [PT] pitch. (A better
parameter to demonstrate realtime editing.)
5) CURSOR right one time to access the pitch value.
6) While holding the Snare Pad, Mode the VALUE
slider up and down to change its pitch.
•
1)
2)
3)

Effects –FX1=Reverb/Delay;FX2=Chorus/Flanger
Press EFFECTS.
Select [1FX1:???] and press YES.
Use the +/- buttons or the VALUE slider to select a
different REVERB or DELAY type.

• Mixer – Volume, Output pan & FX level
1) Press MIXER. The display will say [VOL].
2) CURSOR to the number in the upper right corner
of the display.
3) Press each of the drum Pads and use the VALUE
slider to adjust their Volume (or Output pan) levels.
• Rhythm Expert System
1) Push the PATTERN MODEL button.
2) Use the +/- buttons of the VALUE slider to select 1
of the 17 available musical genres.
3) Press the YES button two times and the R-70 will
create a 2 bar pattern.
4) Use the CURSOR/PAGE button to select pattern
type [BASIC, FILL, INTRO, ENDING], pattern
length [1-4], pattern variation [1-8], pattern idea [18] and pattern feel [1-8]. A huge variety of patterns
are available using combinations of these
parameters.
5) To Convert a Pattern Model into a Pattern, press
the CONVERT button and use the + &- buttons to
select the pattern destination.
6) The R-70 also has a SONG EXPERT MODEL
which can create entire songs.

TBS25 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20021 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

%2
%62=E:>6 2CC2?86C >@5F=6
••• ROLAND RA-90 TURBO FACTS •••
The RA-90 is a professional, multi-instrument autoarranger that provides high-quality accompaniments in
virtually any style. Featuring a user-friendly, desktop
design, the RA-90's 56 Styles and 128 CD-quality sounds
can be accessed easily at the touch of a button, giving
you total control of your ensemble as you perform.

•

Initializing

The RA-90 has eight MIDI configuration power-up
modes. By turning the unit on while holding down
the appropriate MIDI SET button, the RA-90 will
automatically assign the proper MIDI functions for
use with a piano, guitar, keyboard, or accordion.
•

Selecting Music Styles

There are 56 different Music Styles available on the
RA-90 which provide Basic and Advanced
accompaniment patterns with two variations (Original
and Variation) in a wide variety of musical styles.
These patterns change depending on the chord type
played (Major, minor, seventh, etc.) and the
inversion performed.
1) Use the BANK buttons to select a Bank.
2) Use the NUMBER buttons to select your style
number.
3) Press the VARIATION button to select the
Style’s variation pattern (LED will light).
4) Press the ADVANCED button to select the
advanced style. (LED will light).
Each Style also has an Intro, an Ending, a Fill To
Original, and a Fill To Variation.
1) Press the INTRO/ENDING button before the
Style has begun. This will trigger an introductory
passage followed by the beginning of the style.
2) Pressing the same button while a style is playing
will trigger an ending passage after which the
style will end.
3) Pressing the FILL TO ORIGINAL/VARIATION
button will trigger a passage followed by a change
in style.
•

Selecting Tones

The RA-90 will allow you to select a tone for the
Upper, Lower, Manual Bass and Manual Drum parts.
The following buttons are found in the TONE/USER
PROGRAM section:

•

Selecting Tones (cont.)

1) Use the SELECT buttons to choose either
UPPER, LOWER, M BASS or M DRUM KIT.
2) Use the GROUP button to choose either Group
A or Group B.
3) Use the BANK buttons to choose a sound family
(Chr Perc, Brass, Reed, etc.)
4) Use the NUMBER buttons to select your tone.
For M DRUM KIT selection, only steps #1 and #4
are needed.
•

Using User Programs

The RA-90 features 64 User Programs that will store
front panel configurations for instant recall. These
User Programs are preset but can be re-configured
and stored by the user.
To store a User Set from the front panel:
1) Press and hold down the WRITE button.
2) While holding the Write button, press the BANK
and NUMBER buttons corresponding to the User
Program location where you wish to store the
setting.
To select the various User Programs:
1) Use the SELECT buttons to choose USER.
2) Use the BANK and NUMBER buttons to choose
your User Set.
•

Setting the Split Point

1) Press the MIDI/Select button.
2) Press the MIDI Part/+ button twice to find the
Upper part RX/TX channel.
3) Use the data knob to ensure that this is the
same channel your MIDI controller (keyboard,
accordian, etc.) is transmitting on.
4) Press the MIDI Part/+ button again to find the
Upper part key range channel. The screen will
read “Lim Lw( ) Up( )” .
5) Use the MIDI Part/+ button to move to each field
and use the Data/Tempo knob to adjust the
values for the Lower and Upper limits of the
Upper part range.
6) Follow this same procedure for the Lower part.
The Lower part can be accessed by continuing
to press the MIDI Part/+ button.
7) By assigning both the Upper and Lower parts to
the same MIDI channel and making the Upper
range from C4 to C9 and the Lower range from
C0 to B3, you will have created a Split.

TBS24 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20022 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

C
C62=E:>6 2CC2?86C
••• ROLAND RA-95 TURBO FACTS •••
The RA-95 is a real-time arranger featuring a wide variety of
music styles and 241 GS compatible Tones. Its 3.5" HD disk
drive provides direct from disk playback and recording.
Included with the RA-95 is a User Style Disk containing 66
custom Music Styles. GS Mode is provided for using the RA-95
with an external sequencer or playing Standard MIDI Files. The
RA-95 also features an input for the FC-7 Foot Controller,
allowing hands-free control of the elements within the Music
Styles. It can also be used with acoustic keyboards using the
optional KP-24 Acoustic Keyboard Pickup.

• Initializing
1) Power on while holding REC.
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing the Demo Song
Press START/STOP to stop the rhythm (if it is playing).
Press and hold DEMO in the MUSIC STYLE section.
Use the [5]-[8] buttons (under MUSIC STYLE) to
start playing one of the 4 demo songs.
4) Press START/STOP to stop playing the demo song.
• Setting up your MIDI Instrument
The RA-95 has several power-up modes for connecting
different MIDI devices. Hold down the desired button
while turning the power on:
Music Style 1
Music Style 2
Music Style 3
Music Style 4
Music Style 5
Music Style 6
Music Style 7
Music Style 6

Acoustic Piano setup with KP-24 (RRC)
Digital Piano and Synth
Master Keyboard
Accordion 1
Accordion 2
MIDI Guitar with Foot switch
Organ 1
Organ 2

Use the following procedure to setup the RA-95 with a
digital piano/synth controlling the arranger in the lower
section and a single instrument in the upper section:
1) Power on the RA-95 while holding MUSIC STYLE 2
2) Set the MIDI/RRC switch to “MIDI IN 2.”
3) Connect a MIDI cable from MIDI OUT of your digital
piano/synth to MIDI IN 2 on the RA-95.
• Selecting Tones
1) Press GROUP A or b in the UPPER TONE section.
2) Use the [1]-[8] buttons (under UPPER TONE) to
select the desired BANK.
3) Use the [1]-[8] buttons (under UPPER TONE) to
select the desired NUMBER.
4) Use the VARIATION button (under UPPER TONE)
to select different variations of that Tone.
• Assigning a Split Point
1) Press PARAMETER (under SONG/EDIT).
2) Use the SELECT+/- buttons (under SONG/EDIT) to
display “SPL.”
3) Use the DATA +/- buttons (under SONG/EDIT) to
select the desired MIDI note number for the split
point. For example, to set a split point of C4
(middle C) you would select “60.”

• Playing Songs (SMF) from Disks
1) Insert a disk containing a Standard MIDI File into the
floppy disk drive.
2) Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to select a song.
3) Press PLAY.
•
1)
2)
3)

Muting Parts on SMFs (GS Mode)
Press SONG MODE so it is lit.
Press PARAMETER.
Use the PART LEFT (<) and RIGHT (>) buttons to
select the desired Part.
4) Press the MUTE button to mute the Part.
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing Arrangements
Press ON/OFF in the ARRANGER SECTION so it is lit.
Press CHORD MEMORY so it is lit.
Use the [1]-[8] buttons (under MUSIC STYLE) to
select the desired BANK.
4) Use the [1]-[8] buttons (under MUSIC STYLE) to
select the desired NUMBER.
5) Press START/STOP and play a chord on the lower
portion of your keyboard or MIDI controller.
6) Press ORIGINAL, VARIATION, FILL, INTRO or
ENDING to hear each section of the arrangements.
• Changing Accompaniment Part Levels
1) Use the UPPER, ACCOMP, BASS, and DRUMS
< and > buttons (under BALANCE) to adjust the
volume for each accompaniment Part as desired.
2) Press the < and > buttons simultaneously to mute or
unmute that Part.
• Recording
1) Insert a disk into the floppy disk drive.
2) If necessary, format the disk by holding DISK and
pressing FORMAT in the SONG SELECT section.
Press REC. Wait until the format is complete.
3) Press SYNC START if you wish to use the Arranger
section. Press REC and begin playing.

Note: To start recording without activating the
Arranger section, press REC followed by PLAY and
then start playing.
4) Press STOP when you are finished.
• Loading Music Styles
1) Insert a disk containing a Music Style and press LOAD.
2) Use the SEARCH buttons to choose a Style number
on the disk.
3) Choose a Style location by pressing one of the
Music Style buttons (1 to 4).
4) Wait for the red LED next to the word DISK in the
window to stop blinking, then press LOAD.
5) Press DISK in the Music Style section.
6) Press the User Style button designated in step #3 to
select that style.

TBS66 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20064

10/8/97

NQPSMTR

®

%

C62=E:>6 %%!%

••• ROLAND RA-800 TURBO FACTS •••
The RA-800 is a desktop arranger module that provides
realtime accompaniment, backing tracks and display of
MIDI lyrics. It contains a wide variety of Music Styles,
making it ideal for one-man performers and songwriters.
The RA-800 features 689 Tones, 64-voice polyphony, 128
Music Styles, 192 Performance Setups and General
MIDI/GS compatibility. The 8-Track Music Style Recorder
lets you create your own Music Styles, and it also features
direct-to-disk recording & playback of Standard MIDI Files.
The RA-800 is 32 part multi-timbral with two MIDI ports,
and features built-in reverb, chorus, delay and EQ. Plus,
with the Roland LVC-1 Lyrics Video Converter, the RA800 can output MIDI lyrics to an external video monitor.

• Initializing
1) Hold WRITE and turn the power on.
•
1)
2)
3)

Playing the Demo Songs
Insert the Demonstration Disk into the disk drive.
Press the NEXT button to select a song.
Press PLAY/STOP.

• Playing the RA-800 from a MIDI keyboard
1) Connect the MIDI OUT port of your keyboard to
the MIDI IN A port of the RA-800.
2) Set the keyboard’s MIDI transmit channel to 1.
3) Play any key below middle C to activate the RA800 accompaniment.
4) Play any key above middle C to solo along with
the accompaniment.
•
1)
2)
3)

Selecting a Music Style
Press GROUP A-B in the Music Style area.
Press Music Style 1-8 to select a Bank.
Press Music Style 1-8 again to select a Music
Style.

• Selecting Tones
1) Press UPPER 1 (under the display).
2) Press GROUP A-D, (in the TONE area) to select
the desired group of instruments.
3) Press Tone 1-8 to select a Bank.
4) Press Tone 1-8 again to select a Tone from that
Bank.
5) Press VARIATION to select a variation Tone.
• Setting Splits and Layers
The RA-800 can have up to two Tones layered on
the right hand and a separate tone on the left.
1) Press KBD MODE.
2) Press F2: SPLIT.
3) Press UPPER1 (if it’s not already ON in the
display) and UPPER2 for a layer; press LOWER
to add a TONE to the left hand.
4) Press F5: EXIT.

•
5)
6)
7)

Setting Splits and Layers cont.
Press F2: PARAM.
Press PAGE down to select page 2.
Use the DRUMS rotary knob to choose the split
point. For a three way split, use the ACCOMP
rotary knob to choose the UPPER 2 split point.

• Layering Tones
To layer two Tones across the whole keyboard:
1) Press KBD MODE.
2) Press F3: WHOLE RIGHT.
3) Make sure that UPPER1 is ON (in the display).
4) Press UPPER2 so that it is ON.
5) Press SYNCHRO START so it is not lit.
• Storing Performances in Memory
You can save the current Tones, Music Styles, Split
Points, and Effect Settings (including edits) into a
Performance Memory. To store your setup:
1) Press WRITE.
2) Press UPPER1 (under the display). Make sure
that Memory Protect is OFF.
3) Hold WRITE and press the desired GROUP A-C
button in the Performance Memory area.
3a) Continue to hold WRITE and press the desired
PERFORMANCE MEMORY 1-8 button to select
a Bank location. Continue holding WRITE and
press the desired PERFORMANCE MEMORY 18 button again to select a Number location.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Playing Standard MIDI Files
Insert a DOS format disk into the drive.
Press GM/GS MODE.
Press PREVIOUS or NEXT to select a song.
Press PLAY/STOP.
If the SMF includes lyrics, press F4 to view the
lyrics on the display.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Setting-up the RA-800 for use with the LVC-1
Press F3: MIDI
Hold SHIFT and press F1: Basic
Press PAGE UP/DOWN to access “TX.”
Use the LOWER NUMBER dial to select “Lyrics”
in the Filter field.
5) Press the UPPER 2 button to set it to “ON.”
6) Hold WRITE and press MIDI SET button 1 to
save this setting.
7) Everytime you power the RA-800 on, select MIDI
SET 1 for use with the LVC-1.
••• Options •••
LVC-1 Lyrics View Converter, FC-7 MIDI Foot
Controller, PK-5 Dynamic MIDI Pedal, FV-300L
Expression Pedal, DP-6/2 Pedal Switch, MSD-Series
Style Disks.

TBS49© 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 21028 10/96

NQPSMTR

®

%

5:8:E2=DE286A:2?@
••• ROLAND RD-500 TURBO FACTS •••

The RD-500 is a professional digital piano with 88 weighted
keys, 121 high quality sounds and built-in digital effects. The
RD-500 can layer and split sounds, and can transmit on two
MIDI zones to control external synthesizers. It includes pianos,
electric pianos, clavs, vibes, organs, synths, strings and a full
drum kit. When used with a sequencer, the RD-500 is 8 part
multitimbral.

•

Initialize

1)
2)

Power on while holding SETUP MEMORY 1 and 8.
Press YES.

•
Storing a Setup
Each of the 32 SETUPs store all the Tone Settings
(Variation, Chorus, Reverb, Tremolo, Detune, Attack,
Decay, Release, Brightness, Sensitivity, and Bend Range)
for each of the 12 Instrument Groups - a total of 12 custom
sounds per setup. Each Setup also stores the Layer, Split,
Local, and Multitimbral information. Setup A-1 is preset
and cannot be changed, the remaining 31 are user
programmable.
To store a Setup into memory:
1)
2)
3)

Press FUNC and TRANSPOSE simultaneously.
Press A-D 1-8 for the location you want to WRITE to.
Press YES.

•

Playing the ROM Demo

1)
2)

Press FUNC and DEC simultaneously.
Use the INC / DEC to select song 1-4.

•

Selecting Patches

1)
2)
3)

Press an Instrument Group (Grand 1, Rhodes, etc.)
Press VARIATION.
Press INC and DEC to choose a Variation.

•
Using C1 Slider and Pedal Controls
The C1 Slider, Pedal, Damper, Bender, and Modulation
lever can all be set independently for the Upper and Lower
parts (as well as TX Zones for MIDI output). To make
internal controller assignments:

•

Creating a Layer

1)
2)

1)
2)

Press Layer.
Press and hold the Instrument Group you want for the
UPPER Part, then press the Instrument Group you want for
the LOWER Part.
Press VARIATION to choose sounds for the upper and
lower parts.
Press UPPER o r LOWER (it will flash).
Use INC / DEC to choose a Variation for that Part.
To set the level for each Part, press LEVEL. Press UPPER
or LOWER to select the Part (it will flash).
Use the slider or INC / DEC to set the level.
Press VARIATION again to exit the edit mode.

3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)

•

Creating a Split

1)
2)

Press SPLIT.
Press and hold the Instrument Group button you want for
the UPPER Part, then press the Instrument Group button
you want for the LOWER Part.
Press VARIATION to choose sounds for the upper and
lower parts.
Press UPPER o r LOWER (it will flash).
Use INC / DEC to choose a Variation for that Part.
To set the level for each Part, press LEVEL. Press UPPER
or LOWER to select the Part (it will flash).
Use the slider or INC / DEC to set the level.
Press VARIATION again to exit the edit mode.

3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)

•

Set the Split Point

1)
2)
3)

Press FUNC.
Press ZONE. The UPPER light will flash.
Press the key for the low note of the UPPER Zone.

4)

Press LOWER and the key for the high note of the
LOWER Zone.

3)

Press FUNC.
Press CONTROL (to the right of the display) to cycle
through the controllers - C1 (slider), Pdl (pedal), dnp
(damper), bnd (bender), Nod (modulation). The display will
jump to the currently assigned function for that controller.
Use INC / DEC to select the function for your selected
controller.

•

Setting MIDI Local Control

1)
2)
3)
4)

Press FUNC.
Press LOCAL.
Use INC / DEC until display reads Off, On-1 or On-2.
Press FUNC to exit.

•

Set the Transmit Channels for the Upper and
Lower Transmit Zones

1)
2)

Press FUNC.
Press TX CH. The TX/INT and UPPER TRANSMIT
CONTROL indicators flash.
Press INC and DEC to set the Transmit channel for the
UPPER Part.
Press the LOWER TRANSMIT CONTROL button. It
flashes.
Press INC and DEC to set the Transmit channel for the
LOWER Part.
Press FUNC to exit.
Press the UPPER and/or LOWER TRANSMIT CONTROLS
to choose a Transmit Zone/Channel.

3)
4)
5)
6)
7)

Note: In Local Off and On 2, the RD-500 will transmit out
MIDI on the RX Channel for the internal Upper and/or
Lower Part, in addition to the TX Zone settings.

TBS26 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20023 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

C5

5:8:E2=DE286A:2?@
••• ROLAND RD-600 TURBO FACTS •••
The RD-600 is an 88-note digital stage piano that
features Roland’s highly acclaimed PA-4 hammer
action keyboard. It also features 128 remarkable
sounds including, piano waveforms designed
specifically for the RD-600 in addition to those made
popular in the VE-RD1 expansion board for the A-90.
It has an EFX processor that consists of 40 stereo
multi-effects in addition to reverb, chorus and a builtin 3 band analog EQ. Additional features include four
multipurpose sliders for level control and sound
editing, a pitch bender, four balanced outputs
(2 stereo pairs), and a 16x2 backlit LCD display. The
RD-600 offers powerful controller functions such as
64 memory setups and four keyboard zones
(2 internal/2 external). The RD-600 combines all of
these features in an easy-to-use package with a
large display, dedicated knobs, sliders and buttons.
• Initializing
Use the following procedure to restore the factory
settings:
1) Power on while holding EDIT.
2) Press INC/YES twice.
• Playing the Demo Songs
1) Press EDIT and the LEFT PAGE button
simultaneously.
2) Use the RIGHT and LEFT PAGE buttons to
select the desired song.
3) Press EDIT to return to Play mode.
• Selecting Sounds
A Setup consists of two Tones assigned to either the
Upper or Lower Part. Use the following procedure to
listen to the Tones:
1) Press UPPER (above PART SWITCH) so it is lit.
2) Press INT UPPER (under PART SELECT).
3) Press the desired GROUP button (A or B). There
are 64 Tones in each group.
4) Use the INTERNAL TONE CATEGORY and
INTERNAL TONE VARIATION buttons to select
sounds. There are eight variation sounds in each
category.
Settings for the effects, Upper and Lower Tones,
keyboard zones, etc. can be stored as a Setup. There
are 64 Setups available. Use the following procedure
to listen to the Setups:
1) Press A and B (under GROUP) simultaneously.
2) Use the INTERNAL TONE CATEGORY and
INTERNAL TONE VARIATION buttons to select
the desired Setup.

• Layering the Keyboard
1) Press INT UPPER and INT LOWER (above PART
SWITCH) so they are lit.
2) Select the desired sounds for the Upper and Lower
Parts as previously described.
• Splitting the Keyboard
1) Press INT UPPER and INT LOWER (above PART
SWITCH) so they are lit.
2) Select the desired sounds for the Upper and Lower
Parts as previously described.
3) Hold SPLIT and press the note on the keyboard that
corresponds to the desired split point.
• Multitimbral Patch and Channel selection
The RD-600 contains 16 multitimbral Parts. Use the
following procedure to select MIDI channels and Tones
for each of the Parts:
1) Press EDIT.
2) Press the RIGHT PAGE button until “Receive Ch.” is
displayed.
3) Use the INC/DEC buttons to select Part 1.
4) Press the RIGHT PAGE button and use the
INC/DEC buttons to select the desired MIDI channel.
5) Use the INTERNAL TONE CATEGORY and
INTERNAL TONE VARIATION buttons to select the
desired Tone for Part 1.
6) Repeat steps 3-5 for Parts 2-16.
• Using the EFX Set
The EFX processor can be used for the Upper and
Lower Parts. You can choose from effects including
rotary speaker, distortion, and stereo EQ.
1) Press EDIT, use the RIGHT PAGE button to select
the EFX menu.
2) Press UPPER (under EFX) so it is lit.
3) Use the INC/DEC buttons to select the desired EFX
algorithm.
4) Adjust the Rate/Sens and Depth/Level knobs as
desired.
5) Hold UPPER (under EFX) and press LOWER to
assign this effect to the Lower Part.
6) Press EDIT to return to Play mode.
• Transposing the Keyboard
The transpose parameter can be set independently for
the internal and external Parts (Upper and Lower).
1) While holding TRANSPOSE, press the desired note
on the keyboard (above or below middle C) to set the
transposition value. For example, to transpose the
keyboard up a whole step hold TRANSPOSE and
press the D above middle C.

TBS59 © 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20058 6/97

NQPSMTR

®

&
&@F?5 2?G2D &

@5F=6

••• ROLAND SC-33 TURBO FACTS •••
Ideal for use with a digital piano or MIDI studio, this
desktop module has 226 sounds, many of which are
unique to the SC-33 (found on no other Sound
Canvas!). Similar in features and design to the
DS-330 Dr. Synth, the SC-33 has an additional Sound
FX kit and conforms to the stringent Roland GS
standard.

•
1)
2)
3)

• Initializing
1) Power on while holding REVERB and SPLIT.
2) Press the up arrow/YES button.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Creating a Layer Patch
Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
Press the DUAL button.
Now, Piano 1-1 will be layered with Strings 7-1.
To change the layer instrument and its level,
press the LOW/SUB> button and continue
pressing it to go through the parameters.

•
1)
2)
3)

Fattening the Sound
Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
Press the FAT button.
Playing a note now will actually trigger two notes
– the one played and the octave below it.

• Playing the Demo Song
1) Hold down the DRUMS and ((•)) buttons while
powering-up.
2) Press the up arrow, YES button. The song Worm
Hole will play.
3) Press the down arrow, NO button to stop the
demo song.
4) Press EXIT to return to single play mode.
• Select an Instrument in Single Mode
1) Simply press any of the 16 tone bank buttons to
select a instrument group of your choice.
2) Upon selecting a bank, use the NUMBER up and
down buttons to select individual instruments.
• Auditioning the New GS Tones
1) Depending upon the instrument selected, the
VALUE/VARIATION up and down buttons may be
used to select new GS variation tones.
2) The PIANO bank has many variations as does
the ORGAN bank. You can also find them in the
GUITAR, CHR. PERC., BASS, ENS., BRASS
and SYNTH LEAD banks.
3) Any of these sounds can be heard by pressing
the ((•)) button.
• Selecting a Drum Kit
1) Press the DRUMS button.
2) Use the VALUE/VARIATION up and down
buttons to select any of the 8 drum kits.
3) The sounds in each kit can now be played directly
from the 16 instrument buttons, which are now
drum pads.
4) To exit DRUMS mode, press the DRUMS button.

Create a split patch
Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
Press the SPLIT button.
Any note below F3 will be Acoustic Bass 5-1 and
the upper part will be Piano 1-1.
4) To alter the split point or change the lower
instrument, press the LOW/SUB> button and
continue pressing it to go through the
parameters.

• Changing the Default Patch
When a bank is selected, the first tone in that bank is
automatically is selected. To change to default tone
to your preference, follow these steps:
1) Select Piano 1-1 by pressing the PIANO button.
2) Press the NUMBER up button to select E.Piano 2
1-6.
3) At this point, the "6" should be blinking. Press the
PIANO button again..
4) Press the ORGAN button and then go back to the
PIANO bank. It should register as E.Piano 2 1-6.
• Creating a Multitimbral Setup.
1) Press the UTILITY button until you see SINGLE
Mode.
2) Use the VALUE/VARIATION up button to select
MULTI Mode.
3) Press EXIT.
4) You will see the Part/MIDI channel displayed on
the lower-right of the screen.
5) To change Parts, press the PART (CH) up and
down buttons.
6) Instruments can be selected for each Part by
pressing the bank and number buttons.
7) To change MIDI channels for a given Part, press
the PART EDIT button until you see Part:Ch, and
use the VALUE/VARIATION up and down buttons
to select any of the 16 MIDI channels.
8) Press EXIT to return normal Multi play mode.

TBS27 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20024 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

&
DFA6C &@F?5 2?G2D
••• ROLAND SC-88 TURBO FACTS •••
The SC-88 sound module is Roland's most powerful
member of the Sound Canvas family. The SC-88 contains
all of the sounds of the entire Sound Canvas library plus
an additional 300 JV series sounds. The SC-88 contains a
variety of effects including reverb, chorus and delay. The
built in Mac/IBM interface allows direct connection to a
computer without the need for an external MIDI interface.
The SC-88 is a giant departure from the rest of the Sound
Canvas family. Here is a list of some of the new features
added with the new SC-88.
•64 notes of polyphony
•32 Part multitimbral via two MIDI inputs
•654 high quality sounds
•256 User instruments
•2 User drum kits
•8 types of Reverb and Chorus
•2-band digital EQ
•10 types of Delay
•Preview button
•Front panel Drum editing
•Programmable drum note arrangement
•Extensive editing facilitated by dedicated front
panel controls

• Initializing
1) Hold down SELECT and press INSTRUMENT left
and right buttons.
2) Press ALL.
• Choosing sounds
There are two instrument maps on the SC-88. The
SC-55 map button will switch you between the SC-88
and SC-55mkII map to access all of the sounds.
1) Choose sounds by pressing INSTRUMENT left
and right.
2) Use VARIATION left and right to select variation
instruments.
• Editing User Instruments
1) Press USER INST EDIT ON/OFF.
2) UseSELECT to choose different groups of
parameters - Vibrato, Filter and Envelope.
3) Use the three sets of left and right edit buttons on
the bottom right side of the SC-88 to alter the
sound.
• Storing User Instruments
1) Make all of the desired edits using the above
procedure.
2) Press USER INST EDIT ON/OFF and SELECT
simultaneously.
3) Press INSTRUMENT left and right buttons
simultaneously to switch between user variation
bank and instrument number adjustment.

Storing User Instruments (cont.)
4) Use the INSTRUMENT left and right buttons to
alter values.
5) Press ALL to store the edited sound or MUTE to
cancel.
6) Press USER INST EDIT ON/OFF.
• Listening to the Drum Kits
1) Use the PART left and right buttons to select Part
10.
2) Change your MIDI controller to MIDI channel 10.
3) Use the INSTRUMENT left and right buttons to
select the different drum kits.
4) Change back to Part 1 when finished.
• Editing a Drum Kit
1) Use the above procedure to select a drum kit.
2) Press USER INST EDIT SELECT and DELAY left
buttons simultaneously.
3) Use the INSTRUMENT left and right value to
choose the desired drum instrument.
4) Use the LEVEL, PAN, REVERB, CHORUS,
DELAY, KEY SHIFT and MIDI CH left and right
buttons to alter the Level, Pan, Reverb, Chorus,
Delay, Coarse Pitch and Assignment of the
currently selected drum sound.
• Adjusting the level of effects
1) Use REVERB left and right to adjust the Reverb
level.
2) Use CHORUS left and right to adjust the Chorus
level.
3) Use DELAY left and right to adjust the Delay
level.
•
1)
2)
3)

Adjusting the effect parameters
Press ALL.
Press PART left and right simultaneously.
Use the up (SC-55 Map) and down (EQ) buttons
to select the appropriate parameter.
4) Use INSTRUMENT left and right to modify
values.
5) Press PART left and right simultaneously
followed by ALL to exit.
•
1)
2)
3)

Changing the EQ settings
Press EQ to turn the EQ on per Part.
Press ALL, then SELECT.
Use DELAY left and right to choose between
Frequency and Gain.
4) Use INSTRUMENT left and right to change the
Low EQ values, and VARIATION left and right to
change the High EQ values.
5) Press ALL.

TBS28 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20025 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

&

)@:46 &J?E9 >@5F=6

••• ROLAND SC-880 TURBO FACTS •••
The SC-880 stands at the top of Roland’s legendary GS
Sound Module line-up. Patches, a feature new to the
Sound Canvas line, allow creation of sounds previously not
available in instruments of this type. Features include:
• 64-Voice Polyphony
• 32-Part Multitimbral operation
• 1,117 internal Tones, 256 Patches, 42 Rhythm sets
• 5 built-in independent effects: Reverb, Chorus, Delay,
EQ, and Multi-Effects algorithms (64 total)
• Powerful new Layering and Performance features
• Tone Finder automatically finds groups of similar sounds
• Phrase Preview for easy auditioning of sounds
• Large 136 x 32 dot backlit graphic LCD
• Built-In computer interface using optional DB9F-3/10
(PC) or MD8-3/10 (Mac) Cable
• Full MIDI control (In-A, In-B, Out/Thru)
•
Initializing
Use the following procedure to initialize the SC-880 and
restore the factory settings:
1) Press UTILITY. Press UP CURSOR and use the
VALUE DIAL to select “Factory Preset.”
2) Press DOWN CURSOR and use the VALUE DIAL to
select “ALL.”
3) Press ENTER twice.
•
Listening to the Demo Songs
Use the following procedure to listen to the demo songs in
the SC-880:
1) Press UTILITY and ENTER simultaneously.
2) Press ENTER to start the Demo Songs.
3) Press EXIT to stop playback.
4) Press EXIT again to return to Play Mode.
•
Selecting and Auditioning Tones
The Tone Finder function allows you to quickly find
sounds by selecting from specified categories:
1) Press PERFORMANCE followed by TONE.
2) Press the VALUE DIAL to display the categories.
3) Rotate the VALUE DIAL to the desired category then
press the VALUE DIAL.
4) Use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired sound.
5) Press the VOLUME KNOB to audition the sound using
Phrase Preview.

NOTE: If you wish to use a keyboard to trigger these
sounds, set it to transmit on MIDI channel 1.
•
Selecting Rhythm Kits
Use the following procedure to select a Rhythm Kit:
1) Press PERFORMANCE followed by TONE.
2) Press the PART > button repeatedly so that A10 is
displayed next to Part.
3) Use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired Rhythm Kit.
4) Press the VOLUME KNOB to audition the kit with
Phrase Preview.

NOTE: If you wish to use a keyboard to trigger Rhythm
Kits, set it to transmit on MIDI channel 10.

•
Selecting Patches
A Patch consists of up to six Tones plus Effect settings.
Use the following procedure to select from 256 different
Patches - Preset Patches P001-128 and User U001-U128:
1) Press PATCH. Press the PART < button to select Part A01.
2) Rotate the VALUE DIAL to select Patch “U-002
Alternative 880.”
3) Press the VOLUME KNOB to audition the Patch.
4) Rotate the VALUE DIAL to select the Patch “U-004 LA
Stack” and press the VOLUME KNOB to audition the Patch.
5) Repeat step 4 to audition these additional Patches:
U-015 JC Guitar
U-021 Euro Piano
U-064 String Sect. 2

NOTE: If you wish to use a keyboard to trigger Patches,
set it to transmit on MIDI channel 1. Also, pushing in the
VALUE DIAL while rotating it will change Patches in
increments of 10.
•
Selecting Multi-Effects
When it comes to effects, the SC-880 has it all. Reverb,
Chorus, Delay and EQ as well as 64 different Multi-Effects.
Use the following procedure to select a Multi-Effect:
1) Press PATCH. Press the PART < button to select Part A01.
2) Use the VALUE DIAL to select “U-019 Fantasia.”
3) Press M-FX.
4) Use the VALUE DIAL to select “P-00 Thru” and press the
VOLUME KNOB to audition the Patch with no effects.
5) Use the VALUE DIAL to select “P-07 Phaser” and press
the VOLUME KNOB to audition the Patch with this effect.
6) Repeat step 3 to audition other effects
7) Press EXIT when you are finished.
8) If you wish to save the current settings for this Patch
press WRITE and use the VALUE DIAL to select a
destination, then press ENTER twice.
••• ROLAND SOUND CANVAS AND GS FORMAT•••
When two of the world’s leading computer manufacturers
decide to improve and enhance their sound technology,
who do they turn to? Roland, of course. In an agreement
which will serve to enhance the quality and compatibility of
multimedia audio development, Roland Corporation has
licensed its Sound Canvas sound set and GS Format to
Apple Computer Inc.® and Microsoft Corp®.
Apple will be including this technology in Quicktime
3.0™ while Microsoft will be incorporating it into the
Microsoft Network (MSN), DirectMusic™ Architecture,
ActiveX™ and numerous desktop products to be released
in the coming months.
A world leader in the design, manufacture and
distribution of electronic musical instruments, Roland
introduced the world’s first General MIDI/GS Formatcompatible sound module in 1991 with its SC-55 Sound
Canvas.
*All Trademarks are property of their respective owners

TBS74 © 1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20073 3/98

NQPSMTR

®

&

 #=2J6C & D@F?5 >@5F=6
••• ROLAND SD-35 TURBO FACTS •••
Combining a MIDI file player and a Sound Canvas sound
module in one compact desktop unit, the SD-35 offers 223
16-bit quality sampled sounds and convenient play-along
capability with the Minus One function, front panel MIDI IN
and 1/4" audio input jack for mixing a microphone, guitar
or keyboard into the arrangement. SD-35 is ideal for
practicing and live performance applications.

• Initializing
1) While pressing the CLEAR button, turn the
power on.
2) Press REC to execute.
• Using Music Minus One
1) Attach a MIDI cable from the MIDI Out port of
any MIDI keyboard to the MIDI In port of the SD35.
2) Attach an audio cable to a sound system or plug
in a pair of headphones.
3) Insert a SMF disk into the disk drive of the SD35.
4) Press both PART buttons at the same time to
display the selected part.
5) When the music begins, listen for a moment so
you can hear the various instruments.
6) Press MINUS ONE so that it lights. Use the
PART buttons to select various parts. As you do
so, the displayed part will be silent. Upon
determining the part you wish to play, simply play
the keyboard. The instrument assigned to that
part will be the one you can play from your
keyboard.
• Selecting a User Instrument
Follow Music Minus One, steps 1 – 6.
7) Press the USER INST button.
8) Press the INST buttons to select any of the 128
capital tones.
9) Whatever tone you select, will now be the
instrument you can play from your keyboard.
•
1)
2)
3)

Selecting Variation Tones
Press both INST buttons simultaneously.
Press the SET button and either INST button.
The display should now show a three digit
number followed by a period.
4) Use the INST buttons to select a Variation Tone.
The number will change in multiples of eight (8,
16, 24, etc.) depending upon the amount of
variations available.
5) To return to the normal INST display, press the
SET button and either INST button.

• Recording on the SD-35
1) Insert a formatted disk into the SD-35 disk drive.
2) Press PAUSE and RECORD. The number of
the song you are recording will be displayed in
the screen.
3) Start recording by playing an attached MIDI
keyboard or press the PAUSE button or the
PLAY button.
4) When you're finished recording, press the STOP
or PAUSE button.
• Programming the Song Order
1) Press SET and PROG. The PROG button will
blink.
2) Use the SONG buttons to select the first song.
Press SET.
3) Repeat step 2 until the playback order is
satisfactory to you.
4) Press STOP. Press PLAY to hear the chosen
songs in the order you prescribed.
• Set a practice loop
1) Press the SINGLE button.
2) Press the SET and REPEAT buttons
simultaneously. The REPEAT button will blink.
3) Press PLAY. When you arrive at the point in the
song that you want the loop to begin, press SET.
4) When the end of the section you want to repeat
arrives, press SET again.
5) The loop or "block" you've defined will now begin
repeating.
6) Press STOP when you're finished listening or
practicing.
7) To return to normal playback, press the REPEAT
and SINGLE buttons simultaneously.
• Soloing a Track
1) Press both PART buttons simultaneously to
display the part on the screen.
2) Press a PART button to choose any of the 16
possible parts.
3) If you wish to hear any part by itself, simply press
the SOLO button.
• Muting a Track
1) Press both PART buttons simultaneously to
display the part on the screen.
2) Press a PART button to choose any of the 16
possible parts.
3) If you wish to temporarily remove any part from
the arrangement, simply press MUTE.

TBS29 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20026 12/95

NQPSMTR®

&"(!6+#!&"!
&6C:6D "(&
35

•

"

•

D6

•

GD

••• ROLAND SOUND EXPANSION SERIES •••
The Roland Sound Expansion Series Modules are
1-space rackmount sound modules that include sounds
from the Roland JV and XP-series synthesizers with the
SR-JV80 Series Wave Expansion Boards. Each model
uses 8 to 10MB of wave memory to provide high quality
sounds previously available only to JV-Series or XP50/80 owners. In addition to hundreds of sounds on
each module, other features include: 8 Multitimbral
Parts, 28 voices polyphony, 8 Reverb types and 3
Chorus types. Each module also includes audio inputs
(L/R) and audio outputs (L/R) so that audio signals from
multiple Sound Expansion modules can be chained
together, requiring less inputs on your mixer. The
Sound Expansion Series Modules that are currently
available include the M-BD1 Bass & Drum Module, the
M-OC1 Orchestra Module, the M-SE1 String Ensemble
Module and the M-VS1 Vintage Synth Module.
• Initialize
1) Hold SELECT and press F3.
2) Press ENTER.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Playing the Demo Songs
Turn on the power while holding SELECT.
Use the VALUE (< >) buttons to select a song.
Press MONITOR to start the demo.
Press MUTE to stop the demo.
Press MUTE again to return to Patch Mode.

• Listening to Sounds in Patch Mode
In Patch Mode, the Sound Expansion Series Modules
function as a sound generator for one Patch at a time.
1) Turn on the power while holding PATCH.
2) Use the VALUE (< >) buttons to select sounds.
• Listening to Sounds in Performance Mode
In Performance Mode, the Sound Expansion Series
Modules can play as many as eight Parts
simultaneously. You can use this mode to layer sounds
or use multiple Patches independently with a MIDI
sequencer.

• Selecting Patches Within a Performance
A Performance can contain seven different Patches and
one Rhythm Set. These Patches are assigned to Parts.
1) Hold PART and use the VALUE (< >) keys to select
a Part (1-8). Part 8 is dedicated as the Rhythm Part.
2) Press PATCH.
3) Use the VALUE (< >) keys to select a Patch or
Rhythm Set.
•

Changing Parameter Settings

Part Parameter 1
Part Parameter 2
Master
MIDI Rx

Pan
KeyShift
DeviceID
ProgChg

Reverb
Detune
Reverb
Bank Sel

Chorus
Assign
Chorus
SysEx

1) Press SELECT to choose a group of parameters.
2) Press F1 to F4 to select the desired parameter.
3) Use the VALUE (< >) to change a value.
• Muting Parts
The Mute button allows you to isolate a part from a
sequence. Use the PART (< >) buttons to select the
desired part and press MUTE.
• MIDI Monitor Function
The MIDI Monitor Function allows you to see which
Parts are receiving MIDI note messages. If you hold
down PART while in Performance Mode, the LEDs on
the Parameter Grid indicate which Parts are currently
receiving MIDI note messages.
All of the Sound Expansion Series Modules contain
8 to 10MB of wave memory. The number of Patches,
Performances and Rhythm Sets vary in each module.
•

•

•
1)
2)
3)
4)

Level
Rx Ch
Tune
Vol&Hold

Turn the power on while holding PART.
Hold SELECT and press F1.
Use the VALUE (< >) keys to select a Performance.
Press ENTER.
•

M-BD1 Bass & Drum Module
197 Patches, 16 Performances and 17
Rhythm Sets based on the SR-JV80-10
Bass & Drum Expansion Board.
M-OC1 Orchestra Module
226 Patches, 18 Performances and 2
Rhythm Sets based on the SR-JV80-02
Orchestral Expansion Board.
M-SE1 String Ensemble Module
10MB of brand new waveforms dedicated to
string instruments. Contains 170 Patches
(including 50 Legato-Controllable Patches),
18 Performances and 2 Rhythm Sets.
M-VS1 Vintage Synth Module
255 Patches, 18 Performances and 8
Rhythm Sets based on the SR-JV80-04
Vintage Synthesizer Expansion Board.

TBS61 ©1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20053 1/97

@DD

®

&#
#9C2D6 &2>A=6C
••• BOSS SP-202 TURBO FACTS •••
The SP-202 Phrase Sampler is a powerful new
instrument that is perfect for DJs, Musicians, and
Broadcast Professionals. Some of the features include:
• 32 seconds of internal memory (at Hi Fi setting)
• Memory expandable with optional SmartMedia cards.
• Filter, Ring Modulator, and Delay effects
• Tap Tempo allows loops to be synchronized by BPM
• Realtime Time stretch function to allow adjusting the
speed of a loop without affecting the pitch.
• 8 pads (x 4 banks w/ card) to trigger sample playback
• Independent Sample rates for each sample
• Built-in microphone
• Battery power for portable operation.
• Low Retail Price of $395.00.

• Applying Effects to a Sample
1) Press the PAD for the sample you wish to effect.
2) Press an effect button (i.e. Filter) and use the
control knob to adjust the effect as desired.
• Mixing in external Sound Sources
You can mix an external signal (MC-303, VT-1,
turntable, etc.) with the SP-202:
1) Set the Source Select switch to LINE.
2) Set the Source Mix switch to ON.
3) Plug the output of the external device into the LINE
IN jacks on the back of the SP-202.
4) Press REC and use the CONTROL KNOB to set
the level of the external device.
5) Press CANCEL to return to the SP-202 sounds.

• Playing a Sample
The SP-202 is shipped with samples in Bank A 1-8.
Use the following procedure to listen to the samples:

• Auto Sampling a Loop
You can preset the tempo of a beat loop so that when it
is sampled, the loop points will be automatically set:

1) Connect the unit to an amp, audio system, or
headphones.
2) Press PAD 1. The PAD will light up and the sample
will play back.
3) Press additional pads to listen to the other sounds.

1) Connect a source (MC-303, CD, turntable, etc.)
to the SP-202 input.
2) While holding CANCEL, press REC.
3) Use the CONTROL DIAL to set the recording
threshold (0-8) and press REC.
4) Press REC and the next available PAD will blink.
5) Play your source and use the CONTROL DIAL to
set the level in the SP-202.
6) If you know the BPM of the loop, use the
UP/DOWN ARROWS to set the BPM, or, press the
TAP button in time with the beat to determine the
BPM setting.
7) Stop the source signal.
8) Press REC to place the SP-202 in standby mode.
9) Start playback on the source.
10) Press REC after 1 or 2 measures to stop recording.
11) Press the PAD button to playback the beat. It
should be looped correctly.

• Sampling with Built-In Microphone
Use the following procedure to record a sample with
the built in Microphone:
1) Set the Source Select switch to MIC.
2) Press the REC button. It will start to blink and the
next available empty bank will flash.
3) Use the control knob to adjust the input volume so
that the gain LED blinks occasionally while you are
speaking.
4) Press the REC button and speak into the
microphone.
5) Press the REC button to stop sampling.
6) Press the PAD to play back your sample.
• Playback Settings
Use the following procedure to set the playback
parameters for your sample:
1) Press the desired PAD to play back the sample.
2) Press the TRIGGER/GATE button to select the
triggering options.
3) Press the LOOP/ONE SHOT button to select
looping or single shot playback.
4) Press the NORMAL/REVERSE button to select
the playback direction.

• Initializing the SP-202
CAUTION: This procedure will erase all of the
internal samples:
1) Hold down CANCEL and press DEL.
2) Press the A/B button.
3) Press DEL.
The SmartMedia Cards are available in 2 and 4
megabyte versions; SM-2 ($35.00 retail) and SM-4
($60.00 retail). Contact your local Authorized Roland
dealer to order these cards.

TBS68 ©1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20066 11/97

NQPSMTR ®

&#



C@@G6&2>A=6C
••• Roland SP-808 TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland SP-808 Groove Sampler is the first product
of its kind - a powerful new instrument that combines a
professional-quality phrase sampler and a hard disk
recorder together with a new performance oriented
interface. Features include:
• Hard disk recorder with 4 stereo audio tracks
• Remix-oriented Phrase Sampler with 16 assignable
pads per bank (64 banks total) for up to 1024
samples per disk
• Sampling/Recording direct to built-in Zip™ drive with
up to 64 mono minutes at 44.1kHz
• Automatic tempo calculation and display
• Resampling and Time Stretch functions
• 99 Preset and 99 User onboard effects including
Reverb, Chorus, and Delay, as well as specialized
remix effects such as Lo-fi, Wah, Isolator, and Slicer
• Revolutionary dual D Beam controller allows for effects
and sample control via hand and body movement
• Playing the Demo Songs
Use the following procedure to load and play the demo
songs from the disk supplied with the SP-808:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Insert the Demo Disk in the disk drive.
Press SONG/TRACK.
CURSOR to “Select Song?” and press ENTER.
CURSOR to “01 CHIMERA” and press ENTER twice.
Bring the faders down and press PLAY [ ] to begin
playback. Adjust the faders to a comfortable listening
level. Press STOP [„] to halt playback.
6) Repeat steps 2-5 to audition other demo songs.



• Playing Samples
Use the following procedure to select from the 64 Pad
Banks and trigger samples:
1) Press PAD BANK and use the VALUE DIAL to
select “04 BPM161 SET.” Press ENTER.
2) Press any of the lit PADS to trigger samples.
• Using the Isolator
The SP-808 has a built-in Isolator which allows you to do
cool things like dropping the bass out of a song:
1) Select PAD BANK “02 BPM35 SET” (see above).
2) Press REALTIME EFFECTS ON/OFF so it is lit.
3) Hold SHIFT and press SELECT ROW to select row
B then press SELECT ROW to select the Isolator.
4) While holding PAD 5 press HOLD to trigger a beat
loop sample.
5) Rotate the LOW, MID, and HIGH knobs to drop out
parts of the beat. Press HOLD to end playback.

• Using the Filter
Use the following procedure to activate the Filter:
1) Select PAD BANK “02 BPM135 SET” (see above).
2) Press REALTIME EFFECTS ON/OFF so it is lit.
3) Hold SHIFT and press SELECT ROW to select row
B then press SELECT ROW to select the Filter.
4) While holding PAD 13 press HOLD to trigger a
beat loop sample.
5) Rotate the CUTOFF knob counterclock-wise to cut
the low frequencies out.
6) Rotate the RESONANCE knob clockwise to make
the sound thinner. If you move the knob too far
clockwise, the filter will squeal.
7) Rotate the LOW BOOST knob to make the bass
frequencies louder.
8) Press HOLD to end playback.
• Using Effects
Use the following procedure to apply an effect to the pad bank:
1) Hold SHIFT and press SELECT ROW to select row A.
2) Press REALTIME EFFECTS ON/OFF so it is lit.
3) Press EFFECTS above the MIC/LINE/PAD fader
so it is lit.
4) Press FX INFO and use the VALUE DIAL to select
“P22 FL: HardJet.” Press ENTER.
5) Press a PAD to trigger a sample.
6) Use the REALTIME EFFECTS KNOBS to change
the parameters of the effect.
7) Press the STEP MOD button so it is lit to see how
the Step Modulator rhythmically changes the effect.
Try the following effects:
P21 PT: TriadCD
P41 LF: Vinyl133
P94 15> 2XA.Wah

P31 PH: See-Saw
P67 SY: StepTk2
P97 18> Radio

• Using the D-Beam controller
Use the following procedure to activate the D-Beam:
1) Load Song “03 Effective” (see above).
2) Press PLAY [ ] to begin playback..
3) Press PITCH in the D BEAM CONTROLLER
section.
4) Move your hand over the D BEAM to change the
tuning/speed of the song as it plays back.
5) Press PAD TRIG in the D BEAM CONTROLLER section.
6) Move your hand over the D BEAM to trigger samples.
7) Press EFFECTS in the D BEAM CONTROLLER section.
8) Move your hand over the D BEAM to trigger the effects
(a Theremin-type sound, in this case).



* D Beam controller technology has been licensed
from Interactive Light, Inc.

TBS78 ©1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20076 6/98

NQPSMTR

®

&#
'@E2= #6C4FDD:@? A25
••• ROLAND SPD-11 TURBO FACTS •••
SPD-11 combines eight velocity-sensitive pads with 255
dynamic CD-quality sampled drum and percussion
sounds, creating a versatile, self-contained percussion
instrument for performing, recording and sequencing.
Highly portable, the SPD-11 has digital effects, 64 userprogrammable patches, and can easily be integrated with
other sound modules and pedals using the MIDI ports and
four controller input jacks.

• Initializing
If your SPD-11 has been played before, you may
want to restore the unit to its original factory settings.
1) Power up unit while holding down the
ALL/ENTER and the "t" button.
2) Press ALL/ENTER.
• Selecting patches
1) From the PLAY mode, use the PATCH/VALUE
buttons to select patches. The patch number will
appear in the display.
• Layering sounds
Each patch includes two Pad Banks, A and B. By
enabling the Layer Function, you can simultaneously
play the sounds of both Pad Banks A and B. Most of
the factory-preset Patches use Layer. For each
patch, you can hear the Pad Bank A and B sounds
separately or layered together.
1) From the Play Mode, select a Patch.
2) If both Pad Bank indicators are lit, press LAYER
to turn Layer off (Bank indicator B will go out).
Now play the pads to hear the Bank A sounds.
3) To hear the Bank B sounds, press the BANK A/B
button and play the pads (the Bank indicator will
change to B).
4) To hear both A and B sounds layered together,
press the LAYER button and play the pads (both
Bank indicators will light).
• Assigning a Sound to a Pad
You can assign any of 255 sounds to any pad on any
of the 64 Patches. This is one of the adjustable
SOUND parameters. To assign a sound to a pad:
1) From the Play Mode, select a Patch.
2) Press the EDIT button to enter the Edit Mode.
3) Strike the pad you wish to assign a sound to.
4) Turn Layer off if necessary.
5) Press BANK A/B to select the Pad Bank you
wish to assign a sound to.
6) Use the SELECT button to select the SOUND
parameter group.

• Assigning a Sound to a Pad (cont.)
7) Use the s and t buttons to select INST.
8) Use the PATCH/VALUE buttons to select the
instrument you wish to assign.
9) Press the EDIT button to return to Play Mode.
• Other Sound Editing
Editing the other SOUND parameters allows you to
make adjustments to the sound assigned to each
pad. The adjustable parameters include Level, Pitch,
Decay, Pan, Velocity Curve and Effects Send.
To edit a sound:
1) From the Play Mode, select the Patch to be
edited.
2) Press the EDIT button to enter the Edit Mode.
3) Strike the pad you wish to edit.
4) Turn Layer off if necessary.
5) Press BANK A/B to select the Pad Bank you
wish to edit.
6) Use the SELECT button to select the SOUND
parameter group.
7) Use the s and t buttons to select the parameter
you wish to edit.
8) Use the PATCH/VALUE buttons to set the value.
9) Press the EDIT button to return to Play Mode.
• Connecting External Pads or Pedal Controller
The SPD-11 is designed so that you can connect up
to four external pads like the Roland PD-7 or the FD7 Hi Hat Controller. These options provide the user
with more realistic performance setups.
To connect an external pad like the PD-7 or KD-7
Kick Drum Controller:
1) Plug one end of the cable supplied with the pads
into the EXT INPUT jacks at the back of the unit
OR into the HH CONT/EXT 4 jack with the select
switch set to EXT 4.
2) Plug the other end of the cable into your pad
jack.
To connect the FD-7 Hi Hat Controller:
1) Plug one end of the cable supplied with the FD-7
into the HH/CONT/EXT 4 jack and set the select
switch to HH CONT.
2) Plug the other end of the cable into the FD-7.
3) Make sure the pedal is fully open.
4) Move the select switch to EXT 4 and back to
HH CONT.

TBS31 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20027 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

&#
'@E2= #6C4FDD:@? A25
••• ROLAND SPD-20 TURBO FACTS •••
The SPD-20 Total Percussion Pad incorporates a
massive all-new sound set along with new triggering
options. Features include:
• 700 high-quality drum and percussion sounds,
beat-loops, vocal effects and sound effects
• 99 Programmable Patches
• 8 velocity sensitive rubber pads
• Built-in multi effects algorithms including Reverb,
Delay, Chorus, and Flanger
• Four dual-trigger inputs for use with PD-5/7/9 pads
as well as the new PD-100/120 “V-Pads.”
• The KD-7 kick drum trigger and FD-7 hi-hat foot
controllers can also be used
• Inputs can also be triggered directly from accoustic
drums without the need for an external preamp

• Layering sounds
Each Patch includes two Pad Banks - A and B. By
enabling the Layer Function, you can simultaneously
play the sounds of both Pad Banks A and B. Most of
the factory-preset Patches use Layer. Use the
following procedure to layer two sounds:

• Initializing
Use the following procedure to initialize the SPD-20
and restore the factory settings:

• Connecting External Triggers
The SPD-20 is designed so that you can connect up to
four external pads like the Roland PD-5/7/9, PD-100/120
“V-Pads,” KD-7 Bass Drum Pad, FD-7 Hi- Hat Controller,
or even acoustic drum triggers. Use the following
procedure to specify the type of trigger being connected:

1) Power up while holding ALL/ENTER and the
DOWN ARROW button.
2) Press ALL/ENTER.
• Selecting patches
Use the following procedure to select Patches:
1) From the Play Mode, use the PATCH/VALUE
buttons to select Patch #4. Play the pads.
2) Use the PATCH/VALUE buttons to try out the
following Patches:
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5

Drums & Shaker
Latin Set
Orchestral
Groove
Amazon

#6 Brushes
#7 Delay
#8 Dance Chord
#9 Indian
#10 Tex-Mex

• Assigning a Sound to a Pad
Use the following procedure to assign one of the 700
sounds to a pad:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

From the Play Mode, select a Patch.
Press EDIT.
Strike the pad you wish to assign a sound.
Press LAYER so only Pad Bank A is blinking.
Press SELECT repeatedly to select the SOUND
parameter group.
6) Use the UP and DOWN ARROW buttons to
select INST.
7) Use the PATCH/VALUE buttons to select the
instrument you wish to assign to the pad.
8) Press EDIT to return to Play Mode.

1) From the Play Mode, select a Patch.
2) If both Pad Bank indicators are lit, press LAYER
to turn Layer off (Bank indicator B will go out).
Now play the pads to hear the Bank A sounds.
3) To hear the Bank B sounds, press the BANK A/B
button and play the pads (the Bank indicator will
change to B).
4) To hear both A and B sounds layered together,
press the LAYER button and play the pads (both
Bank indicators will light).

1) Connect the pad to one of the EXT INPUT jacks
at the back of the unit.
2) Press EDIT to enter Edit Mode.
3) Press SELECT repeatedly to select System.
4) Use the DOWN ARROW to select Trig Type.
5) Strike the external pad and use the PATCH /
VALUE +/- buttons to select the pad type.
The following Pad Types are available: Roland pads
(PD-5, PD-7, PD-9, PD-100, PD-120, KD-7), generic
pads (P1, P2, K1, K2,) and acoustic drums (kik, snr,
tom, flr).
• Using a Footswitch
You can assign a footswitch such as the DP-2 or DP-6
to sustain a sound (such as a beat loop), or to step
through patches. Use the following procedure to assign
the pedal:
1) Plug the pedal into the FOOT SW jack on the rear
panel of the SPD-20.
2) Depress and hold the pedal while turning the
power on. The screen will display “Set Hold Pedal.”
The pedal will now act as a sustain pedal.
3) Repeat step 2 to alternatively set the pedal to the
Sustain or Patch Shift function.

TBS76 © 1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20074 4/98



NQPSMTR

&+
&EF5:@ 7764ED #C@46DD@C
••• BOSS SX-700 TURBO FACTS •••
The SX-700 Studio Signal Processor offers high quality
spatial effects like reverb, delay and chorus along with
revolutionary new effects like the Harmonist intelligent
pitch shifter, and Roland Sound Space (RSS), a signal
processing technology that uses phase cancellation
and EQ to create the illusion of 3D sound using a 2D
stereo field. The SX-700 is ideal for project and pro
studios, as well as the concert stage.
•
Auditioning Patches
The SX-700 has 128 user programmable Patches in
memory locations 1 to 128, and 128 preset patches
from 129 to 256. To scroll through patches one at a
time, simply rotate the NUMBER knob. Pressing the
NUMBER knob in while rotating it will change patches
in increments of 10. To load the selected patch, press
the NUMBER knob in.
•
1)
3)
4)
5)

Effects On/Off & Editing Parameters
Press one of the five dedicated effects buttons of
your choice to access the parameters.
Pressing the button again toggles effect on/off.
The PARAMETER buttons scroll through the
parameters in the selected effect.
The VALUE knob changes the selected effects
setting in single increments. Press and rotate
VALUE knob to change in increment of 10.

•
Selection Algorithms
There are a series of 19 algorithms that determine the
configuration (not order) of the five effects. Type A
algorithms have extra Delay effects and one extra RSS
effect. Type B algorithms have several powerful
modulation effect. Algorithm C combines a powerful
pitch shifter with delay.
1) Press COMMON
2) Use the VALUE dial to select an algorithm.
•
The Order Of Effects
The effects can be set in a user programmable order.
1) Press COMMON.
2) PARAMETER right once and use VALUE to select
the effect for the first unit.
3) Repeat this procedure to select the effect for each
of the five units.
•
Dry/Wet Balance & Level
A wet/dry mix is programmed per effect per patch.
1) Press LEVEL.
2) PARAMETER right to access the balance
parameters for each effect type.

•
1)
2)
2)
4)
5)

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

The Harmonist
Select one of the B algorithms.
Press MOD until the effect is on.
PARAMETER right one time to [Type] and VALUE
to [Duck].
PARAMETER to [Scale] & [Key] and select one.
PARAMETER to [Interval 1], VALUE to [+3rd]. Play
a scales in your selected key. The pitch shifted
interval will follow the key.
The Ducking Delay
Select one of the A algorithms.
Press DELAY until the effect is on.
PARAMETER right many times ducking mode
[DckMd] and VALUE it On.
The delay will duck out of the way while you play.
PARAMETER to ducking sensitivity and ducking
rise time and experiment.
REVERB Room 1 also features ducking & gate.

•
RSS - Roland Sound Space
The 3D Panner is a very obvious effect. Try it:
1) RSS is available in all algorithms.
2) Press RSS until the effect is on.
3) PARAMETER right one time to [RsType] and
VALUE to [Paner].
4) PARAMETER through the remaining options and
experiment.
•
Real Time Control Assign
With an FC-200 MIDI Foot Controller, and/or an
expression pedal and foot switch plugged into back,
it's possible to control up to three parameters in real
time. (The FC-200's Expression and Controller foot
switch transmit MIDI CTL# 7 and 80).
1) Press COMMON and PARAMETER right to C1
Trigger and select a parameter to control.
2) PARAMETER right to [MIN] and [MAX] and change
them if you want.
3) PARAMETER right to [C1Source] and VALUE
through the options. Select one and try it.
•
1)
2)

Naming The Patch
Press NAME.
Use VALUE to select letters and PARAMETER to
move the cursor left and right. Press VALUE to
toggle between CAPITOL and small letters.

•
Writing The Patch
Once you have edited a sound you can write it into any
of the 128 user memory locations.
1) Press WRITE, The PATCH number will flash.
2) VALUE to select a different location (optional).
3) Press WRITE again.

TBS44 © 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles CA 90040 Faxback # 20039 2/96

C@=2?5®

'
A6C4FDD:@? D@F?5 >@5F=6
••• ROLAND TD-5 TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland TD-5 (as found in the Trap Set) offers
210 16-bit, CD quality sampled sounds that can be
arranged into 32 different drum kits, an onboard
digital effects processor, an auxiliary input for a CD
player or a cassette tape recorder, headphone
output, and a voice metronome for practice. The
incredibly responsive pads and hi-hat controller
provide a very realistic feel. There are eight dualtrigger inputs to accommodate a variety of pads,
trigger types, and acoustic drum triggers.

• Copying a Patch
To copy a patch from one location to another:

• Initializing
1) Hold down the EDIT button for a few seconds,
until the LED begins to flash faster.
2) Press the instrument < button to choose the
parameters you want to initialize:
(1 to 32) for a single patch
(bcK) for background instruments
(SyS) for trigger, MIDI, and metronome settings
(ALL) for all the TD-5K setting
3) Press the START/STOP button to start the
initialization.
(To stop the procedure, press EDIT instead)
4) Press EDIT again to return to play mode.

• Metronome Settings
The TD-5 will allow you to change the instrument,
volume, time signature, and tempo of the
metronome.

• Selecting a Kit
Use the Patch Increment (>) or Patch Decrement (<)
buttons to select one of the 32 available drum kits.
• Editing the Sounds
The TD-5 Percussion Sound Module has dedicated
buttons on the front control panel for quick and easy
editing of sounds.
To assign an instrument to a pad.
1) Select the patch you wish to edit.
2) Press the EDIT button.
3) Strike the pad to trigger the sound you want to
edit.
4) Press the INSTRUMENT< > buttons to select
the desired sound.
(from this point, you can edit the level, pitch,
panning, decay and effect for the instrument by
pressing the dedicated buttons on the front
panel)
5) Press EDIT again to store the instrument in
memory.

1) While in play mode, select the desired source
patch by pressing the PATCH < > buttons.
2) Press EDIT.
3) Press the PATCH < > buttons to choose the
destination patch.
(to stop this operation, press EDIT)
4) Press the flashing START/STOP button to copy
the patch.

To change the metronome settings:
1) Press the START/STOP button to start the
metronome.
2) Press the BEAT TYPE < > buttons to select the
correct time signature.
3) Press the TEMPO < > buttons to decrease or
increase the speed of the metronome.
4) To select a different sound for the metronome,
press the INSTRUMENT < > buttons.
5) To adjust the volume, press the LEVEL < >
buttons.
6) To pan the metronome, press the PAN < >
buttons.
NOTE: You can have the metronome play only
through the headphone output jack by pressing
the PAN > button until you see “Pho.”
• Synchronizing the Metronome
The metronome in the TD-5 can be set to
synchronize with an external sequencer.
1) Hold down the EDIT button until the LED begins
to flash rapidly.
2) Press the LEVEL < button to select the MIDI
channel.
3) Press the LEVEL > button to select SYc.
4) Press the PATCH < > buttons to set the external
sync to on or off.
5) Press EDIT again to enter the play mode.

TBS65 © Roland Corporation US, 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20062

6/97

C@=2?5®

'
A6C4FDD:@? D@F?5 >@5F=6
• The Advanced Edit Mode
The TD-5 has an Advanced Edit Mode that is used to
edit trigger parameters that are shared by all 32
patches.
1) To enter the Advanced Edit Mode, hold down the
EDIT button until the LED begins to flash rapidly.
2) To select a trigger type, press PITCH <, then
press the PATCH < > buttons to select the
appropriate trigger type.
NOTE: The TD-5 can recognize the PD-5, PD-7,
PD-9 pads; the KD-7, and KD-5 kick pads, as
well as a variety of other trigger types. In addition
to pads, the TD-5 has settings for acoustic drum
triggers.
3) To adjust the trigger sensitivity, press the PITCH
> button. Use the PATCH < > buttons to change
the setting.
4) To adjust the Threshold, press the DECAY,
button. Use the Patch < > buttons to change the
settings.
5) To set the Trigger Curve, press the DECAY
>button. Use the PATCH < > buttons to change
the setting.
6) Press EDIT to return to the Play Mode.
• Playing The TD-5 from Acoustic Drums
The TD-5 can be triggered from acoustic drums with
a transducer. The response time is a quick 3 ms and
no additional attenuation is needed. When triggering from acoustic drums, begin by setting the
extended trigger parameters.
To access the extended trigger mode:
1) Hold down EDIT and PITCH < while you turn the
power on.
2) Press the PATCH > button to on. This will put
the TD-5 in extended edit mode.
(Pressing the PATCH < will exit the extended
edit mode)
3) You must turn the power off and then on again to
complete the procedure.
NOTE: The TD-5 will remain in extended edit
mode until turned off.

• Playing from Acoustic Drums (cont.)
To trigger from acoustic drums:
1) Set the TD-5 to the Extended Edit Mode.
2) Hold the EDIT button until it begins to flash
rapidly.
3) Strike the drum you wish to set.
4) Press PITCH, to select Trigger type, then press
the PATCH < > buttons to select the appropriate
trigger type: Kik, for kick drum; Snr, for snare;
toM, for Toms; FLr, for floor tom.
• To eliminate crosstalk between pads, press the
REVERB > button to select crosstalk. Then,
press the PATCH < > buttons to find the most
desirable setting.
• To eliminate “false triggering,” press REVERB <
to select Mask Time. By pressing the PATCH <
> buttons, you can find the best setting.
• To set the Scan Time, or length of time the
trigger signal will be detected, press the
REVERB TYPE < button. Use the PATCH < >
buttons to set the value.
• To eliminate erratic trigger waveforms or signals,
press the REVERB TYPE > button. The PATCH
< > buttons can be used to select the value.
• How to Send a Bulk Dump
You can save all or part of the data in the TD-5
Percussion Sound Module to an external sequencer.
1) Connect the MIDI Out of the TD-5 to the MIDI In
of the sequencer.
2) Hold down the EDIT button for a few seconds
until the LED begins to flash rapidly.
3) Press the INSTRUMENT > button to select dnP,
or Bulk Dump.
4) Use the PATCH < > buttons to select ALL, for all
data in the TD-5, or 1 to 32 to save sound
parameters for the selected patch.
5) Press the START/STOP button to begin sending
the data.
6) Press the EDIT button to return to Play Mode.
Optional Accessories Include:
FD-7 ..... Hi-Hat controller
PD-5 ..... 8.5 inch single trigger pad*
PD-7 ..... 7 inch dual trigger pad**
PD-9 ..... 10 inch dual trigger pad**
PD-100 . 10 inch single trigger V-Pad*
PD-120 . 12 inch dual trigger V-Pad**
KD-7 ..... Kick Trigger*
FS-5U... footswitch for changing patches*
(* requires a mono 1/4 inch audio cable)
(** requires a stereo 1/4 inch audio cable)

TBS65 © Roland Corporation US, 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20062

6/97

NQPSMTR

®

'
'@E2= #6C4FDD:@? '

••• ROLAND TDE/B-7K TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland TD-series Compact Drum Kits are the first
ever to respond to every stylistic nuance and playing
technique of an acoustic drum set. Both kits feature the
TD-7 Percussion Sound Module with over 500 16-bit
quality sounds and digital effects. The TDE-7K includes
the revolutionary FD-7 Hi Hat Control Pedal that responds
just like an acoustic hi hat, the KD-7 Kick Pedal and 8 PD7 dual trigger pads. These kits respond to such
techniques as press rolls, rim shots and cymbal chokes.
There are a few procedures to follow before you play the
kit for the first time. Don’t play the kit while the TD-7 is
warming up! When the unit is active, (after you see the
Patch Page), the first thing you need to do is initialize the
hi hat control pedal. This will set up the FD-7 Hi Hat
Controller for optimum performance results and will
remain set even after the power is turned off.

• Initializing
1) From the Patch Page, press SYSTEM.
2) Cursor to INI using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
3) Select the word HI HAT using the < and >
buttons and select ALL using the DATA dial.
4) Press ENTER twice.
• Initialize the Hi Hat Control Pedal
1) From the Patch Page, press SYSTEM.
2) Cursor to INI using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER twice.
• Assigning Sounds/Layering
The Instrument Section allows you to assign an
instrument to each Note Number, allowing you to
assign a different sound to each pad. You can also
assign two different instruments to one Note
Number, allowing you to create sounds through
various mixing effects. This is called LAYER. The
two instruments are called SOUND 1 and SOUND 2.
To assign an instrument to a note number:
1) Select your desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to NOTE and press ENTER.
5) Strike the pad or rim that will trigger the sound
you wish to edit.
6) Cursor to the Instrument Number and select your
Instrument with the DATA dial.

• Assigning Sounds/Layering (cont.)
To assign LAYER modes and sounds:
1) Select your desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to NOTE and press ENTER.
5) Strike the pad or rim that will trigger the sound
you wish to edit.
6) Cursor to the Instrument Number and select your
Instrument for SOUND 1 with the DATA dial.
7) Push CURSOR LEFT (<) twice and select
SOUND 2 with the DATA dial.
8) Cursor to the Instrument Number and select your
Instrument for SOUND 2 with the DATA dial.
9) Press CURSOR LEFT (<) twice and select
LAYER with the DATA dial.
10) Press CURSOR RIGHT (>) once and select your
LAYER mode with the DATA dial.
• Editing Sounds
The TD-7 will allow you to make various types of
edits to the sounds themselves. These Instrument
Parameters include Pitch, Decay, Pan, Nuance,
Brilliance, Pitch Bend, Output Levels and Effect
Send Levels.
To change the Instrument Parameters:
1) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
2) Cursor to INST using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
3) Strike the pad or rim that will trigger the sound
you wish to edit.
4) Cursor to the parameter and select the desired
parameter using the DATA dial.
5) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) once and
change the value using the DATA dial.
NOTE: At the top of the display you'll find useful
information concerning sound editing.
EXAMPLE: R1>N#35>S1>i081
R1
= Pad or Rim being edited (Rim number
one)
N#35 = MIDI Note Number assigned to this Pad or
Rim
S1
= Which sound in layer (S1 is Sound #1, S2
is Sound #2)
i081 = Instrument Number assigned to Note
Number being used. (number 81 out of
512)

TBS33 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20028 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

'
'@E2= #6C4FDD:@? '

• Setting a Note Number
The TD-7 is equipped with 9 stereo Trigger Input
jacks. Using the supplied stereo cables, each PD-7
can output both a drum head and a rim shot trigger
signal. Both of these trigger signals can be assigned
a separate MIDI note number.
1) Select a patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to TRIG and press ENTER.
5) Select a trigger number by playing the
corresponding pad or rim or by cursoring to
 and rotating the DATA dial.
6) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) twice and
select NOTE # using the DATA dial.
7) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) and select
a note number using the DATA dial.
• Effects
The TD-7 offers two separate digital effect
processors which can be edited.
To select and edit the two effects processors:
1) Select the desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, push EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to FX and press ENTER.
5) Cursor to EFFECT and select EFFECT 1 or
EFFECT 2 using the DATA dial.
6) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) and select
the desired effect using the DATA dial.
To edit the effect you’ve chosen:
1) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) and select
the parameter to be edited using the DATA dial.
2) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) once and
change the parameter using the DATA dial.
• Triggering a Sequence From a Pad
The TD-7 features a Phrase Sequencer that allows
the user to trigger any of the 48 sequences from any
of the pad/rims.
To assign a sequence to a pad/rim:
1) Select the desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to TRIG and press ENTER.
5) Strike the pad or rim you wish to assign a
sequence to.

• Sequence Triggering From Pads (cont.)
6) Cursor to the parameter displayed at bottom left
portion of the screen and select SEQPTN # with
the DATA dial.
7) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) once and
select the desired sequence using the DATA
dial.
• Sequencing Tip
When using an external sequencer to record data
performed on the TDE kit, refer to the following
suggestions.
To RECORD TD-7 data on a sequencer:
1) Attach a MIDI cable from the TD-7 MIDI OUT to
the sequencer's MIDI IN.
To PLAY the TD-7 from a sequencer:
1) Attach a MIDI cable from the sequencer's MIDI
OUT to the TD-7's MIDI IN.
2) Push the SYSTEM button and select "IF"
(interface) with the CURSOR RIGHT (>) button.
3) Press ENTER.
4) Using the DATA dial, change "Standard" to "MIDI
- Sound."
5) Change this back to "Standard" for normal
operation.
• Assigning Sounds to Individual Outputs
The TD-7 offers two assignable independent
outputs.
To assign a sound to an individual output:
1) Press the SYS button.
2) Cursor to SET and press Enter.
3) To change Send 1 to Individual Output, Cursor
to Effect 1, turn the Data Dial to Indiv 1.
4) Press Exit twice.
Now, assign a sound to Individual Output 1.
1) Press the EDIT button.
2) Cursor to INST and press Enter.
3) Hit the a Pad to select the assigned sound.
4) Turn the Data Dial to find OUT LEVEL. Setting
this parameter to “0” will remove the sound from
the stereo outputs.
5) Turn the Data Dial to SEND 1 LEVEL. This will
control the level for the sound now assigned to
Individual Output 1.
6) Repeat this procedure using Indiv 2 and another
instrument to assign Individual Output 2.

TBS33 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20028 12/95

NQPSMTR

®

''
EFC3@ G6CD:@?

#6C4FDD:@? D@F?5 >@5F=6
••• ROLAND TD-7T TURBO FACTS •••
The TD-7T Turbo Version Percussion Sound Module
features over 500 16-bit quality sounds and digital effects.
The Stage Set includes the revolutionary FD-7 Hi Hat
Control Pedal that responds just like an acoustic hi hat,
the KD-7 Kick Pedal, 4 PD-7, and 4 PD-9 dual trigger
pads. These kits respond to such techniques as press
rolls, rim shots and cymbal chokes.
There are a few procedures to follow before you play the
kit for the first time. Don’t play the kit while the TD-7T is
warming up! When the unit is active, (after you see the
Patch Page), the first thing you need to do is initialize the
hi hat control pedal. This will set up the FD-7 Hi Hat
Controller for optimum performance results and will
remain set even after the power is turned off.

• Initializing
1) Power up while holding SYSTEM and JUMP.
2) Press ENTER.
• Play the ROM Demos
1) Power up while holding ENTER.
2) Use the DATA DIAL to select the desired
demonstration song.
3) Press the ENTER button to start the song.
4) Press EXIT to stop the song.
5) Press EXIT twice to return to Play mode.
• Assigning Sounds/Layering
The Instrument Section allows you to assign an
instrument to each Note Number, allowing you to
assign a different sound to each pad. You can also
assign two different instruments to one Note
Number, allowing you to create sounds through
various mixing effects. This is called LAYER. The
two instruments are called SOUND 1 and SOUND 2.
To assign an instrument to a note number:
1) Select your desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to NOTE and press ENTER.
5) Strike the pad or rim that will trigger the sound
you wish to edit.
6) Cursor to the Instrument Number and select your
Instrument with the DATA dial.

• Assigning Sounds/Layering (cont.)
To assign LAYER modes and sounds:
1) Select your desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to NOTE and press ENTER.
5) Strike the pad or rim that will trigger the sound
you wish to edit.
6) Cursor to the Instrument Number and select your
Instrument for SOUND 1 with the DATA dial.
7) Push CURSOR LEFT (<) twice and select
SOUND 2 with the DATA dial.
8) Cursor to the Instrument Number and select your
Instrument for SOUND 2 with the DATA dial.
9) Press CURSOR LEFT (<) twice and select
LAYER with the DATA dial.
10) Press CURSOR RIGHT (>) once and select your
LAYER mode with the DATA dial.
• Editing Sounds
The TD-7T will allow you to make various types of
edits to the sounds themselves. These Instrument
Parameters include Pitch, Decay, Pan, Nuance,
Brilliance, Pitch Bend, Output Levels and Effect
Send Levels.
To change the Instrument Parameters:
1) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
2) Cursor to INST using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
3) Strike the pad or rim that will trigger the sound
you wish to edit.
4) Cursor to the parameter and select the desired
parameter using the DATA dial.
5) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) once and
change the value using the DATA dial.
NOTE: At the top of the display you'll find useful
information concerning sound editing.
EXAMPLE: R1>N#35>S1>i081
R1
= Pad or Rim being edited (Rim number one)
N#35 = MIDI Note Number assigned to this Pad or
Rim
S1
= Which sound in layer (S1 is Sound #1, S2
is Sound #2)
i081 = Instrument Number assigned to Note
Number being used. (number 81 out of
512)

TBS64 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20063 6/97

NQPSMTR

®

''
EFC3@ G6CD:@?

#6C4FDD:@? D@F?5 >@5F=6
• Setting a Note Number
The TD-7T is equipped with 9 stereo Trigger Input
jacks. Using the supplied stereo cables, each PD-7
can output both a drum head and a rim shot trigger
signal. Both of these trigger signals can be assigned
a separate MIDI note number.
1) Select a patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to TRIG and press ENTER.
5) Select a trigger number by playing the
corresponding pad or rim or by cursoring to
 and rotating the DATA dial.
6) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) twice and
select NOTE # using the DATA dial.
7) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) and select
a note number using the DATA dial.
• Effects
The TD-7T offers two separate digital effect
processors which can be edited.
To select and edit the two effects processors:
1) Select the desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, push EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to FX and press ENTER.
5) Cursor to EFFECT and select EFFECT 1 or
EFFECT 2 using the DATA dial.
6) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) and select
the desired effect using the DATA dial.
To edit the effect you’ve chosen:
1) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) and select
the parameter to be edited using the DATA dial.
2) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) once and
change the parameter using the DATA dial.
• Triggering a Sequence From a Pad
The TD-7T features a Phrase Sequencer that allows
the user to trigger any of the 48 sequences from any
of the pad/rims.
To assign a sequence to a pad/rim:
1) Select the desired patch using the DATA dial.
2) From the Patch Page, press EDIT.
3) Cursor to PATCH using the < and > buttons and
press ENTER.
4) Cursor to TRIG and press ENTER.
5) Strike the pad or rim you wish to assign a
sequence to.

• Sequence Triggering From Pads (cont.)
6) Cursor to the parameter displayed at bottom left
portion of the screen and select SEQPTN # with
the DATA dial.
7) Push the CURSOR RIGHT button (>) once and
select the desired sequence using the DATA
dial.
• Sequencing Tip
When using an external sequencer to record data
performed on the TDE kit, refer to the following
suggestions.
To RECORD TD-7T data on a sequencer:
1) Attach a MIDI cable from the TD-7T MIDI OUT
to the sequencer's MIDI IN.
To PLAY the TD-7T from a sequencer:
1) Attach a MIDI cable from the sequencer's MIDI
OUT to the TD-7's MIDI IN.
2) Push the SYSTEM button and select "IF"
(interface) with the CURSOR RIGHT (>) button.
3) Press ENTER.
4) Using the DATA dial, change "Standard" to "MIDI
- Sound."
5) Change this back to "Standard" for normal
operation.
• Assigning Sounds to Individual Outputs
The TD-7T offers two assignable independent
outputs.
To assign a sound to an individual output:
1) Press the SYS button.
2) Cursor to SET and press Enter.
3) To change Send 1 to Individual Output, Cursor
to Effect 1, turn the Data Dial to Indiv 1.
4) Press Exit twice.
Now, assign a sound to Individual Output 1.
1)
2)
3)
4)

Press the EDIT button.
Cursor to INST and press Enter.
Hit the a Pad to select the assigned sound.
Turn the Data Dial to find OUT LEVEL. Setting
this parameter to “0” will remove the sound from
the stereo outputs.
5) Turn the Data Dial to SEND 1 LEVEL. This will
control the level for the sound now assigned to
Individual Output 1.
6) Repeat this procedure using Indiv 2 and another
instrument to assign Individual Output 2.

TBS64 © 1994 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20063 6/97

NQPSMTR

®

'

A6C4FDD:@? D@F?5 >@5F=6
••• ROLAND TD-10 TURBO FACTS •••
The Roland V-Drums TD-10 is a revolutionary, top-of-the-line electronic
percussion sound module, complimenting Roland’s acclaimed Compact
Drum Systems. Utilizing Composite Object Sound Modeling (COSM), Roland
has developed a sound source that far surpasses any existing PCM-based
technology. Additional features include:
Over 600 drum/percussion sounds and 50 melodic instruments
•
Variable Drum Modeling based on COSM technology
•
12 dual trigger inputs - 8 stereo outputs
•
Superior triggering response
•
Brushes can be used with the new PD-100/120 Mesh V-Pads
•
Modeling technology allows the reproduction of even the most delicate
•
nuances of a drummer, including “ghost notes”
Positional sensing available on the snare and ride pads
•
Compatible with the PD-7/9 Dual Trigger Pads
•
Advanced effects processing including individual effects on each pad
•
Easy-to-use, built-in sequencer with 50 Preset and 50 User patterns
•
Large graphic LCD display for easy editing
•
Wave expansion slot for future sound libraries
•

• Initializing
Use the following procedure to restore the factory settings:
1) Press SETUP followed by F4 [UTIL].
2) Press F4 [INIT] twice. Press F4 [EXEC].
• Play the Demo
Use the following procedure to play the demo song:
1) Press SETUP and CHAIN simultaneously.
2) Press F4 [PLAY]. Press F3 [STOP] to stop the demo.
3) Press F1 [CANCEL] to return to the SETUP MENU.
• Selecting a Drum Kit
The TD-10 contains 50 drum kits (5 are designated as Copy Kit
locations). Use the following procedure to select a drum kit:
1) Press KIT so it is lit and use the VALUE DIAL to select
the desired kit.
• Creating a Drum Instrument
The TD-10 allows you to customize drum sounds that display
the “V-EDIT” symbol by choosing the type of drum head, shell
material, depth, and various types of muffling. Use the
following procedure to edit a snare drum:
1) Press INST (under EDIT) and use the TRIG SELECT
buttons to display “H2 [SNARE]” in the upper, right corner.
2) Press F2 [EDIT] and use the UP CURSOR button to
select “Shell Material.” Use the VALUE DIAL to select the
type of shell material (Wood, Steel or Brass).
3) Press CURSOR DOWN to select “Shell Depth” and use
the VALUE DIAL to adjust the depth (1.0” to 20.0”).
4) Press F2 [HEAD] and use the UP CURSOR button to
select “Head Type.” Use the VALUE DIAL to select the
type of drum head (Clear, Coated, or Pinstripe).
5) Press CURSOR DOWN to select “Head Tuning” and use
the VALUE DIAL to adjust the tuning (+ / - 480) as desired.
6) Select F3 [MUFFLE] and use the UP CURSOR button to
select “Muffling.” Use the VALUE DIAL to select the type of
muffling (duct tape or doughnuts) as desired.
7) Press CURSOR DOWN to select “Strainer Adj.” and use
the VALUE DIAL to adjust the strainer as desired.
TBS58

• Recording a Sequence
The TD-10 has a powerful, built-in sequencer that allows you
to record up to 50 different patterns (in pattern locations
51-100). Use the following procedure to record a pattern:
1) Press PATTERN so it is lit.
2) Press F4 [NEW] to select the next available empty pattern.
3) Press F2 [FUNC] followed by F2 [SETUP] and use the
VALUE DIAL to select the pattern length (up to 99 bars).
4) Press F3 [TYPE] and use the VALUE DIAL to select a
Play Type (Loop or One Shot).
5) Press the PART button followed by F1 [INST].
6) Press F4 [DRUMS] and use the VALUE DIAL to select the
desired drum kit for your pattern.
7) Press REC, then press CLICK twice.
8) Select F2 [INST] and use the VALUE DIAL to select the
type of instrument to be used for the metronome click.
9) Press PLAY. The sequencer will count one measure
before it starts recording.
10) Play the kit to record your instruments (you can also use
the PREVIEW button to play instruments).
11) Press STOP followed by PLAY to listen to your recorded
pattern. Press CLICK to turn off the metronome.
12) Repeat steps 6 thru 11 to record any additional parts
(Part 1, Part 2, and Bass) as desired.
• Assigning Digital Effects to a Kit
The TD-10 has 30 different effect types including reverb, delay,
chorus, flanger, 3-band parametric eq, and compression. Use
the following procedure to select an overall effect for the kit:
1) Press EXIT followed by F3 [FX SW].
2) Press F4 [EFFECT] to select “ON” (if necessary).
3) Press CONTROL ROOM followed by F4 [EFFECT].
4) Press F3 [FXTYPE].
5) Use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired effect.
• Adjusting the Room Acoustics
The TD-10 allows you to create an environment that emulates
the type of room for your drum kit. There are several settings
to choose from including a garage, the beach, a dome stadium,
a locker room, a bathroom, etc. Use the following procedure:
1) Press EXIT followed by F3 [FX SW].
2) Press F1 [AMBNCE] to select “ON’ (if necessary).
3) Press STUDIO.
4) Use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired environment.
5) Use the F1 thru F4 buttons to access the mic parameters,
room characteristics, and ambient levels as desired.
••• Pad Types •••
The default settings of the TD-10 are optimized for use with
the Roland V-BASIC SET and V-PRO SET. If you are using a
different setup, you will need to select an appropriate Trigger
Type for each input. These settings are necessary to optimize
the tracking for each pad. The Trigger Type settings for each
input can be stored in one of four Trigger Bank locations,
allowing for quick access to multiple configurations.

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20061 6/97

NQPSMTR

®

)

)F:E2C&JDE6>
••• ROLAND VG-8 TURBO FACTS •••
The VG-8 V-Guitar begins a new era in guitar
technology, placing the guitar entirely within the digital
domain using COSM, Roland's proprietary Composite
Object Sound Modeling. The VG-8’s COSM technology
can generate a vast array of sounds by simultaneously
performing physical, electric, magnetic and electronic
modeling, shaping the guitar’s own signal in one of two
modes: Variable Guitar Modeling (VMG) or Harmonic
Restructure Modeling (HRM). VGM allows selection of:
body type; pickup selection, placement, angle, and
pickup phase; amp type; speaker cabinet; microphone
type and placement; and more. HRM shapes expressive
new sounds including basses, pads and more. Both
VGM and HRM shape each guitar string’s original
waveform in realtime, resulting in no delay, no tracking,
and amazing expressiveness. Built-in effects include
polyphonic pitch shifting, models of five BOSS effects,
speaker simulation, DSP, EQ, and more. Easy
programming through graphic backlit LCD interface.
Requires a guitar equipped with a Roland GK-2A divided
pickup.
After installing the GK-2A pickup according to the
instructions that came with the pickup, set-up the Driver
Settings shown on page 15 of the VG-8 Owners Manual.
• Setting the GK-2A Pickup Sensitivity
Sensitivity should be set once for each guitar & player
combination. These may be saved in 5 memory locations.
1) Press the SYSTEM button.
2) Press F1 (Function button 1).
3) Play each string to activate its level meter. CURSOR
to the string number and use VALUE dial to adjust
the sensitivity. Set all six string sensitivity settings.
4) Press PLAY to return to play mode.
• Tuning
1) Press PLAY, then F1 to access the built-in tuner.
• Playing patches
There are up to 192 patches; 64 user, 64 preset, 64 on
an optional M-512 memory card. Press PLAY, then...
1) The easiest way to call up patches is the VALUE
dial. – or –
2a) To change groups, hold GK-2A button S1 and press
the VG-8’s GROUP t & s footswitches.
2b) To change banks, use the BANK t & s footswitches.
2c) To change numbers, use footswitches 1 to 4.

TBS34

• Variable Guitar Modeling (VGM)
Four VGM algorithms are available: Amp Mono, Amp
Poly, Pedal & Amp, and Pedal St(ereo). The algorithm is
shown at the top of the LCD. Nine VGM components are
used in different combinations in different algorithms:
Pickup (selection, placement, and angle), Amp
(selection, tone & volume controls), Speaker (cabinet
selection), Mic (selection and placement), Pedal (models
of five different BOSS pedals), Poly Manager (polyphonic
amp and pedal distortion), Pan (per string), Pitch Shift
(per string), and Noise Suppression.
Preset A53 “JazzITup” is a good starting point for
experimenting:
1) Press Play, select Preset A53 “JazzITup”.
2) Press INST to begin Instrument Editing.
3a) Select F1 to edit the pickup settings.
3b) Preset A53 uses a ‘vari’ model with two pickups press PAGE to select pickup type, position, angle,
and phase. Press PAGE again to select the other
pickup. NOTE the helpful graphics in the LCD.
4a) Press Instrument, then F6 to edit Speaker&Mic.
4b) Select a speaker type - press F1 repeatedly or
press F1 and use the value dial.
4c) Press F3 and select a mic type - note the graphic.
4d) Press F5 and select mic placement - watch the
graphic.
5) Press INST to return to the edit menu and continue
experimenting. Watch for a lit PAGE LED, then
press the PAGE button to see all edit options.
• Harmonic Restructure Modeling (HRM)
All thirteen HRM algorithms are shown in Patch Presets
A54 through A84 - the algorithm is shown at the top of
the LCD. Try them all, and select one to experiment
with:
1) Press INST, then F1 to edit parameters.
2) Using the F buttons and the value dial, experiment
with this algorithm. Parameters differ somewhat per
algorithm. If the PAGE LED is lit, the PAGE button
will select additional edit functions.
3) Repeat steps 1 & 2 with different HRM algorithms.
• Digital Signal Processing
All VGM and HRM patches can also access 3 categories
of digital effects: 7 Modulation effects, 3 Delay modes,
and 9 Reverb modes. Press the EFFECT button, then
the odd numbered F buttons edit effects while the even
numbered F buttons switch effects on/off.

© 1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20029 12/95

NQPSMTR

)&

) &,&'

+#!&"!

••• ROLAND VG8S-1 TURBO FACTS •••
Roland has substantially expanded the V-Guitar System taking
COSM technology to even greater heights with the new
VG8S-1 System Expansion. Here is what’s new:
• Four new algorithms plus feature enhancements of the
originals.
• HOLLOW algorithm emulates characteristics of acoustic and
hollow body guitars.
• DUAL AMP algorithm to layer or morph between two
chains of pedals, amps and speaker cabinets with a
foot pedal.
• VIO GUITAR algorithm combines VGM and HRM.
• Rick, Tele, LP w/P-90's, Silvertone w/Lipstick's, LP w/PAF's,
Gretch, and Strat w/S-S-H active EMG Pickup Models.
• Flat, Round, f-Hole, Metal (for dobro) and Banjo Guitar
Body models.
• SLDN, British Combo and Modern Stack Guitar Amplifier
Models.
• British 2x12, Classic 4x10, and Modern Stack Speaker
Models.
• Assignable wah wah pedal, pitch pedal, HRM Cutoff,
and other realtime controllers.
• Intelligent harmonist.
• Change guitar pickups with S1 and S2 on the GK-2A.

• Installation
It is important to save your Patches because this
procedure will erase the User memory of the VG-8.
1) Turn the power off.
2) Insert the VG8S-1 card and turn the power on.
3) Press F1 to complete the expansion.
Now use the following procedure to reinitialize the VG-8
to factory settings.
1) Turn off the VG-8.
2) While holding down F1, F3, and F5 turn on the VG-8.
3) Press F6.
• Selecting the New Patches
An expanded VG-8 has an extra 64 preset Patches. Turn
the VALUE dial to select the new Presets in banks C and d.
• Selecting Presets that use the New Algorithms
Algorithm names are listed on the top row of the display
screen.
Presets C11 to C44 - HOLLOW algorithms
Presets C51 to C64 - DUAL AMP algorithms
Presets d51 to 53,
61,63,73 and 74 - VIO-GUITAR
• Selecting the New Bodies
1) Press PLAY and use the VALUE dial to select Patch
C62 MOD BLUZ.
2) Press INST followed by F1 (under the pickup graphic).
3) Press F6 and use the VALUE dial to select the new
guitar models.

TBS54

• Selecting the New Acoustic Piezo Pickups
1) From the PICKUP screen, press F6 and use the
VALUE dial to select VARI.
2) Press PAGE to access the second page.
3) Press F1 and use the VALUE dial to select a pickup type
(options are Single, Double, Piezo, or Acoustic Piezo).
• Selecting the New Guitar Amplifiers
1) Press PLAY and use the VALUE dial to select Patch
C62 MOD BLUZ.
2) Press INST followed by F3 to select AMP.
3) Press F2 and use the VALUE dial to select the
different amps.
• Selecting the New Speaker Variations
1) Press PLAY and use the VALUE dial to select Patch
C62 MOD BLUZ.
2) Press INST followed by F4 to select SP&MIC.
3) Press F1 and use the VALUE dial to select the different
speaker types.
• Selecting the New Hollow Body Guitar Models
1) Press PLAY and use the VALUE dial to select Patch
C11 ACUSTIC.
2) Press INST followed by F3 (under the BODY graphic).
3) Press PAGE two times to access BODY-TYPE.
4) Press F2 and use the VALUE dial to select the
different hollow body guitar types.
5) After choosing one of the body types, press F6 and
use the VALUE dial to change the body size.
• Expanded Pitch Shifting Capabilities
New pitch shifting effects include intelligent harmonist,
pitch pedal, and glide. Also, the pitch shifter is now
available on all HRM algorithms.
1) From any Patch, press INST and use the cursor
buttons to select P-SHIFT.
2) Cursor to type and use the VALUE dial to select String.
3) Press F2 and use the VALUE dial to select one of
the 11 preset tuning configurations.
4) Press F1 and use the VALUE dial to select Harmo.
rd
5) Press F2 and use the VALUE dial to select +3 .
6) Press F3 and use the VALUE dial to select the
desired key.
Use the following procedure to set an expression pedal
to control pitch:
1) Connect an EV-5 Expression Pedal to the EXP
PEDAL input.
2) Press COMMON followed by F2.
3) Use the VALUE dial to select P-SHIFT Shift (under
Assigned Parameter).
4) Press INST followed by F2 (under the P-SHIFT graphic).
5) Cursor to TYPE and use the VALUE dial to select Pedal.
6) Press F2 and use the VALUE dial to select Octave Up.
7) Press PLAY and play your guitar. You can now use the
EV-5 to slide up to an octave above the original pitch.

© 1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20048 09/96

NQPSMTR

®

)
" " "%!
••• ROLAND VK-7 TURBO FACTS •••
The VK-7 is a totally new combo organ that utilizes Roland’s new
Virtual ToneWheel modeling technology to simulate the principles
behind tonewheel sound generation used in classic organs. Here
are just a few of the features that make the VK-7 a modern day
equivalent of the Hammond B3:
Full keyboard polyphony with 91 voices in constant,
•
independent oscillation
High speed sound generation, allowing the VK-7 to respond to
•
the rigorous demands of classic organ playing styles
9 Harmonic bars for realtime manipulation of organ sounds
•
Sophisticated rotary speaker and tube amp simulation based
•
on Roland’s COSM technology
39 orchestral voices built-in
•
11-pin Rotary Tone Cabinet connector for use with Leslie
•
speaker cabinet
Real wood finish and portable cabinet design
•
2 MIDI IN connectors allow for a dual manual configuration
•
with pedals
MIDI information, including harmonic bar messages, is sent
•
and received in realtime
• Initializing
Use the following procedure to restore the factory settings:
1) Press EDIT.
2) Press UTILITY [7].
3) Press the RIGHT CURSOR [>] button until “E7: Factory Setup”
is displayed.
4) Press the [+] button.
5) Press EXIT to return to the previous display.

• Layering Orchestral Sounds with the Organ Part
The VK-7 contains 39 orchestral sounds that can be used as solo
instruments or layered with the organ sounds to provide more
depth, attack, bass, etc. Use the following procedure to layer an
orchestral sound with an organ sound:
1) Select the desired organ sound (as previously described).
2) Press MAIN (under ORCHESTRAL ASSIGN) so it is lit.
3) Press the desired ORCHESTRAL VOICES sound group
button.
4) Use the VARIATION UP/DOWN buttons to select the desired
instrument within that sound group.
5) Use the ORCHESTRAL LEVEL knob to adjust the volume as
desired.
• Splitting the Keyboard
Use the following procedure to assign a bass sound to the lower
half of the keyboard and then set the split point:
1) Select the desired organ sound (as previously described).
2) Press SUB (under ORCHESTRAL ASSIGN) so it is lit.
3) Press SPLIT [SUB/MAIN].
4) Press the ORCHESTRAL VOICES [BASS] button.
5) Use the VARIATION UP/DOWN buttons to select the desired
bass sound.
6) Press the ORCHESTRAL VOICES [BASS] button again.
7) Press [ORGAN MUTE] to mute the organ sound.
Use the following procedure to set the split point:
1) Press EDIT followed by USER COMMON [3].
2) Use the [<]/[>] buttons to access the “Split Point” display.
3) Use the [+]/[-] buttons to set the split point as desired.
4) Press EXIT to return to the previous display.

• Playing the Demos

• Using a Dual Keyboard Configuration

Use the following procedure the play the VK-7 demo songs:
1) Press EDIT.
2) Press DEMO [8].
3) Use the [<]/[>] buttons to select “SinglePlay.”

The VK-7 allows you to emulate a complete Hammond B3 setup
by simply adding an additional MIDI keyboard and a MIDI foot
controller (such as the Roland PK-5). Use the following procedure
to connect a MIDI keyboard and foot controller to the VK-7 in a dual
manual configuration(set the Sub keyboard to transmit on MIDI
channel 3 and the foot controller to channel 2):
1) Connect the MIDI OUT on the additional MIDI keyboard (Sub
keyboard) to the KEYBOARD IN on the VK-7.
2) Set the MIDI Select switch (on the rear panel) to the “SUB
KEYBOARD” position.
3) Connect the MIDI OUT of the MIDI foot controller to the PEDAL
IN on the VK-7.
4) Set the MIDI transmit channel on the Sub keyboard to 3 and
the foot controller to 2.
5) Play the Sub keyboard to hear the Sub Part and play the foot
controller to hear the Pedal Part on the VK-7 (make sure that
the VK-7’s audio outputs are connected).
6) Press MAIN (under HARMONIC BAR PART).
7) Play the VK-7’s keyboard and adjust the Harmonic Bars as
desired. The changes will be reflected in the sound of the Main
Part.
8) Press SUB (under HARMONIC BAR PART).
9) Play the Sub keyboard and adjust the Harmonic Bars on the
VK-7 as desired. The changes will be reflected in the sound of
the Sub Part.

NOTE: To hear consecutive playback of all demo
songs, select “Chain Play.”
4)
5)
6)
7)

Use the [+]/[-] buttons to select the desired song.
Press WRITE to start playback.
Press EXIT to stop playback.
Press EXIT again to return to the previous display.

• Selecting Sounds
The VK-7 has 64 different organ sounds. These sounds are
organized into eight groups (banks) with eight sounds in each
group. There are two modes of operation for the banks. In
“Alternate” mode (the default setting) the BANK button is used to
quickly switch between the first two banks. “Expand” mode is used
to gain access to all eight banks. Use the following procedure to
enable “Expand” mode and select sounds:
1) Press EDIT (the [1]-[8] buttons will start to flash).
2) Press SYSTEM BASIC [1].
3) Use the [<]/[>] buttons to access the “E1: Bank Function”
display and press the [+] button to select “Expand.”
4) Press EXIT.
5) Press BANK (the [1]-[8] buttons will start to flash). Use the [1][8] buttons to select a bank.
6) Use the [1]-[8] buttons to select a sound from that bank.

* All trademarks are property of their respective owners.

TBS60

NOTE: If you are using a PK-5 MIDI Foot Controller, you will
probably want to transpose it up one octave from its default
settings.

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20059 5/97

NQPSMTR

)& 

3:E ' DEF5:@
H@C> until “A.Mix Mode=” is displayed
and use the TIME/VALUE dial to select “On.”
3) Hold SCENE and press REC.
4) Press PLAY. Move the faders and turn the pan pots.
5) Press STOP. Start playback from the beginning of the
song and you will hear all of your fader and knob
movements.
* Roland technicians have sought to recreate the sound of the
above listed microphones. This was an independent Roland production
and did not involve any of the aforementioned companies through either
a business or consulting relationship or by way of license agreement.
* All trademarks are property of their respective owners.

TBS62

• Auto Mix — Snapshot
In addition to the 8 Scene locations, Marker points can be
used to capture current mixer positions.
1) Activate Auto Mix as previously described.
2) Change some mixer parameters at some point in the song.
3) Hold SCENE and press TAP. This takes a “snapshot” of
the current settings and assigns them to a Marker.
4) Play the song from the beginning and you will hear your
mixer settings change at that Marker.
• Selecting the New Effect Algorithms of the VS8F-1
Use the following procedure to view the new effects (B00-99):
1) Press EFFECT to show “Effect-1 PRM?” Press YES.
2) Use the TIME/VALUE dial to access the effects patches.
3) Press YES/ENTER to select a patch.
4) Hold SHIFT and press EFFECT-1 (CH EDIT button 7).
5) Press the desired CH EDIT button (1-8) and use the
VALUE dial to select Insert, PreFade, or PstFade.
• Using the Microphone Simulators of the VS8F-1
1) Press EFFECT (under EDIT CONDITION) until “EFFECT1 PRM?” is displayed and press YES/ENTER.
2) Use the VALUE DIAL to select “B-99 MicSimulator.”
3) Press YES/ENTER.
4) Press PARAMETER>> until “MCA:Input” is displayed and
use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired input/mic type.
5) Press PARAMETER>> until “MCA:OUT” is displayed and
use the VALUE DIAL to select the desired microphone
algorithm. For example, if you want to make a dynamic
mic sound like a vintage condenser mic, select “Sml.Dy” in
step 4 and “Vnt.Cn” in step 5.
6) From INPUT MIX mode Hold SHIFT and press EFFECT-1
(CH EDIT button 7).
7) Press the desired CH EDIT button (1-8) and use the
VALUE DIAL to select “Insert.”
8) Set the corresponding STATUS button to SOURCE
(orange) to hear the microphone simulation.
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)

Using the Voice Transformer of the VS8F-1
Connect a microphone to Input 1.
Hold SHIFT and press EFFECT-1 (CH EDIT button 7).
Press CH EDIT button 1 and use the VALUE DIAL to
select “Insert.”
Press STATUS for channel 1 until it is set to SOURCE
(orange). You should be able to hear the mic input.
Press EFFECT (under EDIT CONDITION) until “EFFECT1 PRM?” is displayed and press YES/ENTER.
Use the VALUE DIAL to select “B-07 Voice Trans.”
Press YES/ENTER.
Press PARAMETER>> until “FE:FaderEdit” is displayed
and use the VALUE dial to select “On.”
Speak into the microphone and use faders 1-5 to alter the
sound of your voice (fader 1 controls the ‘Robot’ effect,
fader 2 controls the pitch, fader 3 controls the formant,
fader 4 controls the effect balance, and fader 5 controls
the reverb level).

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040

Faxback # 20056 1/97

NQPSMTR

)&%&
)&

45 HC:E:?8 DJDE6>

••• ROLAND VS-CDR-S2 TURBO FACTS •••

VS-CDR-S2 is a complete hardware/software bundle that provides
V-Xpanded users the ability to burn audio CDs directly from the
VS-880 without any additional hardware. Users can now record,
edit, mix, apply effects, and master to CD entirely in the digital
domain. The included CD-R drive will also function as a CD Rom
player and writer for both Macintosh and IBM compatible
computers. The VS-CDR-S2 package consists of the following:
• ZIP™ disk containing VS-880 CD recording software Version 3
• Multi-session 2x write/6x read CD-R drive
• Adaptec Toast CD-R software for Macintosh
• Adaptec Easy CD Pro CD-R software for PC platforms
• SCSI cable and active terminator
• 2 Blank CD-R discs

Install the Update (Requires VS-880 V-Xpanded 2.0)
The installation procedure requires the VS-880-S2 Expansion
disk and an external SCSI Iomega Zip drive. Before performing
the update, make sure the Zip drive and VS-880 are turned off.
1) Connect the Zip drive to the VS-880 with a SCSI cable.
Make sure the termination switch on the drive is set to On.
2) Insert the VS-880-S2 cartridge into the drive and turn it on.
3) Turn the VS-880 on.
4) After scanning the SCSI buss, the VS-880 display will
read “Update SYS PRG?” Press YES/ENTER.
5) “Please Reboot OK” will be displayed. Turn the VS-880’s
power off.
•

• Setup
1) With all equipment turned off, connect the SCSI port of
the CD-R drive to the SCSI port of the VS-880.
2) Attach the terminator to the remaining SCSI port on the
CD-R. If you are using multiple SCSI devices, connect them
to the CD-R drive and terminate the last device in the chain.
3) Set the ID numbers of each SCSI device so that they do
not conflict (the VS-880 defaults to SCSI ID #7).
4) Turn on the power in the following order: CD-R drive,
VS-880, audio equipment.
• Mix Down
The VS-880 CD recording system allows you to designate 2
source tracks to provide the audio for your CD. The VS-880
song must be mixed down (including Auto mix, EQ and effects)
to 2 tracks before you create your CD. Use the following
procedure to create a mix down of Tracks 1-6 on Tracks 7-8:
1) Hold SHIFT and press SELECT so that INPUT>TRACK
mode is selected.
2) Hold SHIFT and press CH EDIT 1.
3) Press CH EDIT 7 and use the VALUE DIAL to select
“MIX-L.”
4) Press CH EDIT 8 and use the VALUE DIAL to select
“MIX-R.”
5) Press CH EDIT 1. Use the RIGHT PARAMETER (>>)
button to select the “Mix Sw=” display and use the
VALUE DIAL to select “PstFade.” Repeat for tracks 2-6.
6) Set the Track Status buttons for tracks 1-6 to green (Play)
and tracks 7 and 8 to flashing red (Record Standby).
7) Use the faders to adjust the levels of tracks 1-6 as desired.
TBS69

Mix Down (continued)
8) Press REC followed by PLAY to record your mix to
Tracks 7 and 8.
9) Press STOP when the song is finished.
NOTE: When creating a CD, the song length is set by
the length of the mix down tracks (7-8). You may need to
cut data on your Tracks to avoid empty space.
• Creating CD Markers (Track IDs)
The VS-CDR-S2 allows you to create a CD one song at a time.
It is also possible to use one long song with special markers to
indicate the Track ID numbers between songs. When using a
VS-880 project that contains multiple songs, it is necessary to
create a track ID number for each song. Use the following
procedure:
1) Advance the VS-880 to the location you would like to use
as the beginning of the second track on your CD.
NOTE: The VS-880 will automatically use 00h00m00s00f
as the first CD Track ID.
2) Hold SONG and press TAP to create a CD marker.
NOTE: In order to comply with audio CD standards,
songs must be at least 4 seconds long.
3) Advance the VS-880 to the location you would like to use
as the beginning of the next CD track. Hold SONG and
press TAP. Repeat this procedure as desired.
• Writing a CD
Use the following procedure to create a CD:
1) Insert a blank CD-R disc in the CD-R drive.
2) Press SONG until “SNG CD-R Write?” appears in the
display and press YES/ENTER. “Write+Finalize” will be
displayed.
NOTE: When writing individual songs to a CD, use the
Write function instead of Write+Finalize mentioned above.
When you have completed all the tracks for your CD, use
Finalize to make the CD playable on a normal CD player.
1) Press YES/ENTER.
2) Press the CH EDIT button for the track to be written to the
CD-R as the left track.
3) Press the CURSOR RIGHT (>) button.
4) Press the CH EDIT button for the track to be written to the
CD-R as the right track.
NOTE: The disk space required will appear under the
“Measure Beat” portion of the display. Make sure that this
number is smaller than the number under “SYNC MODE
SCENE” (the amount of free space on the internal IDE
hard drive) and “REMAINING TIME” (the amount of free
space on the CD-R disc).
5) Press PARAMETER RIGHT (>>) so that “SNG CD-R
Write Sure?” is displayed.
6) Press YES/ENTER. “Obey Copyrights?” will be displayed.
Read the license agreement (p.61 in the VS-CDR-S2
Owner’s Manual). Press YES/ENTER and the VS-880 will
begin to write data to the CD-R.

© 1997 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20067

11/97

®

NQPSMTR

+#
F=E:E:>3C2= &J?E96D:K6C
••• ROLAND XP-10 TURBO FACTS •••
The XP-10 Multitimbral Synthesizer features 338
Preset Tones, 256 User Tones, and 16 drum kits.
The keyboard can split and layer sounds, and the XDual function can blend and create new sounds. The
Advanced Arpeggiator includes many patterns
including synth bass, random note patterns and
guitar strum patterns. The XP-10 is fully compatible
with General MIDI and GS, and it includes a built-in
serial port interface for direct connection to
Macintosh or PC computers.
•

Restoring Factory Settings

1) Press UTILITY.
2) Use VALUE -/+ to select “Initialize” and press
ENTER.
3) Use VALUE -/+ to select “Factory Preset.”
4) Press ENTER to restore factory setup.
•

Playing the Demo Songs

1) Simultaneously press VALUE + and
USER/PRESET.
2) Use VALUE -/+ to select a song.
3) Press ENTER to start playback.
4) Press EXIT to stop playback.
5) Press EXIT again to return to normal keyboard
operation.
•

Selecting & Playing Sounds

1) Press PERFORM/TONE until the name of the
currently selected Tone(s) is shown in the
display.
2) Press USER/PRESET to select either User or
Preset tone banks.
3) Use the -/+ buttons or enter numbers to select
tones.
4) You can also select Variation Tones by pressing
the TONE VARIATION button (this only applies
to the Preset tone banks).
•

Create a Split or Layered Keyboard

It’s easy to split or layer the XP-10 sounds:
1) Press PERFORM/TONE to select Perform
mode.
2) Press the SPLIT or DUAL buttons.
3) Use the UPPER/LOWER buttons to select a
zone.
4) Use -/+ or the number buttons to select other
tones for each zone.

•

Playing the X-Dual Mode

The X-Dual mode allows you to blend two sounds by
using a slider. To try the X-Dual function:
1) Press PERFORM/TONE to select Perform
mode.
2) Select Performance User:09.
3) Move slider 1 to gradually change the sound
from “Soundtrack” to “Echo Drops.”
4) To change the sounds, press PERFORM/TONE
to select Tone mode.
5) Use the UPPER/LOWER buttons to select a
zone.
6) Use -/+ or the number buttons to select other
tones for each part.
•

Using the Arpeggiator

The XP-10 has a very powerful arpeggiator that is
completely programmable. To try it out:
1) Press PERFORM/TONE to select Perform
mode.
2) Select Performance User:03. This is a split
keyboard setting with the arpeggiator set to play
a Synth Bass pattern in the left hand. There is
also a synth pad sound in the right hand that is
unaffected by the arpeggiator.
3) Now try Performance Pre:13. This arpeggiator
features a guitar cut-and-strum style. Hold a
chord and use Slider 1 to create a “wah” effect.
By raising Slider 2, you can increase the filter
resonance for a sharper “wah” effect.
4) Press the PALETTE SELECT button. This will
reassign the sliders to control Tempo and
Shuffle for the arpeggiator.
5) To explore the depth of the arpeggiator, press
EDIT, use -/+ to select Perform Common.
6) Use the ARPEGGIO button (0 button) to select
various arpeggiator functions for editing.
•

Saving a User Performance

An XP-10 Performance remembers all current
settings, including tones for all Parts, keyboard
mode, even arpeggiator style and sync. To store a
Performance:
1) Press UTILITY.
2) Use -/+ to select Write Perform; press ENTER.
3) Select a destination to save your edited
Performance by using the -/+ buttons or the
number keys.
4) Press ENTER to store the Performance.

TBS37 ©1995 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20030 12/95

®

NQPSMTR

+#
FD:4 H@C and select PTN 001.
Press F6: EXECUTE.
Press SEQUENCER, F1: SETUP, then F4: RPS.
Press the key C4 to assign the Pattern to it.
Cursor to PATTERN and select 001.
Press EXIT, RPS, then press C4 to trigger the
pattern.

•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Splitting the Keyboard
Select PERFORM PR-A:12, then press LOCAL.
Cursor to KEY MODE and select LAYER.*
Cursor to LOCAL SW.
Press PART buttons 1 and 2 (BANK buttons).
Press PERFORM, then F2: K.RANGE.
Dial C4:G9 for the Part 1 Key Range, and C1:B3
for the Part 2 Key Range.

*Single Key Mode is primarily for sequencing.

TBS73 ©1998 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles, CA 90040 Faxback # 20071

3/98

®

NQPSMTR

+#
FD:4 H@C and select PTN 001.
Press F6: EXECUTE.
Press SEQUENCER, F1: SETUP, then F4: RPS.
Press a key to assign the Pattern to.
Cursor to PATTERN and select 001.
Press EXIT, RPS, then the chosen key.

•

Splitting the Keyboard

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Select PERFORM PR-A:12, then press LOCAL.
Cursor to KEY MODE and select LAYER.*
Cursor to LOCAL SW.
Press PART buttons 1 and 2 (BANK buttons).
Press PERFORM, then F2: K.RANGE.
Dial C4:G9 for the Part 1 Key Range, and C1:B3
for the Part 2 Key Range.

*Single Key Mode is primarily for sequencing.

TBS40 ©1996 Roland Corporation U.S., 7200 Dominion Circle, Los Angeles , CA 90040 Faxback # 20034 2/96



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Encryption                      : Standard V1.2 (40-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Modify, Copy, Annotate, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res
Author                          : Roland Corporation US
Creator                         : toc.qxd
Modify Date                     : 2018:05:11 01:13:27-07:00
Subject                         : Roland Resource Book
Keywords                        : Roland, Resource, Book
Create Date                     : Monday, April 07, 1997 3:32:52 PM
PXC Viewer Info                 : PDF-XChange Viewer;2.5.322.4;May 20 2017;17:36:18;D:20180511011327-07'00'
Page Count                      : 201
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP Core 4.1.1
Creator Tool                    : toc.qxd
Producer                        : Acrobat PDFWriter 3.0 for Windows
Format                          : application/pdf
Description                     : Roland Resource Book
Title                           : Roland Resource Book
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Layout                     : SinglePage

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools